PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Data Sheet 28/40/44-Pin Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices: • Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet. • Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the intended manner and under normal conditions. • There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip’s Data Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property. • Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code. • Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not mean that we are guaranteeing the product as “unbreakable.” Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our products. Attempts to break Microchip’s code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act. Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is provided only for your convenience and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to ensure that your application meets with your specifications. MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE. Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and its use. Use of Microchip devices in life support and/or safety applications is entirely at the buyer’s risk, and the buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Microchip from any and all damages, claims, suits, or expenses resulting from such use. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property rights. Trademarks The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, dsPIC, KEELOQ, KEELOQ logo, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PIC32 logo, rfPIC and UNI/O are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FilterLab, Hampshire, HI-TECH C, Linear Active Thermistor, MXDEV, MXLAB, SEEVAL and The Embedded Control Solutions Company are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, CodeGuard, dsPICDEM, dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, dsSPEAK, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR, FanSense, HI-TIDE, In-Circuit Serial Programming, ICSP, Mindi, MiWi, MPASM, MPLAB Certified logo, MPLIB, MPLINK, mTouch, Omniscient Code Generation, PICC, PICC-18, PICDEM, PICDEM.net, PICkit, PICtail, REAL ICE, rfLAB, Select Mode, Total Endurance, TSHARC, UniWinDriver, WiperLock and ZENA are trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their respective companies. © 2010, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the U.S.A., All Rights Reserved. Printed on recycled paper. ISBN: 978-1-60932-766-8 Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona; Gresham, Oregon and design centers in California and India. The Company’s quality system processes and procedures are for its PIC® MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs, KEELOQ® code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and analog products. In addition, Microchip’s quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified. DS41452A-page 2 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 8-Pin Flash Microcontrollers with nanoWatt XLP Technology Devices Included In This Data Sheet: PIC16F151X and PIC16LF151X Devices: • PIC16F1516 • PIC16LF1516 • PIC16F1517 • PIC16LF1517 • PIC16F1518 • PIC16LF1518 • PIC16F1519 • PIC16LF1519 High-Performance RISC CPU: • C Compiler Optimized Architecture • Only 49 Instructions • Up to 28 Kbytes Linear Program Memory Addressing • Up to 1024 Bytes Linear Data Memory Addressing • Operating Speed: - DC – 20 MHz clock input @ 2.5V - DC – 16 MHz clock input @ 1.8V - DC – 200 ns instruction cycle • Interrupt Capability with Automatic Context Saving • 16-Level Deep Hardware Stack with Optional Overflow/Underflow Reset • Direct, Indirect and Relative Addressing modes: - Two full 16-bit File Select Registers (FSRs) - FSRs can read program and data memory Flexible Oscillator Structure: • 16 MHz Internal Oscillator Block: - Accurate to ±10% - Software selectable frequency range from 16 MHz to 31 kHz • 31 kHz Low-Power Internal Oscillator • External Oscillator Block with: - Four crystal/resonator modes up to 20 MHz - Three external clock modes up to 20 MHz • Fail-Safe Clock Monitor - Allows for safe shutdown if peripheral clock stops • Two-Speed Oscillator Start-up • Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) Analog Features: • Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC): - 10-bit resolution - Up to 28 channels - Auto acquisition capability - Conversion available during Sleep • Voltage Reference module: - Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) with 1.024V, 2.048V and 4.096V output levels • Temperature Indicator 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Extreme Low-Power Management PIC16LF151X with nanoWatt XLP: • Sleep mode: 30 nA @ 1.8V, typical • Watchdog Timer: 300 nA @ 1.8V, typical • Secondary Oscillator: 600 nA @ 32 kHz Special Microcontroller Features: • Operating Voltage Range: - 2.3V-5.5V (PIC16F151X) - 1.8V-3.6V (PIC16LF151X) • Self-Programmable under Software Control • Power-on Reset (POR) • Power-up Timer (PWRT) • Programmable Ultra Low-Power Brown-out Reset (ULPBOR) • Extended Watchdog Timer (WDT) • In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) via two pins • In-Circuit Debug (ICD) via two pins • Enhanced Low-Voltage Programming (LVP) • Programmable Code Protection Peripheral Highlights: • Up to 35 I/O pins and 1 input only pin: - High current sink/source 25 mA/25 mA - Individually programmable weak pull-ups - Individually programmable interrupt-on-change (IOC) pins • Timer0: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Prescaler • Enhanced Timer1: - 16-bit timer/counter with prescaler - External Gate Input mode - Low-power 32 kHz secondary oscillator driver • Timer2: 8-Bit Timer/Counter with 8-Bit Period Register, Prescaler and Postscaler • Two Capture/Compare (CCP) modules: • Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) with SPI and I2CTM with: - 7-bit address masking - SMBus/PMBusTM compatibility • Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) module: - RS-232, RS-485 and LIN compatible - Auto-Baud Detect - Auto-wake-up on start Preliminary DS41452A-page 3 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 PIC16(L)F151X Family Device PIC16F1516 PIC16LF1516 PIC16F1517 PIC16LF1517 PIC16F1518 PIC16LF1518 PIC16F1519 PIC16LF1519 FIGURE 1: Program Memory Flash (words) SRAM (bytes) I/Os 10-bit A/D (ch) Timers 8/16-bit EUSART MSSP (I2C™/SPI) CCP 8192 512 25 17 2/1 Yes Yes 2 8192 512 36 28 2/1 Yes Yes 2 16384 1024 25 17 2/1 Yes Yes 2 16384 1024 36 28 2/1 Yes Yes 2 28-PIN SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16F1516/1518 AND PIC16LF1516/1518 28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP 1 28 RB7/ICSPDAT/ICDDAT SS(2)/AN0/RA0 2 27 RB6/ICSPCLK/ICDCLK AN1/RA1 3 26 RB5/AN13/T1G AN2/RA2 4 25 RB4/AN11 VREF+/AN3/RA3 5 24 RB3/AN9/CCP2(2) T0CKI/RA4 6 23 RB2/AN8 VCAP/SS(1)/AN4/RA5 7 RB1/AN10 VSS 8 22 21 CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 9 20 VDD 19 VSS PIC16F1516/1518 PIC16LF1516/1518 VPP/MCLR/RE3 RB0/AN12/INT CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 10 T1CKI/SOSCO/RC0 11 18 RC7/AN19/RX/DT CCP2(1)/SOSCI/RC1 12 17 RC6/AN18/TX/CK CCP1/AN14/RC2 13 16 RC5/AN17/SDO SCL/SCK/AN15/RC3 14 15 RC4/AN16/SDI/SDA Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. DS41452A-page 4 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 2: 28-PIN UQFN (4X4) PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16F1516/1518 AND PIC16LF1516/1518 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0/SS(2) RE3/MCLR/VPP RB7/ICSPDAT/ICDDAT RB6/ICSPCLK/ICDCLK RB5/AN13/T1G RB4/AN11 28-Pin UQFN 21 20 PIC16F1516/1518 19 PIC16LF1516/1518 18 17 16 15 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 RB3/AN9/CCP2(2) RB2/AN8 RB1/AN10 RB0/AN12/INT VDD VSS RC7/AN19/RX/DT T1CKI/SOSCO/RC0 CCP2(1)/SOSCI/RC1 CCP1/AN14/RC2 SCL/SCK/AN15/RC3 SDA/SDI/AN16/RC4 SDO/AN17/RC5 CK/TX/AN18/RC6 AN2/RA2 VREF+/AN3/RA3 T0CKI/RA4 VCAP/SS(1)/AN4/RA5 VSS CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 5 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 3: 40-PIN PDIP PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16F1517/1519 AND PIC16LF1517/1519 40-Pin PDIP VPP/MCLR/RE3 1 40 RB7/ICSPDAT/ICDDAT SS(2)/AN0/RA0 2 39 RB6/ICSPCLK/ICDCLK AN1/RA1 3 38 RB5/AN13/T1G AN2/RA2 4 37 RB4/AN11 VREF+/AN3/RA3 5 36 RB3/AN9/CCP2(2) 35 RB2/AN8 7 34 RB1/AN10 AN5/RE0 8 33 RB0/AN12/INT AN6/RE1 9 32 VDD AN7/RE2 10 31 VSS VDD 11 30 RD7/AN27 VSS 12 29 RD6/AN26 CLKIN/OSC1/RA7 13 28 RD5/AN25 CLKOUT/OSC2/RA6 14 27 RD4/AN24 T1CKI/SOSCO/RC0 15 26 RC7/AN19/RX/DT CCP2(1)/SOSCI/RC1 16 25 RC6/AN18/TX/CK CCP1/AN14/RC2 SCL/SCK/AN15/RC3 17 24 RC5/AN17/SDO 18 23 RC4/AN16/SDI/SDA AN20/RD0 19 22 RD3/AN23 AN21/RD1 20 21 RD2/AN22 PIC16F1517/1519 6 PIC16LF1517/1519 T0CKI/RA4 VCAP/SS(1)/AN4/RA5 Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. DS41452A-page 6 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 4: 40-PIN UQFN (5X5) PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16F1517/1519 AND PIC16LF1517/1519 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 RC6/AN18/TX/CK RC5/AN17/SDO RC4/AN16/SDI/SDA RD3/AN23 RD2/AN22 RD1/AN21 RD0/AN20 RC3/AN15/SCK/SCL RC2/AN14/CCP1 RC1/SOSCI/CCP2(1) 40-Pin UQFN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 PIC16F1517/1519 PIC16LF1517/1519 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 RC0/SOSCO/T1CKI RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT RA7/OSC1/CLKIN VSS VDD RE2/AN7 RE1/AN6 RE0/AN5 RA5/AN4/SS(1)/VCAP RA4/TOCKI CCP2(2)/AN9/RB3 AN11/RB4 T1G/AN13/RB5 ICDCLK/ICSPCLK/RB6 ICDDAT/ICSPDAT/RB7 VPP/MCLR/RE3 SS(2)/AN0/RA0 AN1/RA1 AN2/RA2 VREF+/AN3/RA3 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 DT/RX/AN19/RC7 AN24/RD4 AN25/RD5 AN26/RD6 AN27/RD7 VSS VDD INT/AN12/RB0 AN10/RB1 AN8/RB2 Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 7 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 5: 44-PIN TQFP PACKAGE DIAGRAM FOR PIC16F1517/1519 AND PIC16LF1517/1519 PIC16F1517/1519 PIC16LF1517/1519 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 NC RC0/SOSCO/T1CKI RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT RA7/OSC1/CLKIN VSS VDD RE2/AN7 RE1/AN6 RE0/AN5 RA5/AN4/SS(1)/VCAP RA4/T0CKI NC NC AN11/RB4 T1G/AN13/RB5 ICDCLK/ICSPCLK/RB6 ICDDAT/ICSPDAT/RB7 VPP/MCLR/RE3 SS(2)/AN0/RA0 AN1/RA1 AN2/RA2 VREF+/AN3/RA3 INT/AN12/RB0 AN10/RB1 AN8/RB2 (2) CCP2 /AN9/RB3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 DT/RX/AN19/RC7 AN24/RD4 AN25/RD5 AN26/RD6 AN27/RD7 VSS VDD 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 RC6/AN18/TX/CK RC5/AN17/SDO RC4/AN16/SDI/SDA RD3/AN23 RD2/AN22 RD1/AN21 RD0/AN20 RC3/AN15/SCK/SCL RC2/AN14/CCP1 RC1/SOSCI/CCP2(1) NC 44-Pin TQFP Note 1: 2: DS41452A-page 8 Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 40-Pin UQFN 44-Pin TQFP A/D Timers CCP EUSART MSSP 27 2 17 19 AN0 — — — SS(2) — — — RA1 3 28 3 18 20 AN1 — — — — — — — Basic 40-Pin PDIP 2 Pull-up 28-Pin UQFN RA0 Interrupt 28-Pin SPDIP, SOIC, SSOP 28/40/44-PIN ALLOCATION TABLE (PIC16(L)F151X) I/O TABLE 1: RA2 4 1 4 19 21 AN2 — — — — — — — RA3 5 2 5 20 22 AN3/VREF+ — — — — — — — RA4 6 3 6 21 23 — T0CKI — — — — — — RA5 7 4 7 22 24 AN4 — — — SS(1) — — VCAP RA6 10 7 14 29 31 — — — — — — — OSC2/CLKOUT RA7 9 6 13 28 30 — — — — — — — OSC1/CLKIN RB0 21 18 33 8 8 AN12 — — — — INT/IOC Y — RB1 22 19 34 9 9 AN10 — — — — IOC Y — — RB2 23 20 35 10 10 AN8 — — — — IOC Y RB3 24 21 36 11 11 AN9 — CCP2(2) — — IOC Y — RB4 25 22 37 12 14 AN11 — — — — IOC Y — RB5 26 23 38 13 15 AN13 T1G — — — IOC Y — RB6 27 24 39 14 16 — — — — — IOC Y ICSPCLK/ICDCLK ICSPDAT/ICDDAT RB7 28 25 40 15 17 — — — — — IOC Y RC0 11 8 15 30 32 — SOSCO/T1CKI — — — — — — RC1 12 9 16 31 35 — SOSCI CCP2(1) — — — — — RC2 13 10 17 32 36 AN14 — CCP1 — — — — — RC3 14 11 18 33 37 AN15 — — — SCK/SCL — — — RC4 15 12 23 38 42 AN16 — — — SDI/SDA — — — RC5 16 13 24 39 43 AN17 — — — SDO — — — RC6 17 14 25 40 44 AN18 — — TX/CK — — — — RC7 18 15 26 1 1 AN19 — — RX/DT — — — — RD0(3) — — 19 34 38 AN20 — — — — — — — RD1(3) — — 20 35 39 AN21 — — — — — — — RD2(3) — — 21 36 40 AN22 — — — — — — — RD3(3) — — 22 37 41 AN23 — — — — — — — RD4(3) — — 27 2 2 AN24 — — — — — — — RD5(3) — — 28 3 3 AN25 — — — — — — — RD6(3) — — 29 4 4 AN26 — — — — — — — RD7(3) — — 30 5 5 AN27 — — — — — — — RE0(3) — — 8 23 25 AN5 — — — — — — — RE1(3) — — 9 24 26 AN6 — — — — — — — RE2(3) — — 10 25 27 AN7 — — — — — — — RE3 1 26 1 16 18 — — — — — — Y MCLR/VPP VDD 20 17 11, 32 7, 26 7, 28 — — — — — — — — VSS 8, 19 5, 12, 6, 16 31 27 6, 29 — — — — — — — — NC — — 12, 13, 33, 34 — — — — — — — — Note 1: — — Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register. Alternate location. 3: PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 9 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Table of Contents 1.0 Device Overview ........................................................................................................................................................................ 13 2.0 Enhanced Mid-range CPU ......................................................................................................................................................... 19 3.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 21 4.0 Device Configuration .................................................................................................................................................................. 45 5.0 Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)....................................................................................................................... 51 6.0 Resets ........................................................................................................................................................................................ 67 7.0 Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................... 75 8.0 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ........................................................................................................................................................ 87 9.0 Low Dropout (LDO) Voltage Regulator ...................................................................................................................................... 91 10.0 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ............................................................................................................................................................. 93 11.0 Flash Program Memory Control ................................................................................................................................................. 97 12.0 I/O Ports ................................................................................................................................................................................... 111 13.0 Interrupt-on-Change ................................................................................................................................................................. 131 14.0 Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ............................................................................................................................................... 135 15.0 Temperature Indicator Module ................................................................................................................................................. 137 16.0 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module .............................................................................................................................. 139 17.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 153 18.0 Timer1 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 157 19.0 Timer2 Modules........................................................................................................................................................................ 169 20.0 Capture/Compare/PWM Module .............................................................................................................................................. 173 21.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 183 22.0 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) ............................................................... 235 23.0 In-Circuit Serial Programming™ (ICSP™) ................................................................................................................................ 263 24.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 267 25.0 Electrical Specifications............................................................................................................................................................ 281 26.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ....................................................................................................................... 311 27.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 313 28.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 317 Appendix A: Revision History............................................................................................................................................................. 333 Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 335 The Microchip Web Site ..................................................................................................................................................................... 341 Customer Change Notification Service .............................................................................................................................................. 341 Customer Support .............................................................................................................................................................................. 341 Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 342 Product Identification System............................................................................................................................................................. 343 DS41452A-page 10 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced. If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via E-mail at [email protected] or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We welcome your feedback. Most Current Data Sheet To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000). Errata An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: • Microchip’s Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com • Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) • The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (480) 792-7277 When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using. Customer Notification System Register on our web site at www.microchip.com/cn to receive the most current information on all of our products. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 11 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 12 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 1.0 DEVICE OVERVIEW The PIC16(L)F151X are described within this data sheet. They are available in 8-pin packages. Figure 1-1 shows a block diagram of the PIC16(L)F151X devices. Table 1-2 shows the pinout descriptions. Reference Table 1-1 for peripherals available per device. Peripheral PIC16(L)F1517 PIC16(L)F1518 PIC16(L)F1519 DEVICE PERIPHERAL SUMMARY PIC16(L)F1516 TABLE 1-1: Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) ● ● ● ● Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) ● ● ● ● Temperature Indicator ● ● ● ● CCP1 ● ● ● ● CCP2 ● ● ● ● EUSART ● ● ● ● Capture/Compare/PWM Modules EUSARTs Master Synchronous Serial Ports MSSP ● ● ● ● Timer0 ● ● ● ● Timer1 ● ● ● ● Timer2 ● ● ● ● Timers 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 13 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 1-1: PIC16(L)F151X BLOCK DIAGRAM Program Flash Memory RAM OSC2/CLKOUT PORTB Timing Generation OSC1/CLKIN PORTA CPU INTRC Oscillator PORTC (Figure 2-1) MCLR PORTD(3) PORTE(4) Note 1: 2: 3: 4: DS41452A-page 14 CCP1 Timer0 Temp. Indicator ADC 10-Bit FVR CCP2 MSSP Timer1 Timer2 EUSART See applicable chapters for more information on peripherals. See Table 1-1 for peripherals available on specific devices. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. RE<2:0>, PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F151X PINOUT DESCRIPTION Name RA0/AN0/SS(2) Function Input Type RA0 TTL AN0 AN SS ST RA1/AN1 RA1 TTL AN1 AN RA2/AN2 RA2 TTL AN2 AN RA3/AN3/VREF+ RA3 TTL RA4/T0CKI (1) RA5/AN4/SS /VCAP RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT RA7/OSC1/CLKIN RB0/AN12/INT RB1/AN10 RB2/AN8 RB3/AN9/CCP2(2) RB4/AN11 RB5/AN13/T1G RB6/ICSPCLK RB7/ICSPDAT Output Type Description CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 0 input. — Slave Select input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 1 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 2 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. AN3 AN — A/D Channel 3 input. VREF+ AN — A/D Positive Voltage Reference input. RA4 TTL T0CKI ST RA5 TTL AN4 AN CMOS General purpose I/O. — Timer0 clock input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — SS ST — VCAP Power Power RA6 TTL OSC2 — A/D Channel 4 input. Slave Select input. Filter capacitor for Voltage Regulator (PIC16F151X only). CMOS General purpose I/O. XTAL Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes). CMOS FOSC/4 output. CLKOUT — RA7 TTL OSC1 XTAL — Crystal/Resonator (LP, XT, HS modes). CLKIN ST — External clock input (EC mode). CMOS General purpose I/O. RB0 TTL AN12 AN — A/D Channel 12 input. INT ST — External interrupt. RB1 TTL AN10 AN RB2 TTL AN8 AN RB3 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 10 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 8 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. AN9 AN CCP2 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM 2. CMOS General purpose I/O. RB4 TTL AN11 AN — — A/D Channel 9 input. A/D Channel 11 input. RB5 TTL AN13 AN CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 13 input. T1G ST — Timer1 Gate input. RB6 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. ICSPCLK ST CMOS In-Circuit Data I/O. RB7 TTL CMOS General purpose I/O. ICSPDAT ST CMOS ICSP™ Data I/O. Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Alternate location. 3: PORTD and RE<2:0> available on PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 15 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F151X PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Name RC0/SOSCO/T1CKI RC1/SOSCI/CCP2(1) RC2/AN14/CCP1 RC3/AN15/SCK/SCL RC4/AN16/SDI/SDA RC5/AN17/SDO RC6/AN18/TX/CK RC7/AN19/RX/DT RD0(3)/AN20 RD1(3)/AN21 RD2(3)/AN22 RD3(3)/AN23 RD4(3)/AN24 RD5(3)/AN25 RD6(3)/AN26 Function Input Type RC0 ST Output Type Description CMOS General purpose I/O. SOSCO — XTAL T1CKI ST — RC1 ST SOSCI — Secondary oscillator connection. Timer1 clock input. CMOS General purpose I/O. XTAL Secondary oscillator connection. CCP2 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM 2. RC2 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. AN14 AN CCP1 ST CMOS Capture/Compare/PWM 1. CMOS General purpose I/O. RC3 ST AN15 AN SCK ST SCL I2C™ — — A/D Channel 14 input. A/D Channel 15 input. CMOS SPI clock. OD I2C™ clock. RC4 ST AN16 AN CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 16 input. SDI ST — SPI data input. SDA I2C™ OD I2C™ data input/output. RC5 ST AN17 AN CMOS General purpose I/O. SDO — CMOS SPI data output. RC6 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. AN18 AN TX — — — A/D Channel 17 input. A/D Channel 18 input. CMOS USART asynchronous transmit. CK ST CMOS USART synchronous clock. RC7 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. AN19 AN — A/D Channel 19 input. RX ST — USART asynchronous input. DT ST CMOS USART synchronous data. RD0 ST CMOS General purpose I/O. AN20 AN RD1 ST AN21 AN RD2 ST AN22 AN RD3 ST AN23 AN RD4 ST AN24 AN RD5 ST AN25 AN RD6 ST AN26 AN — A/D Channel 20 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 21 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 22 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 23 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 24 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 25 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 26 input. Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Alternate location. 3: PORTD and RE<2:0> available on PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. DS41452A-page 16 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 1-2: PIC16(L)F151X PINOUT DESCRIPTION (CONTINUED) Name RD7(3)/AN27 Function Input Type RD7 ST Output Type Description CMOS General purpose I/O. AN27 AN RE0(3)/AN5 RE0 ST — A/D Channel 27 input. AN5 AN RE1(3)/AN6 RE1 ST AN6 AN RE2(3)/AN7 RE2 ST AN7 AN — A/D Channel 7 input. RE3/MCLR/VPP RE3 ST — General purpose I/O. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 5 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. — A/D Channel 6 input. CMOS General purpose I/O. MCLR ST — Master Clear with internal pull-up. VPP HV — Programming voltage. VDD VDD Power — Positive supply. VSS VSS Power — Ground reference. Legend: AN = Analog input or output CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output OD = Open Drain TTL = TTL compatible input ST = Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels I2C™ = Schmitt Trigger input with I2C HV = High Voltage XTAL = Crystal levels Note 1: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Default location. 2: Peripheral pin location selected using APFCON register (Register 12-1). Alternate location. 3: PORTD and RE<2:0> available on PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 17 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 18 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 2.0 ENHANCED MID-RANGE CPU This family of devices contain an enhanced mid-range 8-bit CPU core. The CPU has 49 instructions. Interrupt capability includes automatic context saving. The hardware stack is 16 levels deep and has Overflow and Underflow Reset capability. Direct, Indirect, and Relative Addressing modes are available. Two File Select Registers (FSRs) provide the ability to read program and data memory. • • • • Automatic Interrupt Context Saving 16-level Stack with Overflow and Underflow File Select Registers Instruction Set 2.1 Automatic Interrupt Context Saving During interrupts, certain registers are automatically saved in shadow registers and restored when returning from the interrupt. This saves stack space and user code. See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving”, for more information. 2.2 16-Level Stack with Overflow and Underflow These devices have an external stack memory 15 bits wide and 16 words deep. A Stack Overflow or Underflow will set the appropriate bit (STKOVF or STKUNF) in the PCON register, and if enabled will cause a software Reset. See Section 3.4 “Stack” for more details. 2.3 File Select Registers There are two 16-bit File Select Registers (FSR). FSRs can access all file registers and program memory, which allows one Data Pointer for all memory. When an FSR points to program memory, there is 1 additional instruction cycle in instructions using INDF to allow the data to be fetched. General purpose memory can now also be addressed linearly, providing the ability to access contiguous data larger than 80 bytes. There are also new instructions to support the FSRs. See Section 3.5 “Indirect Addressing” for more details. 2.4 Instruction Set There are 49 instructions for the enhanced mid-range CPU to support the features of the CPU. See Section 24.0 “Instruction Set Summary” for more details. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 19 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 2-1: CORE BLOCK DIAGRAM 15 Configuration 15 MUX Flash Program Memory Program Bus 16-Level 8 Level Stack Stack (13-bit) (15-bit) 14 Instruction Instruction Reg reg 8 Data Bus Program Counter RAM Program Memory Read (PMR) 12 RAM Addr Addr MUX Indirect Addr 12 12 Direct Addr 7 5 BSR FSR Reg reg 15 FSR0reg Reg FSR FSR1 Reg FSR reg 15 STATUS Reg reg STATUS 8 3 Power-up Timer OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT Instruction Decodeand & Decode Control Timing Generation Oscillator Start-up Timer Power-on Reset Watchdog Timer Brown-out Reset MUX ALU 8 W Reg Internal Oscillator Block VDD DS41452A-page 20 VSS Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.0 MEMORY ORGANIZATION 3.1 These devices contain the following types of memory: • Program Memory - Configuration Words - Device ID - User ID - Flash Program Memory • Data Memory - Core Registers - Special Function Registers - General Purpose RAM - Common RAM Program Memory Organization The enhanced mid-range core has a 15-bit program counter capable of addressing a 32K x 14 program memory space. Table 3-1 shows the memory sizes implemented for these devices. Accessing a location above these boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the implemented memory space. The Reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (see Figure 3-1 and Figure 3-2). The following features are associated with access and control of program memory and data memory: • PCL and PCLATH • Stack • Indirect Addressing TABLE 3-1: DEVICE SIZES AND ADDRESSES Device PIC16F1516 PIC16LF1516 PIC16F1517 PIC16LF1517 PIC16F1518 PIC16LF1518 PIC16F1519 PIC16LF1519 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Program Memory Space (Words) Last Program Memory Address 8,192 1FFFh 16,384 3FFFh Preliminary DS41452A-page 21 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 3-1: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR PIC16(L)F1516/7 FIGURE 3-2: PC<14:0> CALL, CALLW RETURN, RETLW Interrupt, RETFIE PC<14:0> 15 Stack Level 0 Stack Level 1 CALL, CALLW 15 RETURN, RETLW Interrupt, RETFIE Stack Level 0 Stack Level 1 Stack Level 15 Stack Level 15 Reset Vector 0000h Reset Vector 0000h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Interrupt Vector 0004h 0005h Page 0 Page 0 07FFh 0800h On-chip Program Memory PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR PIC16(L)F1518/9 07FFh 0800h Page 1 Page 1 0FFFh 1000h Page 2 Page 3 Rollover to Page 0 17FFh 1800h On-chip Program Memory 0FFFh 1000h Page 2 Page 3 1FFFh 2000h Page 4 Page 7 Rollover to Page 0 Rollover to Page 3 DS41452A-page 22 7FFFh Preliminary Rollover to Page 7 17FFh 1800h 1FFFh 2000h 3FFFh 4000h 7FFFh 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.1.1 READING PROGRAM MEMORY AS DATA There are two methods of accessing constants in program memory. The first method is to use tables of RETLW instructions. The second method is to set an FSR to point to the program memory. 3.1.1.1 RETLW Instruction The RETLW instruction can be used to provide access to tables of constants. The recommended way to create such a table is shown in Example 3-1. EXAMPLE 3-1: constants BRW RETLW RETLW RETLW RETLW DATA0 DATA1 DATA2 DATA3 RETLW INSTRUCTION EXAMPLE 3-2: ACCESSING PROGRAM MEMORY VIA FSR constants RETLW DATA0 ;Index0 data RETLW DATA1 ;Index1 data RETLW DATA2 RETLW DATA3 my_function ;… LOTS OF CODE… MOVLW LOW constants MOVWF FSR1L MOVLW HIGH constants MOVWF FSR1H MOVIW 0[FSR1] ;THE PROGRAM MEMORY IS IN W ;Add Index in W to ;program counter to ;select data ;Index0 data ;Index1 data my_function ;… LOTS OF CODE… MOVLW DATA_INDEX CALL constants ;… THE CONSTANT IS IN W The BRW instruction makes this type of table very simple to implement. If your code must remain portable with previous generations of microcontrollers, then the BRW instruction is not available so the older table read method must be used. 3.1.1.2 Indirect Read with FSR The program memory can be accessed as data by setting bit 7 of the FSRxH register and reading the matching INDFx register. The MOVIW instruction will place the lower 8 bits of the addressed word in the W register. Writes to the program memory cannot be performed via the INDF registers. Instructions that access the program memory via the FSR require one extra instruction cycle to complete. Example 3-2 demonstrates accessing the program memory via an FSR. The HIGH directive will set bit<7> if a label points to a location in program memory. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 23 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.2 3.2.1 Data Memory Organization The data memory is partitioned in 32 memory banks with 128 bytes in a bank. Each bank consists of (Figure 3-3): • • • • 12 core registers 20 Special Function Registers (SFR) Up to 80 bytes of General Purpose RAM (GPR) 16 bytes of common RAM The core registers contain the registers that directly affect the basic operation. The core registers occupy the first 12 addresses of every data memory bank (addresses x00h/x08h through x0Bh/x8Bh). These registers are listed below in Table 3-2. For for detailed information, see Table 3-7. TABLE 3-2: The active bank is selected by writing the bank number into the Bank Select Register (BSR). Unimplemented memory will read as ‘0’. All data memory can be accessed either directly (via instructions that use the file registers) or indirectly via the two File Select Registers (FSR). See Section 3.5 “Indirect Addressing” for more information. Data Memory uses a 12-bit address. The upper 7-bit of the address define the Bank address and the lower 5-bits select the registers/RAM in that bank. DS41452A-page 24 CORE REGISTERS Preliminary CORE REGISTERS Addresses BANKx x00h or x80h x01h or x81h x02h or x82h x03h or x83h x04h or x84h x05h or x85h x06h or x86h x07h or x87h x08h or x88h x09h or x89h x0Ah or x8Ah x0Bh or x8Bh INDF0 INDF1 PCL STATUS FSR0L FSR0H FSR1L FSR1H BSR WREG PCLATH INTCON 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.2.1.1 STATUS Register The STATUS register, shown in Register 3-1, contains: • the arithmetic status of the ALU • the Reset status The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. REGISTER 3-1: U-0 It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the STATUS register, because these instructions do not affect any Status bits. For other instructions not affecting any Status bits (Refer to Section 24.0 “Instruction Set Summary”). Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as Borrow and Digit Borrow out bits, respectively, in subtraction. STATUS: STATUS REGISTER U-0 — For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the STATUS register as ‘000u u1uu’ (where u = unchanged). — U-0 R-1/q — TO R-1/q R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u Z DC(1) C(1) PD bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition bit 7-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred bit 3 PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction bit 2 Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero bit 1 DC: Digit Carry/Digit Borrow bit(1) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result bit 0 C: Carry/Borrow bit(1) 1 = A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred Note 1: For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two’s complement of the second operand. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 25 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER FIGURE 3-3: The Special Function Registers are registers used by the application to control the desired operation of peripheral functions in the device. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh). The registers associated with the operation of the peripherals are described in the appropriate peripheral chapter of this data sheet. 3.2.3 7-bit Bank Offset 0Bh 0Ch GENERAL PURPOSE RAM Core Registers (12 bytes) Special Function Registers (20 bytes maximum) 1Fh 20h Linear Access to GPR The general purpose RAM can be accessed in a non-banked method via the FSRs. This can simplify access to large memory structures. See Section 3.5.2 “Linear Data Memory” for more information. 3.2.4 Memory Region 00h There are up to 80 bytes of GPR in each data memory bank. The Special Function Registers occupy the 20 bytes after the core registers of every data memory bank (addresses x0Ch/x8Ch through x1Fh/x9Fh). 3.2.3.1 BANKED MEMORY PARTITIONING General Purpose RAM (80 bytes maximum) COMMON RAM There are 16 bytes of common RAM accessible from all banks. 6Fh 70h Common RAM (16 bytes) 7Fh 3.2.5 DEVICE MEMORY MAPS The memory maps for PIC16(L)F1516/7 and PIC16(L)F1516/7 are as shown in Table 3-3 and Table 3-4, respectively. DS41452A-page 26 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 3-3: PIC16(L)F1516/7 MEMORY MAP BANK 0 000h BANK 1 080h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 2 100h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 3 180h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 4 200h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) PORTA PORTB PORTC 08Bh 08Ch 08Dh 08Eh TRISA TRISB TRISC 10Bh 10Ch 10Dh 10Eh LATA LATB LATC 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh ANSELA ANSELB ANSELC 20Bh 20Ch 20Dh 20Eh 00Fh PORTD(1) 08Fh TRISD(1) 10Fh LATD(1) 18Fh ANSELD(1) LATE(1) 190h 191h 192h 193h 194h 195h 196h 197h 198h 199h 19Ah 19Bh 19Ch 19Dh 19Eh ANSELE(1) PMADRL PMADRH PMDATL PMDATH PMCON1 PMCON2 VREGCON(2) — RCREG TXREG SPBRG SPBRGH RCSTA TXSTA 19Fh 1A0h BAUDCON PORTE PIR1 PIR2 — — TMR0 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON T1GCON TMR2 PR2 T2CON — — 090h 091h 092h 093h 094h 095h 096h 097h 098h 099h 09Ah 09Bh 09Ch 09Dh 09Eh TRISE PIE1 PIE2 — — OPTION_REG PCON WDTCON — OSCCON OSCSTAT ADRESL ADRESH ADCON0 ADCON1 110h 111h 112h 113h 114h 115h 116h 117h 118h 119h 11Ah 11Bh 11Ch 11Dh 11Eh 01Fh 020h — 09Fh 0A0h — 11Fh 120h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 06Fh 070h Common RAM 07Fh Legend: Note 1: 2: 0FFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) — General Purpose Register 80 Bytes General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 0EFh 0F0h — — — — — BORCON FVRCON — — — — — APFCON — 16Fh 170h 17Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. PIC16(L)F1517 only. PIC16F1516/7 only. 1FFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 7 380h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) — WPUB — 28Bh 28Ch 28Dh 28Eh — — — 30Bh 30Ch 30Dh 30Eh — — — 38Bh 38Ch 38Dh 38Eh — — — 20Fh — 28Fh — 30Fh — 38Fh — 210h 211h 212h 213h 214h 215h 216h 217h 218h 219h 21Ah 21Bh 21Ch 21Dh 21Eh WPUE SSPBUF SSPADD SSPMSK SSPSTAT SSPCON1 SSPCON2 SSPCON3 — — — — — — — 290h 291h 292h 293h 294h 295h 296h 297h 298h 299h 29Ah 29Bh 29Ch 29Dh 29Eh — CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON — — — — CCPR2L CCPR2H CCP2CON — — — — 310h 311h 312h 313h 314h 315h 316h 317h 318h 319h 31Ah 31Bh 31Ch 31Dh 31Eh — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 390h 391h 392h 393h 394h 395h 396h 397h 398h 399h 39Ah 39Bh 39Ch 39Dh 39Eh — — — — IOCBP IOCBN IOCBF — — — — — — — — 21Fh 220h — 29Fh 2A0h — General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 1EFh 1F0h BANK 6 300h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 26Fh 270h 27Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 2EFh 2F0h 2FFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 31Fh — 39Fh 320h General Purpose 3A0h Register 16 Bytes 32Fh 330h 36Fh 370h 37Fh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 3EFh 3F0h 3FFh — Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) DS41452A-page 27 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Preliminary 00Bh 00Ch 00Dh 00Eh 010h 011h 012h 013h 014h 015h 016h 017h 018h 019h 01Ah 01Bh 01Ch 01Dh 01Eh BANK 5 280h PIC16(L)F1516/7 MEMORY MAP (CONTINUED) BANK 8 400h BANK 9 480h Core Registers (Table 3-2) 40Bh 40Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 46Fh 470h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 47Fh Core Registers (Table 3-2) 48Bh 48Ch 4EFh 4F0h 4FFh BANK 16 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Preliminary Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 86Fh 870h 87Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 8EFh 8F0h 8FFh 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. C7Fh Legend: Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 96Fh 970h 97Fh CFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 9FFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) A7Fh AEFh AF0h AFFh B6Fh B70h B7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Core Registers (Table 3-2) F0Bh F0Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ F6Fh F70h F7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 23 Core Registers (Table 3-2) B8Bh B8Ch BANK 30 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ EFFh 7FFh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ B80h F00h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 7EFh 7F0h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Core Registers (Table 3-2) EEFh EF0h 78Bh 78Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 29 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ E7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 22 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ E8Bh E8Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 77Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) B0Bh B0Ch E80h E0Bh E0Ch 76Fh 770h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ B00h A8Bh A8Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 70Bh 70Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) E6Fh E70h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 15 780h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 21 BANK 28 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ DFFh 6FFh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ A80h E00h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 6EFh 6F0h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Core Registers (Table 3-2) DEFh DF0h 68Bh 68Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) A6Fh A70h BANK 14 700h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 20 BANK 27 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) A0Bh A0Ch D8Bh D8Ch = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. 67Fh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Core Registers (Table 3-2) D7Fh 66Fh 670h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ A00h D80h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 60Bh 60Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) 9EFh 9F0h BANK 13 680h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 19 BANK 26 D6Fh D70h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 98Bh 98Ch D0Bh D0Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 5FFh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ CEFh CF0h 5EFh 5F0h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 980h D00h C8Bh C8Ch 58Bh 58Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ C6Fh C70h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 12 600h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 18 BANK 25 Core Registers (Table 3-2) Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 90Bh 90Ch C80h C0Bh C0Ch 57Fh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BANK 24 C00h 56Fh 570h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 900h 88Bh 88Ch 80Bh 80Ch 50Bh 50Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 11 580h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 17 880h 800h BANK 10 500h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BEFh BF0h BFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 DS41452A-page 28 TABLE 3-3: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 3-3: PIC16(L)F1516/7 MEMORY MAP (CONTINUED) Bank 31 F80h Core Registers (Table 3-2) F8Bh F8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ FFFh STATUS_SHAD WREG_SHAD BSR_SHAD PCLATH_SHAD FSR0L_SHAD FSR0H_SHAD FSR1L_SHAD FSR1H_SHAD — STKPTR TOSL TOSH Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’, DS41452A-page 29 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Preliminary FE3h FE4h FE5h FE6h FE7h FE8h FE9h FEAh FEBh FECh FEDh FEEh FEFh FF0h PIC16(L)F1518/9 MEMORY MAP BANK 0 000h BANK 1 080h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 2 100h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 3 180h Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 4 200h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) Preliminary 00Bh 00Ch 00Dh 00Eh PORTA PORTB PORTC 08Bh 08Ch 08Dh 08Eh TRISA TRISB TRISC 10Bh 10Ch 10Dh 10Eh LATA LATB LATC 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh ANSELA ANSELB ANSELC 20Bh 20Ch 20Dh 20Eh 00Fh PORTD(1) 08Fh TRISD(1) 10Fh LATD(1) 18Fh ANSELD(1) 010h 011h 012h 013h 014h 015h 016h 017h 018h 019h 01Ah 01Bh 01Ch 01Dh 01Eh PORTE PIR1 PIR2 — — TMR0 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON T1GCON TMR2 PR2 T2CON — — 090h 091h 092h 093h 094h 095h 096h 097h 098h 099h 09Ah 09Bh 09Ch 09Dh 09Eh TRISE PIE1 PIE2 — — OPTION_REG PCON WDTCON — OSCCON OSCSTAT ADRESL ADRESH ADCON0 ADCON1 110h 111h 112h 113h 114h 115h 116h 117h 118h 119h 11Ah 11Bh 11Ch 11Dh 11Eh LATE(1) — — — — — BORCON FVRCON — — — — — APFCON — 190h 191h 192h 193h 194h 195h 196h 197h 198h 199h 19Ah 19Bh 19Ch 19Dh 19Eh ANSELE(1) PMADRL PMADRH PMDATL PMDATH PMCON1 PMCON2 VREGCON(2) — RCREG TXREG SPBRG SPBRGH RCSTA TXSTA 01Fh 020h — 09Fh 0A0h — 11Fh 120h — 19Fh 1A0h BAUDCON General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 06Fh 070h 0EFh 0F0h 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 07Fh 16Fh 170h Accesses 70h – 7Fh Common RAM Legend: Note 1: 2: General Purpose Register 80 Bytes General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 0FFh Accesses 70h – 7Fh 17Fh = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. PIC16(L)F1519 only. PIC16F1518/9 only. Core Registers (Table 3-2) BANK 7 380h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) 28Bh 28Ch 28Dh 28Eh — — — 30Bh 30Ch 30Dh 30Eh — — — 38Bh 38Ch 38Dh 38Eh — — — 20Fh — 28Fh — 30Fh — 38Fh — 210h 211h 212h 213h 214h 215h 216h 217h 218h 219h 21Ah 21Bh 21Ch 21Dh 21Eh WPUE SSPBUF SSPADD SSPMSK SSPSTAT SSPCON1 SSPCON2 SSPCON3 — — — — — — — 290h 291h 292h 293h 294h 295h 296h 297h 298h 299h 29Ah 29Bh 29Ch 29Dh 29Eh — CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON — — — — CCPR2L CCPR2H CCP2CON — — — — 310h 311h 312h 313h 314h 315h 316h 317h 318h 319h 31Ah 31Bh 31Ch 31Dh 31Eh — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — 390h 391h 392h 393h 394h 395h 396h 397h 398h 399h 39Ah 39Bh 39Ch 39Dh 39Eh — — — — IOCBP IOCBN IOCBF — — — — — — — — 21Fh 220h — 29Fh 2A0h — 31Fh 320h — 39Fh 3A0h — General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 26Fh 270h Accesses 70h – 7Fh 1FFh BANK 6 300h — WPUB — General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 1EFh 1F0h BANK 5 280h General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 27Fh 36Fh 370h 2EFh 2F0h Accesses 70h – 7Fh General Purpose Register 80 Bytes Accesses 70h – 7Fh 2FFh General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 3EFh 3F0h Accesses 70h – 7Fh 37Fh Accesses 70h – 7Fh 3FFh PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 DS41452A-page 30 TABLE 3-4: 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TABLE 3-5: PIC16(L)F1518/9 MEMORY MAP (CONTINUED) BANK 8 400h BANK 9 480h Core Registers (Table 3-2) 40Bh 40Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) 48Bh 48Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 41Fh 420h 47Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 4EFh 4F0h 4FFh 8FFh 5EFh 5F0h 5FFh 97Fh 67Fh 9FFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 6FFh A7Fh Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 76Fh 770h 77Fh AFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 7EFh 7F0h 7FFh BANK 23 Core Registers (Table 3-2) Core Registers (Table 3-2) B8Bh B8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ B6Fh B70h B7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) B80h B0Bh B0Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BANK 22 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ AEFh AF0h 79Fh 7A0h B00h A8Bh A8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 78Bh 78Ch 71Fh 720h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BANK 21 Core Registers (Table 3-2) A6Fh A70h 70Bh 70Ch A80h A0Bh A0Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 6EFh 6F0h BANK 15 780h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BANK 20 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 9EFh 9F0h Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ A00h 98Bh 98Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 66Fh 670h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 68Bh 68Ch 61Fh 69Fh 620h General Purpose 6A0h Register 48 Bytes 64Fh 650h BANK 14 700h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BANK 19 Core Registers (Table 3-2) 96Fh 970h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 980h 90Bh 90Ch Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) General Purpose Register 80 Bytes BANK 18 Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 8EFh 8F0h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 900h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 57Fh BANK 17 88Bh 88Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 56Fh 570h Core Registers (Table 3-2) 60Bh 60Ch 59Fh 5A0h BANK 13 680h Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ BEFh BF0h BFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) DS41452A-page 31 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Preliminary 80Bh 80Ch 87Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) 880h Core Registers (Table 3-2) 58Bh 58Ch 51Fh 520h BANK 12 600h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ General Purpose Register 80 Bytes BANK 16 800h 86Fh 870h 50Bh 50Ch 49Fh 4A0h BANK 11 580h Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ General Purpose Register 80 Bytes 46Fh 470h BANK 10 500h PIC16(L)F1518/9 MEMORY MAP (CONTINUED) BANK 24 C00h BANK 25 C80h Core Registers (Table 3-2) C0Bh C0Ch Core Registers (Table 3-2) C8Bh C8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ C6Fh C70h C7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 26 D00h Core Registers (Table 3-2) D0Bh D0Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ CEFh CF0h CFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) D7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Bank 31 Core Registers (Table 3-2) Preliminary F8Bh F8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. FFFh Legend: Core Registers (Table 3-2) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ D6Fh D70h STATUS_SHAD WREG_SHAD BSR_SHAD PCLATH_SHAD FSR0L_SHAD FSR0H_SHAD FSR1L_SHAD FSR1H_SHAD — STKPTR TOSL TOSH Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) = Unimplemented data memory locations, read as ‘0’. BANK 28 E00h D8Bh D8Ch F80h FE3h FE4h FE5h FE6h FE7h FE8h FE9h FEAh FEBh FECh FEDh FEEh FEFh FF0h BANK 27 D80h Core Registers (Table 3-2) E0Bh E0Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ DEFh DF0h DFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 29 E80h Core Registers (Table 3-2) E8Bh E8Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ E6Fh E70h E7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) BANK 30 F00h Core Registers (Table 3-2) F0Bh F0Ch Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ EEFh EF0h EFFh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) Unimplemented Read as ‘0’ F6Fh F70h F7Fh Common RAM (Accesses 70h – 7Fh) PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 DS41452A-page 32 TABLE 3-6: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.2.6 CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY The Core Function registers listed in Table 3-7 can be addressed from any Bank. TABLE 3-7: Addr Name CORE FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bank 0-31 x00h or INDF0 x80h Addressing this location uses contents of FSR0H/FSR0L to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu x01h or INDF1 x81h Addressing this location uses contents of FSR1H/FSR1L to address data memory (not a physical register) xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu x02h or PCL x82h Program Counter (PC) Least Significant Byte 0000 0000 0000 0000 ---1 1000 ---q quuu x03h or STATUS x83h — — — TO PD Z DC C x04h or FSR0L x84h Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu x05h or FSR0H x85h Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000 x06h or FSR1L x86h Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu x07h or FSR1H x87h Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer 0000 0000 0000 0000 ---0 0000 ---0 0000 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu -000 0000 -000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 x08h or BSR x88h — x09h or WREG x89h — BSR4 BSR3 BSR2 BSR1 BSR0 Working Register x0Ah or PCLATH x8Ah — x0Bh or INTCON x8Bh GIE Legend: — Write Buffer for the upper 7 bits of the Program Counter PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 33 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.2.7 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY The Special Function registers are listed in Table 3-8 . TABLE 3-8: Addr Name SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bank 0 00Ch PORTA PORTA Data Latch when written: PORTA pins when read xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 00Dh PORTB PORTB Data Latch when written: PORTB pins when read xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 00Eh PORTC PORTC Data Latch when written: PORTC pins when read xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 00Fh PORTD PORTD Data Latch when written: PORTD pins when read 010h PORTE 011h PIR1 012h PIR2 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — — — — RE3 RE2(3) RE1(3) RE0(3) TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 0000 0000 0000 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 0--- 0--0 0--- 0--0 ---- xxxx ---- uuuu 013h — Unimplemented — — 014h — Unimplemented — — 015h TMR0 Timer0 Module Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 016h TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 017h TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 018h T1CON 019h T1GCON TMR1CS<1:0> TMR1GE T1CKPS<1:0> T1GPOL T1GTM 01Ah TMR2 Timer 2 Module Register 01Bh PR2 Timer 2 Period Register 01Ch T2CON T1GSPM xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu T1OSCEN T1SYNC — T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> TMR1ON 0000 00-0 uuuu uu-u 0000 0x00 uuuu uxuu 0000 0000 0000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111 — T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> -000 0000 -000 0000 01Dh — Unimplemented — — 01Eh — Unimplemented — — 01Fh — Unimplemented — — Bank 1 08Ch TRISA PORTA Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 08Dh TRISB PORTB Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 08Eh TRISC PORTC Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 08Fh TRISD(2) PORTD Data Direction Register 1111 1111 1111 1111 — — — — —(3) 091h PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 0000 0000 0000 092h PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 0--- 0--0 0--- 0--0 090h TRISE TRISE2(2) TRISE1(2) TRISE0(2) ---- 1111 ---- 1111 093h — Unimplemented — — 094h — Unimplemented — — 095h OPTION_REG WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE 096h PCON STKOVF STKUNF — RWDT — — 097h WDTCON 098h — — 09Ah OSCSTAT SOSCR POR 1111 1111 1111 1111 BOR — OSTS 09Ch ADRESH A/D Result Register High 09Dh ADCON0 — 09Eh ADCON1 ADFM 09Fh — 00-1 11qq qq-q qquu SWDTEN --01 0110 --01 0110 — IRCF<3:0> A/D Result Register Low 1: 2: 3: RI WDTPS<4:0> 09Bh ADRESL Note RMCLR PS<2:0> Unimplemented 099h OSCCON Legend: PSA HFIOFR — — — LFIOFR HFIOFS — -011 1-00 -011 1-00 0-q0 --00 q-qq --0q xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu CHS<4:0> ADCS<2:0> SCS<1:0> GO/DONE — — ADON ADPREF<1:0> Unimplemented -000 0000 -000 0000 0000 --00 0000 --00 — — x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. PIC16F151X only. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. Unimplemented, read as ‘1’. DS41452A-page 34 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 3-8: Addr Name SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets Bank 2 10Ch LATA PORTA Data Latch xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10Dh LATB PORTB Data Latch xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10Eh LATC PORTC Data Latch xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 10Fh LATD(2) PORTD Data Latch 110h LATE(2) — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — — — LATE2 LATE1 LATE0 111h to — 115h Unimplemented 116h BORCON SBOREN BORFS — — — — — 117h FVRCON FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG — — ADFVR<1:0> 118h to — 11Ch — — 0q00 --00 0q00 --00 — — — — — — SSSEL — BORRDY 10-- ---q uu-- ---u Unimplemented 11Dh APFCON ---- -xxx ---- -uuu — CCP2SEL ---- --00 ---- --00 11Eh — Unimplemented — — 11Fh Unimplemented — — — Bank 3 18Ch ANSELA — — ANSA5 — ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 --1- 1111 --1- 1111 18Dh ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 --11 1111 --11 1111 18Eh ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 — — 1111 11-- 1111 11-- 18Fh ANSELD(2) ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 1111 1111 1111 1111 — — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 ---- -111 ---- -111 190h ANSELE(2) 191h PMADRL 192h PMADRH 193h PMDATL 194h PMDATH 195h PMCON1 196h PMCON2 197h VREGCON(1) Program Memory Address Register Low Byte — 0000 0000 0000 0000 Program Memory Address Register High Byte 1000 0000 1000 0000 Program Memory Data Register Low Byte — — —(3) CFGS xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Program Memory Data Register High Byte LWLO --xx xxxx --uu uuuu FREE WRERR WREN — — — WR RD Program Memory control register 2 — — — 198h — Unimplemented 199h RCREG USART Receive Data Register 19Ah TXREG USART Transmit Data Register 1000 x000 1000 q000 0000 0000 0000 0000 VREGPM Reserved ---- --01 ---- --01 — — 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 19Bh SPBRG BRG<7:0> 19Ch SPBRGH BRG<15:8> 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 19Dh RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 19Eh TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 0000 0010 0000 0010 ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 01-0 0-00 01-0 0-00 19Fh BAUDCON Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 0000 000x 0000 000x x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. PIC16F151X only. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. Unimplemented, read as ‘1’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 35 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 3-8: Addr Name SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets — — Bank 4 20Ch — Unimplemented 20Dh WPUB WPUB7 WPUB6 1111 1111 1111 1111 20Eh — Unimplemented — — 20Fh — Unimplemented — — 210h WPUE 211h SSPBUF — — — — WPUE3 — — — ---- 1--- ---- 1--- Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 212h SSPADD Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Register 0000 0000 0000 0000 213h SSPMSK Synchronous Serial Port (I2C mode) Address Mask Register 214h SSPSTAT SMP 215h SSPCON1 216h SSPCON2 217h SSPCON3 218h to — 21Fh CKE D/A WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKTIM PCIE SCIE P 1111 1111 1111 1111 S R/W UA BF ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 0000 0000 0000 0000 BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 0000 0000 0000 0000 SSPM<3:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 Unimplemented — — 28Ch to — 290h Unimplemented — — 291h CCPR1L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB) 292h CCPR1H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB) Bank 5 293h CCP1CON — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 294h to — 297h Unimplemented 298h CCPR2L Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (LSB) 299h CCPR2H Capture/Compare/PWM Register 2 (MSB) 29Ah CCP2CON 29Bh to — 29Fh — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> --00 0000 --00 0000 — — — xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu DC2B<1:0> CCP2M<3:0> --00 0000 --00 0000 Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — Bank 6 30Ch to — 31Fh Bank 7 38Ch to — 393h 394h IOCBN IOCBP<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 395h IOCBN IOCBN<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 396h IOCBF IOCBF<7:0> 0000 0000 0000 0000 397h to — 39Fh Unimplemented — — Unimplemented — — Bank 8-30 x0Ch or x8Ch to — x1Fh or x9Fh Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. PIC16F151X only. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. Unimplemented, read as ‘1’. DS41452A-page 36 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 3-8: Addr SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER SUMMARY (CONTINUED) Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on: POR, BOR Value on all other Resets — — Bank 31 F8Ch to — FE3h Unimplemented FE4h STATUS_SHAD FE5h WREG_SHAD FE6h BSR_SHAD FE7h PCLATH_SHAD — — — — — Z DC C Working Register Shadow — — — ---- -xxx ---- -uuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu — Bank Select Register Shadow Program Counter Latch High Register Shadow ---x xxxx ---u uuuu -xxx xxxx uuuu uuuu FE8h FSR0L_SHAD Indirect Data Memory Address 0 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu FE9h FSR0H_SHAD Indirect Data Memory Address 0 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu FEAh FSR1L_SHAD Indirect Data Memory Address 1 Low Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu FEBh FSR1H_SHAD Indirect Data Memory Address 1 High Pointer Shadow xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu FECh — Unimplemented FEDh STKPTR FEEh TOSL FEFh TOSH Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: — — — — Current Stack pointer Top of Stack Low byte — — ---1 1111 ---1 1111 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu Top of Stack High byte -xxx xxxx -uuu uuuu x = unknown, u = unchanged, q = value depends on condition, - = unimplemented, read as ‘0’, r = reserved. Shaded locations are unimplemented, read as ‘0’. PIC16F151X only. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. Unimplemented, read as ‘1’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 37 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.3 3.3.3 PCL and PCLATH COMPUTED FUNCTION CALLS The Program Counter (PC) is 15 bits wide. The low byte comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register. The high byte (PC<14:8>) is not directly readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any Reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 3-4 shows the five situations for the loading of the PC. A computed function CALL allows programs to maintain tables of functions and provide another way to execute state machines or look-up tables. When performing a table read using a computed function CALL, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256-byte block). FIGURE 3-4: If using the CALL instruction, the PCH<2:0> and PCL registers are loaded with the operand of the CALL instruction. PCH<6:3> is loaded with PCLATH<6:3>. PC LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS 14 PCH 6 7 14 PCH PCL 0 PCLATH PC 8 ALU Result PCL 0 4 0 14 11 PCL 0 CALLW 6 PCLATH PCH 14 7 0 PCH 8 W PCL BRW PCH BRANCHING If using BRA, the entire PC will be loaded with PC + 1 +, the signed value of the operand of the BRA instruction. 15 14 3.3.4 If using BRW, load the W register with the desired unsigned address and execute BRW. The entire PC will be loaded with the address PC + 1 + W. 0 PC + W PC The CALLW instruction enables computed calls by combining PCLATH and W to form the destination address. A computed CALLW is accomplished by loading the W register with the desired address and executing CALLW. The PCL register is loaded with the value of W and PCH is loaded with PCLATH. The branching instructions add an offset to the PC. This allows relocatable code and code that crosses page boundaries. There are two forms of branching, BRW and BRA. The PC will have incremented to fetch the next instruction in both cases. When using either branching instruction, a PCL memory boundary may be crossed. OPCODE <10:0> PC PC Instruction with PCL as Destination GOTO, CALL 6 PCLATH 0 PCL 0 BRA 15 PC + OPCODE <8:0> 3.3.1 MODIFYING PCL Executing any instruction with the PCL register as the destination simultaneously causes the Program Counter PC<14:8> bits (PCH) to be replaced by the contents of the PCLATH register. This allows the entire contents of the program counter to be changed by writing the desired upper 7 bits to the PCLATH register. When the lower 8 bits are written to the PCL register, all 15 bits of the program counter will change to the values contained in the PCLATH register and those being written to the PCL register. 3.3.2 COMPUTED GOTO A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When performing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256-byte block). Refer to the Application Note AN556, “Implementing a Table Read” (DS00556). DS41452A-page 38 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.4 3.4.1 Stack The stack is available through the TOSH, TOSL and STKPTR registers. STKPTR is the current value of the Stack Pointer. TOSH:TOSL register pair points to the TOP of the stack. Both registers are read/writable. TOS is split into TOSH and TOSL due to the 15-bit size of the PC. To access the stack, adjust the value of STKPTR, which will position TOSH:TOSL, then read/write to TOSH:TOSL. STKPTR is 5 bits to allow detection of overflow and underflow. All devices have a 16-level x 15-bit wide hardware stack (refer to Figures 3-5 through 3-8). The stack space is not part of either program or data space. The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when CALL or CALLW instructions are executed or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation. The stack operates as a circular buffer if the STVREN bit is programmed to ‘0‘ (Configuration Word 2). This means that after the stack has been PUSHed sixteen times, the seventeenth PUSH overwrites the value that was stored from the first PUSH. The eighteenth PUSH overwrites the second PUSH (and so on). The STKOVF and STKUNF flag bits will be set on an Overflow/Underflow, regardless of whether the Reset is enabled. Note: Care should be taken when modifying the STKPTR while interrupts are enabled. During normal program operation, CALL, CALLW and Interrupts will increment STKPTR while RETLW, RETURN, and RETFIE will decrement STKPTR. At any time STKPTR can be inspected to see how much stack is left. The STKPTR always points at the currently used place on the stack. Therefore, a CALL or CALLW will increment the STKPTR and then write the PC, and a return will unload the PC and then decrement STKPTR. Note 1: There are no instructions/mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, CALLW, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE instructions or the vectoring to an interrupt address. FIGURE 3-5: ACCESSING THE STACK Reference Figure 3-5 through 3-8 for examples of accessing the stack. ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 1 TOSH:TOSL 0x0F STKPTR = 0x1F Stack Reset Disabled (STVREN = 0) 0x0E 0x0D 0x0C 0x0B 0x0A Initial Stack Configuration: 0x09 After Reset, the stack is empty. The empty stack is initialized so the Stack Pointer is pointing at 0x1F. If the Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, the TOSH/TOSL registers will return ‘0’. If the Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is disabled, the TOSH/TOSL registers will return the contents of stack address 0x0F. 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 0x00 TOSH:TOSL 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 0x1F 0x0000 Preliminary STKPTR = 0x1F Stack Reset Enabled (STVREN = 1) DS41452A-page 39 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 3-6: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 2 0x0F 0x0E 0x0D 0x0C 0x0B 0x0A 0x09 This figure shows the stack configuration after the first CALL or a single interrupt. If a RETURN instruction is executed, the return address will be placed in the Program Counter and the Stack Pointer decremented to the empty state (0x1F). 0x08 0x07 0x06 0x05 0x04 0x03 0x02 0x01 TOSH:TOSL FIGURE 3-7: 0x00 Return Address STKPTR = 0x00 ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 3 0x0F 0x0E 0x0D 0x0C After seven CALLs or six CALLs and an interrupt, the stack looks like the figure on the left. A series of RETURN instructions will repeatedly place the return addresses into the Program Counter and pop the stack. 0x0B 0x0A 0x09 0x08 0x07 TOSH:TOSL DS41452A-page 40 0x06 Return Address 0x05 Return Address 0x04 Return Address 0x03 Return Address 0x02 Return Address 0x01 Return Address 0x00 Return Address Preliminary STKPTR = 0x06 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 3-8: ACCESSING THE STACK EXAMPLE 4 TOSH:TOSL 3.4.2 0x0F Return Address 0x0E Return Address 0x0D Return Address 0x0C Return Address 0x0B Return Address 0x0A Return Address 0x09 Return Address 0x08 Return Address 0x07 Return Address 0x06 Return Address 0x05 Return Address 0x04 Return Address 0x03 Return Address 0x02 Return Address 0x01 Return Address 0x00 Return Address When the stack is full, the next CALL or an interrupt will set the Stack Pointer to 0x10. This is identical to address 0x00 so the stack will wrap and overwrite the return address at 0x00. If the Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset is enabled, a Reset will occur and location 0x00 will not be overwritten. STKPTR = 0x10 OVERFLOW/UNDERFLOW RESET If the STVREN bit in Configuration Word 2 is programmed to ‘1’, the device will be reset if the stack is PUSHed beyond the sixteenth level or POPed beyond the first level, setting the appropriate bits (STKOVF or STKUNF, respectively) in the PCON register. 3.5 Indirect Addressing The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the File Select Registers (FSR). If the FSRn address specifies one of the two INDFn registers, the read will return ‘0’ and the write will not occur (though Status bits may be affected). The FSRn register value is created by the pair FSRnH and FSRnL. The FSR registers form a 16-bit address that allows an addressing space with 65536 locations. These locations are divided into three memory regions: • Traditional Data Memory • Linear Data Memory • Program Flash Memory 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 41 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 3-9: INDIRECT ADDRESSING 0x0000 0x0000 Traditional Data Memory 0x0FFF 0x0FFF 0x1000 Reserved 0x1FFF 0x2000 Linear Data Memory 0x29AF 0x29B0 FSR Address Range Reserved 0x7FFF 0x8000 0x0000 Program Flash Memory 0xFFFF Note: 0x7FFF Not all memory regions are completely implemented. Consult device memory tables for memory limits. DS41452A-page 42 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.5.1 TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY The traditional data memory is a region from FSR address 0x000 to FSR address 0xFFF. The addresses correspond to the absolute addresses of all SFR, GPR and common registers. FIGURE 3-10: TRADITIONAL DATA MEMORY MAP Direct Addressing 4 BSR 0 6 Indirect Addressing From Opcode 0 7 0 Bank Select Location Select FSRxH 0 0 0 7 FSRxL 0 0 Bank Select 00000 00001 00010 11111 Bank 0 Bank 1 Bank 2 Bank 31 Location Select 0x00 0x7F 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 43 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 3.5.2 3.5.3 LINEAR DATA MEMORY The linear data memory is the region from FSR address 0x2000 to FSR address 0x29AF. This region is a virtual region that points back to the 80-byte blocks of GPR memory in all the banks. Unimplemented memory reads as 0x00. Use of the linear data memory region allows buffers to be larger than 80 bytes because incrementing the FSR beyond one bank will go directly to the GPR memory of the next bank. The 16 bytes of common memory are not included in the linear data memory region. FIGURE 3-11: 7 FSRnH 0 0 1 LINEAR DATA MEMORY MAP 0 7 FSRnL To make constant data access easier, the entire program Flash memory is mapped to the upper half of the FSR address space. When the MSB of FSRnH is set, the lower 15 bits are the address in program memory which will be accessed through INDF. Only the lower 8 bits of each memory location is accessible via INDF. Writing to the program Flash memory cannot be accomplished via the FSR/INDF interface. All instructions that access program Flash memory via the FSR/INDF interface will require one additional instruction cycle to complete. FIGURE 3-12: 7 1 0 PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY FSRnH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY MAP 0 Location Select Location Select 0x2000 7 FSRnL 0x8000 0 0x0000 0x020 Bank 0 0x06F 0x0A0 Bank 1 0x0EF 0x120 Program Flash Memory (low 8 bits) Bank 2 0x16F 0xF20 Bank 30 0x29AF DS41452A-page 44 0xF6F Preliminary 0xFFFF 0x7FFF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 4.0 DEVICE CONFIGURATION Device Configuration consists of Configuration Word 1 and Configuration Word 2, Code Protection and Device ID. 4.1 Configuration Words There are several Configuration Word bits that allow different oscillator and memory protection options. These are implemented as Configuration Word 1 at 8007h and Configuration Word 2 at 8008h. Note: The DEBUG bit in Configuration Word 2 is managed automatically by device development tools including debuggers and programmers. For normal device operation, this bit should be maintained as a ‘1’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 45 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 4-1: CONFIGURATION WORD 1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 BOREN<1:0> — bit 13 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 CP MCLRE PWRTE bit 8 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 WDTE<1:0> R/P-1 R/P-1 FOSC<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase bit 13 FCMEN: Fail-Safe Clock Monitor Enable bit 1 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is enabled 0 = Fail-Safe Clock Monitor is disabled bit 12 IESO: Internal External Switchover bit 1 = Internal/External Switchover mode is enabled 0 = Internal/External Switchover mode is disabled bit 11 CLKOUTEN: Clock Out Enable bit If FOSC Configuration bits are set to LP, XT, HS modes: This bit is ignored, CLKOUT function is disabled. Oscillator function on the CLKOUT pin. All other FOSC modes: 1 = CLKOUT function is disabled. I/O function on the CLKOUT pin. 0 = CLKOUT function is enabled on the CLKOUT pin bit 10-9 BOREN<1:0>: Brown-out Reset Enable bits 11 = BOR enabled 10 = BOR enabled during operation and disabled in Sleep 01 = BOR controlled by SBOREN bit of the BORCON register 00 = BOR disabled bit 8 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 7 CP: Code Protection bit 1 = Program memory code protection is disabled 0 = Program memory code protection is enabled bit 6 MCLRE: MCLR/VPP Pin Function Select bit If LVP bit = 1: This bit is ignored. If LVP bit = 0: 1 = MCLR/VPP pin function is MCLR; Weak pull-up enabled. 0 = MCLR/VPP pin function is digital input; MCLR internally disabled; Weak pull-up under control of WPUE3 bit. bit 5 PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit 1 = PWRT disabled 0 = PWRT enabled bit 4-3 WDTE<1:0>: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 11 = WDT enabled 10 = WDT enabled while running and disabled in Sleep 01 = WDT controlled by the SWDTEN bit in the WDTCON register 00 = WDT disabled DS41452A-page 46 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 4-1: bit 2-0 CONFIGURATION WORD 1 (CONTINUED) FOSC<2:0>: Oscillator Selection bits 111 = ECH: External Clock, High-Power mode (4-20 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin 110 = ECM: External Clock, Medium-Power mode (0.5-4 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin 101 = ECL: External Clock, Low-Power mode (0-0.5 MHz): device clock supplied to CLKIN pin 100 = INTOSC oscillator: I/O function on CLKIN pin 011 = EXTRC oscillator: External RC circuit connected to CLKIN pin 010 = HS oscillator: High-speed crystal/resonator connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins 001 = XT oscillator: Crystal/resonator connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins 000 = LP oscillator: Low-power crystal connected between OSC1 and OSC2 pins 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 47 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 4-2: CONFIGURATION WORD 2 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 R/P-1 U-1 LVP DEBUG ULPBOR BORV STVREN — bit 13 U-1 U-1 — — U-1 — bit 8 R/P-1 (1) VCAPEN U-1 U-1 — — R/P-1 R/P-1 WRT<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit P = Programmable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’ ‘0’ = Bit is cleared ‘1’ = Bit is set -n = Value when blank or after Bulk Erase bit 13 LVP: Low-Voltage Programming Enable bit 1 = Low-voltage programming enabled 0 = High-voltage on MCLR must be used for programming bit 12 DEBUG: In-Circuit Debugger Mode bit 1 = In-Circuit Debugger disabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are general purpose I/O pins 0 = In-Circuit Debugger enabled, ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT are dedicated to the debugger bit 11 ULPBOR: Ultra Low-Power BOR 1 = Ultra Low-Power BOR is disabled 0 = Ultra Low-Power BOR is enabled bit 10 BORV: Brown-out Reset Voltage Selection bit 1 = Brown-out Reset voltage set to 1.9V (typical) 0 = Brown-out Reset voltage set to 2.7V (typical) bit 9 STVREN: Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Enable bit 1 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will cause a Reset 0 = Stack Overflow or Underflow will not cause a Reset bit 8-5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 4 VCAPEN: Voltage Regulator Capacitor Enable bits(1) If PIC16LF151X (regulator disabled): These bits are ignored. All VCAP pin functions are disabled. If PIC16F151X (regulator enabled): 0 = VCAP functionality is enabled on RA5 1 = All VCAP pin functions are disabled bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 1-0 WRT<1:0>: Flash Memory Self-Write Protection bits 8 kW Flash memory (PIC16(L)F1516/7 only): 11 = Write protection off 10 = 000h to 1FFh write-protected, 200h to 1FFFh may be modified by PMCON control 01 = 000h to FFFh write-protected, 1000h to 1FFFh may be modified by PMCON control 00 = 000h to 1FFFh write-protected, no addresses may be modified by PMCON control 16 kW Flash memory (PIC16(L)F1518/9 only): 11 = Write protection off 10 = 000h to 1FFh write-protected, 200h to 3FFFh may be modified by PMCON control 01 = 000h to 1FFFh write-protected, 2000h to 3FFFh may be modified by PMCON control 00 = 000h to 3FFFh write-protected, no addresses may be modified by PMCON control Note 1: PIC16F151X only. DS41452A-page 48 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 4.2 Code Protection Code protection allows the device to be protected from unauthorized access. Program memory protection is controlled independently. Internal access to the program memory is unaffected by any code protection setting. 4.2.1 PROGRAM MEMORY PROTECTION The entire program memory space is protected from external reads and writes by the CP bit in Configuration Word 1. When CP = 0, external reads and writes of program memory are inhibited and a read will return all ‘0’s. The CPU can continue to read program memory, regardless of the protection bit settings. Writing the program memory is dependent upon the write protection setting. See Section 4.3 “Write Protection” for more information. 4.3 Write Protection Write protection allows the device to be protected from unintended self-writes. Applications, such as bootloader software, can be protected while allowing other regions of the program memory to be modified. The WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Word 2 define the size of the program memory block that is protected. 4.4 User ID Four memory locations (8000h-8003h) are designated as ID locations where the user can store checksum or other code identification numbers. These locations are readable and writable during normal execution. See Section 11.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration Word Access” for more information on accessing these memory locations. For more information on checksum calculation, see the “PIC16(L)F151X/152X Memory Programming Specification” (DS41442). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 49 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 4.5 Development tools, such as device programmers and debuggers, may be used to read the Device ID and Revision ID. Device ID and Revision ID The memory location 8006h is where the Device ID and Revision ID are stored. The upper nine bits hold the Device ID. The lower five bits hold the Revision ID. See Section 11.4 “User ID, Device ID and Configuration Word Access” for more information on accessing these memory locations. REGISTER 4-3: DEVICEID: DEVICE ID REGISTER R R R R R R DEV<8:3> bit 13 R R bit 8 R R R DEV<2:0> R R R REV<4:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared P = Programmable bit bit 13-5 DEV<8:0>: Device ID bits DEVICEID<13:0> Values Device bit 4-0 DEV<8:0> REV<4:0> PIC16F1519 01 0110 111 x xxxx PIC16F1518 01 0110 110 x xxxx PIC16F1517 01 0110 101 x xxxx PIC16F1516 01 0110 100 x xxxx PIC16LF1519 01 0111 111 x xxxx PIC16LF1518 01 0111 110 x xxxx PIC16LF1517 01 0111 101 x xxxx PIC16LF1516 01 0111 100 x xxxx REV<4:0>: Revision ID bits These bits are used to identify the revision (see Table under DEV<8:0> above). DS41452A-page 50 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.0 OSCILLATOR MODULE (WITH FAIL-SAFE CLOCK MONITOR) 5.1 Overview The oscillator module has a wide variety of clock sources and selection features that allow it to be used in a wide range of applications while maximizing performance and minimizing power consumption. Figure 5-1 illustrates a block diagram of the oscillator module. Clock sources can be supplied from external oscillators, quartz crystal resonators, ceramic resonators and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) circuits. In addition, the system clock source can be supplied from one of two internal oscillators, with a choice of speeds selectable via software. Additional clock features include: • Selectable system clock source between external or internal sources via software. • Two-Speed Start-up mode, which minimizes latency between external oscillator start-up and code execution. • Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) designed to detect a failure of the external clock source (LP, XT, HS, EC or RC modes) and switch automatically to the internal oscillator. • Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ensures stability of crystal oscillator sources • Fast start-up oscillator allows internal circuits to power up and stabilize before switching to the 16 MHz HFINTOSC 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. The oscillator module can be configured in one of eight clock modes. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. ECL – External Clock Low Power mode (0 MHz to 0.5 MHz) ECM – External Clock Medium Power mode (0.5 MHz to 4 MHz) ECH – External Clock High Power mode (4 MHz to 20 MHz) LP – 32 kHz Low-Power Crystal mode. XT – Medium Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator Oscillator mode (up to 4 MHz) HS – High Gain Crystal or Ceramic Resonator mode (4 MHz to 20 MHz) RC – External Resistor-Capacitor (RC). INTOSC – Internal oscillator (31 kHz to 16 MHz). Clock Source modes are selected by the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1. The FOSC bits determine the type of oscillator that will be used when the device is first powered. The EC clock mode relies on an external logic level signal as the device clock source. The LP, XT and HS clock modes require an external crystal or resonator to be connected to the device. Each mode is optimized for a different frequency range. The RC clock mode requires an external resistor and capacitor to set the oscillator frequency. The INTOSC internal oscillator block produces a low and high frequency clock source, designated LFINTOSC and HFINTOSC. (see Internal Oscillator Block, Figure 5-1). A wide selection of device clock frequencies may be derived from these two clock sources. Preliminary DS41452A-page 51 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 SIMPLIFIED PIC® MCU CLOCK SOURCE BLOCK DIAGRAM FIGURE 5-1: Low Power Mode Event Switch (SCS<1:0>) Primary Oscillator OSC2 Primary Oscillator (OSC) 2 OSC1 Primary Clock 00 SOSCO/ T1CKI SOSCI Secondary Oscillator (SOSC) Secondary Clock INTOSC 01 Clock Switch Mux Secondary Oscillator 1x Internal Oscillator IRCF<3:0> 4 Start-Up Osc LF-INTOSC (31.25 kHz) DS41452A-page 52 INTOSC Divide Circuit 16 MHz Primary Osc /1 /2 /4 /8 /16 HF-16 MHz /32 HF-500 kHz /64 HF-250 kHz HF-8 MHz HF-4 MHz HF-2 MHz HF-1 MHz /128 HF-125 kHz /256 HF-62.5 kHz /512 HF-31.25 kHz LF-31 kHz 1111 1110 1101 1100 1011 1010/ 0111 1001/ 0110 1000/ 0101 0100 0011 0010 0001 0000 Internal Oscillator Mux Startup Control Logic 4 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.2 Clock Source Types Clock sources can be classified as external or internal. External clock sources rely on external circuitry for the clock source to function. Examples are: oscillator modules (EC mode), quartz crystal resonators or ceramic resonators (LP, XT and HS modes) and Resistor-Capacitor (RC) mode circuits. Internal clock sources are contained internally within the oscillator module. The internal oscillator block has two internal oscillators that are used to generate the internal system clock sources: the 16 MHz High-Frequency Internal Oscillator and the 31 kHz Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC). The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is disabled when EC mode is selected. Therefore, there is no delay in operation after a Power-on Reset (POR) or wake-up from Sleep. Because the PIC® MCU design is fully static, stopping the external clock input will have the effect of halting the device while leaving all data intact. Upon restarting the external clock, the device will resume operation as if no time had elapsed. FIGURE 5-2: 5.2.1 An external clock source can be used as the device system clock by performing one of the following actions: • Program the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1 to select an external clock source that will be used as the default system clock upon a device Reset. • Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register to switch the system clock source to: - Secondary oscillator during run-time, or - An external clock source determined by the value of the FOSC bits. See Section 5.3 “Clock Switching”for more information. 5.2.1.1 EC Mode The External Clock (EC) mode allows an externally generated logic level signal to be the system clock source. When operating in this mode, an external clock source is connected to the OSC1 input. OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT. Figure 5-2 shows the pin connections for EC mode. EC mode has 3 power modes to select from through Configuration Word 1: PIC® MCU FOSC/4 or I/O(1) Note 1: EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES OSC1/CLKIN Clock from Ext. System The system clock can be selected between external or internal clock sources via the System Clock Select (SCS) bits in the OSCCON register. See Section 5.3 “Clock Switching” for additional information. 5.2.1.2 EXTERNAL CLOCK (EC) MODE OPERATION OSC2/CLKOUT Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the Configuration Word 1. LP, XT, HS Modes The LP, XT and HS modes support the use of quartz crystal resonators or ceramic resonators connected to OSC1 and OSC2 (Figure 5-3). The three modes select a low, medium or high gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier to support various resonator types and speed. LP Oscillator mode selects the lowest gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. LP mode current consumption is the least of the three modes. This mode is designed to drive only 32.768 kHz tuning-fork type crystals (watch crystals). XT Oscillator mode selects the intermediate gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. XT mode current consumption is the medium of the three modes. This mode is best suited to drive resonators with a medium drive level specification. HS Oscillator mode selects the highest gain setting of the internal inverter-amplifier. HS mode current consumption is the highest of the three modes. This mode is best suited for resonators that require a high drive setting. Figure 5-3 and Figure 5-4 show typical circuits for quartz crystal and ceramic resonators, respectively. • High power, 4-20 MHz (FOSC = 111) • Medium power, 0.5-4 MHz (FOSC = 110) • Low power, 0-0.5 MHz (FOSC = 101) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 53 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 5-3: QUARTZ CRYSTAL OPERATION (LP, XT OR HS MODE) FIGURE 5-4: CERAMIC RESONATOR OPERATION (XT OR HS MODE) PIC® MCU PIC® MCU OSC1/CLKIN C1 Note 1: 2: C1 To Internal Logic Quartz Crystal C2 OSC1/CLKIN RS(1) RF(2) Sleep RP(3) OSC2/CLKOUT Note 1: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M. Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary according to type, package and manufacturer. The user should consult the manufacturer data sheets for specifications and recommended application. 2: Always verify oscillator performance over the VDD and temperature range that is expected for the application. 3: For oscillator design assistance, reference the following Microchip Applications Notes: DS41452A-page 54 RF(2) C2 Ceramic RS(1) Resonator A series resistor (RS) may be required for quartz crystals with low drive level. • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC® Devices” (DS00826) • AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design” (DS00849) • AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator Analysis and Design” (DS00943) • AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work” (DS00949) To Internal Logic Sleep OSC2/CLKOUT A series resistor (RS) may be required for ceramic resonators with low drive level. 2: The value of RF varies with the Oscillator mode selected (typically between 2 M to 10 M. 3: An additional parallel feedback resistor (RP) may be required for proper ceramic resonator operation. 5.2.1.3 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) If the oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS modes, the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) counts 1024 oscillations from OSC1. This occurs following a Power-on Reset (POR) and when the Power-up Timer (PWRT) has expired (if configured), or a wake-up from Sleep. During this time, the program counter does not increment and program execution is suspended. The OST ensures that the oscillator circuit, using a quartz crystal resonator or ceramic resonator, has started and is providing a stable system clock to the oscillator module. In order to minimize latency between external oscillator start-up and code execution, the Two-Speed Clock Start-up mode can be selected (see Section 5.4 “Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode”). Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.2.1.4 5.2.1.5 Secondary Oscillator External RC Mode The secondary oscillator is a separate crystal oscillator that is associated with the Timer1 peripheral. It is optimized for timekeeping operations with a 32.768 kHz crystal connected between the SOSCO and SOSCI device pins. The external Resistor-Capacitor (RC) modes support the use of an external RC circuit. This allows the designer maximum flexibility in frequency choice while keeping costs to a minimum when clock accuracy is not required. The secondary oscillator can be used as an alternate system clock source and can be selected during run-time using clock switching. Refer to Section 5.3 “Clock Switching” for more information. The RC circuit connects to OSC1. OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT. The function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined by the state of the CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Word 1. FIGURE 5-5: Figure 5-6 shows the external RC mode connections. QUARTZ CRYSTAL OPERATION (SECONDARY OSCILLATOR) FIGURE 5-6: VDD OSC1/CLKIN SOSCI VSS FOSC/4 or I/O(1) SOSCO OSC2/CLKOUT Recommended values: 10 k REXT 100 k, <3V 3 k REXT 100 k, 3-5V CEXT > 20 pF, 2-5V Note 1: Quartz crystal characteristics vary according to type, package and manufacturer. The user should consult the manufacturer data sheets for specifications and recommended application. 2: Always verify oscillator performance over the VDD and temperature range that is expected for the application. 3: For oscillator design assistance, reference the following Microchip Applications Notes: • AN826, “Crystal Oscillator Basics and Crystal Selection for rfPIC® and PIC® Devices” (DS00826) • AN849, “Basic PIC® Oscillator Design” (DS00849) • AN943, “Practical PIC® Oscillator Analysis and Design” (DS00943) • AN949, “Making Your Oscillator Work” (DS00949) • TB097, “Interfacing a Micro Crystal MS1V-T1K 32.768 kHz Tuning Fork Crystal to a PIC16F690/SS” (DS91097) • AN1288, “Design Practices for Low-Power External Oscillators” (DS01288) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Internal Clock CEXT To Internal Logic 32.768 kHz Quartz Crystal C2 PIC® MCU REXT PIC® MCU C1 EXTERNAL RC MODES Note 1: Output depends upon CLKOUTEN bit of the Configuration Word 1. The RC oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage, the resistor (REXT) and capacitor (CEXT) values and the operating temperature. Other factors affecting the oscillator frequency are: • threshold voltage variation • component tolerances • packaging variations in capacitance The user also needs to take into account variation due to tolerance of the external RC components used. Preliminary DS41452A-page 55 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.2.2 INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCES 5.2.2.2 The device may be configured to use the internal oscillator block as the system clock by performing one of the following actions: • Program the FOSC<2:0> bits in Configuration Word 1 to select the INTOSC clock source, which will be used as the default system clock upon a device Reset. • Write the SCS<1:0> bits in the OSCCON register to switch the system clock source to the internal oscillator during run-time. See Section 5.3 “Clock Switching”for more information. In INTOSC mode, OSC1/CLKIN is available for general purpose I/O. OSC2/CLKOUT is available for general purpose I/O or CLKOUT. The function of the OSC2/CLKOUT pin is determined by the state of the CLKOUTEN bit in Configuration Word 1. LFINTOSC The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator (LFINTOSC) is an uncalibrated 31 kHz internal clock source. The output of the LFINTOSC connects to a postscaler and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). Select 31 kHz, via software, using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See Section 5.2.2.4 “Internal Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information. The LFINTOSC is also the frequency for the Power-up Timer (PWRT), Watchdog Timer (WDT) and Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM). The LFINTOSC is enabled by selecting 31 kHz (IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register = 000) as the system clock source (SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 1x), or when any of the following are enabled: The internal oscillator block has two independent oscillators that provides the internal system clock source. • Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register for the desired LF frequency, and • FOSC<2:0> = 100, or • Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the OSCCON register to ‘1x’ 1. Peripherals that use the LFINTOSC are: 2. The HFINTOSC (High-Frequency Internal Oscillator) is factory calibrated and operates at 16 MHz. The LFINTOSC (Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator) is uncalibrated and operates at 31 kHz. 5.2.2.1 HFINTOSC • Power-up Timer (PWRT) • Watchdog Timer (WDT) • Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) The Low-Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit (LFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the LFINTOSC is running and can be utilized. The High-Frequency Internal Oscillator (HFINTOSC) is a factory calibrated 16 MHz internal clock source. The output of the HFINTOSC connects to a postscaler and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). The frequency derived from the HFINTOSC can be selected via software using the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. See Section 5.2.2.4 “Internal Oscillator Clock Switch Timing” for more information. The HFINTOSC is enabled by: • Configure the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register for the desired HF frequency, and • FOSC<2:0> = 100, or • Set the System Clock Source (SCS) bits of the OSCCON register to ‘1x’. The High Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit (HFIOFR) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the HFINTOSC is running and can be utilized. The High Frequency Internal Oscillator Status Stable bit (HFIOFS) of the OSCSTAT register indicates when the HFINTOSC is running within 0.5% of its final value. DS41452A-page 56 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.2.2.3 Internal Oscillator Frequency Selection 5.2.2.4 The system clock speed can be selected via software using the Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register. The output of the 16 MHz HFINTOSC and 31 kHz LFINTOSC connects to a postscaler and multiplexer (see Figure 5-1). The Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits IRCF<3:0> of the OSCCON register select the frequency output of the internal oscillators. One of the following frequencies can be selected via software: • • • • • • • • • • • Note: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Following any Reset, the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are set to ‘0111’ and the frequency selection is set to 500 kHz. The user can modify the IRCF bits to select a different frequency. The IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register allow duplicate selections for some frequencies. These duplicate choices can offer system design trade-offs. Lower power consumption can be obtained when changing oscillator sources for a given frequency. Faster transition times can be obtained between frequency changes that use the same oscillator source. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. When switching between the HFINTOSC and the LFINTOSC, the new oscillator may already be shut down to save power (see Figure 5-7). If this is the case, there is a delay after the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are modified before the frequency selection takes place. The OSCSTAT register will reflect the current active status of the HFINTOSC and LFINTOSC oscillators. The sequence of a frequency selection is as follows: 1. 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 2 MHz 1 MHz 500 kHz (Default after Reset) 250 kHz 125 kHz 62.5 kHz 31.25 kHz 31 kHz (LFINTOSC) Internal Oscillator Clock Switch Timing IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register are modified. If the new clock is shut down, a clock start-up delay is started. Clock switch circuitry waits for a falling edge of the current clock. The current clock is held low and the clock switch circuitry waits for a rising edge in the new clock. The new clock is now active. The OSCSTAT register is updated as required. Clock switch is complete. See Figure 5-7 for more details. If the internal oscillator speed is switched between two clocks of the same source, there is no start-up delay before the new frequency is selected. Clock switching time delays are shown in Table 5-1. Start-up delay specifications are located in the oscillator tables of Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” Preliminary DS41452A-page 57 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 5-7: HFINTOSC INTERNAL OSCILLATOR SWITCH TIMING LFINTOSC (FSCM and WDT disabled) HFINTOSC Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running LFINTOSC IRCF <3:0> 0 0 System Clock HFINTOSC LFINTOSC (Either FSCM or WDT enabled) HFINTOSC 2-cycle Sync Running LFINTOSC 0 IRCF <3:0> 0 System Clock LFINTOSC HFINTOSC LFINTOSC turns off unless WDT or FSCM is enabled LFINTOSC Start-up Time 2-cycle Sync Running HFINTOSC IRCF <3:0> =0 0 System Clock DS41452A-page 58 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.3 5.3.3 Clock Switching SECONDARY OSCILLATOR The system clock source can be switched between external and internal clock sources via software using the System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON register. The following clock sources can be selected using the SCS bits: The secondary oscillator is a separate crystal oscillator associated with the Timer1 peripheral. It is optimized for timekeeping operations with a 32.768 kHz crystal connected between the SOSCO and SOSCI device pins. • Default system oscillator determined by FOSC bits in Configuration Word 1 • Secondary oscillator 32 kHz crystal • Internal Oscillator Block (INTOSC) The secondary oscillator is enabled using the T1OSCEN control bit in the T1CON register. See Section 18.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for more information about the Timer1 peripheral. 5.3.1 5.3.4 SYSTEM CLOCK SELECT (SCS) BITS The System Clock Select (SCS) bits of the OSCCON register selects the system clock source that is used for the CPU and peripherals. • When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 00, the system clock source is determined by value of the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1. • When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 01, the system clock source is the secondary oscillator. • When the SCS bits of the OSCCON register = 1x, the system clock source is chosen by the internal oscillator frequency selected by the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. After a Reset, the SCS bits of the OSCCON register are always cleared. Note: SECONDARY OSCILLATOR READY (SOSCR) BIT The user must ensure that the secondary oscillator is ready to be used before it is selected as a system clock source. The Secondary Oscillator Ready (SOSCR) bit of the OSCSTAT register indicates whether the secondary oscillator is ready to be used. After the SOSCR bit is set, the SCS bits can be configured to select the secondary oscillator. Any automatic clock switch, which may occur from Two-Speed Start-up or Fail-Safe Clock Monitor, does not update the SCS bits of the OSCCON register. The user can monitor the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT register to determine the current system clock source. When switching between clock sources, a delay is required to allow the new clock to stabilize. These oscillator delays are shown in Table 5-1. 5.3.2 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIME-OUT STATUS (OSTS) BIT The Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status (OSTS) bit of the OSCSTAT register indicates whether the system clock is running from the external clock source, as defined by the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1, or from the internal clock source. In particular, OSTS indicates that the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has timed out for LP, XT or HS modes. The OST does not reflect the status of the secondary oscillator. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 59 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.4 5.4.1 Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode Two-Speed Start-up mode provides additional power savings by minimizing the latency between external oscillator start-up and code execution. In applications that make heavy use of the Sleep mode, Two-Speed Start-up will remove the external oscillator start-up time from the time spent awake and can reduce the overall power consumption of the device. This mode allows the application to wake-up from Sleep, perform a few instructions using the INTOSC internal oscillator block as the clock source and go back to Sleep without waiting for the external oscillator to become stable. Two-Speed Start-up provides benefits when the oscillator module is configured for LP, XT or HS modes. The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) is enabled for these modes and must count 1024 oscillations before the oscillator can be used as the system clock source. TWO-SPEED START-UP MODE CONFIGURATION Two-Speed Start-up mode is configured by the following settings: • IESO (of the Configuration Word 1) = 1; Internal/External Switchover bit (Two-Speed Start-up mode enabled). • SCS (of the OSCCON register) = 00. • FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1 configured for LP, XT or HS mode. Two-Speed Start-up mode is entered after: • Power-on Reset (POR) and, if enabled, after Power-up Timer (PWRT) has expired, or • Wake-up from Sleep. If the oscillator module is configured for any mode other than LP, XT or HS mode, then Two-Speed Start-up is disabled. This is because the external clock oscillator does not require any stabilization time after POR or an exit from Sleep. If the OST count reaches 1024 before the device enters Sleep mode, the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT register is set and program execution switches to the external oscillator. However, the system may never operate from the external oscillator if the time spent awake is very short. Note: Executing a SLEEP instruction will abort the oscillator start-up time and will cause the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT register to remain clear. TABLE 5-1: OSCILLATOR SWITCHING DELAYS Switch From Switch To Frequency Oscillator Delay Sleep/POR LFINTOSC HFINTOSC 31 kHz 31.25 kHz-16 MHz Oscillator Warm-up Delay (TWARM) Sleep/POR EC, RC DC – 20 MHz 2 cycles LFINTOSC EC, RC DC – 20 MHz 1 cycle of each Sleep/POR Secondary Oscillator, 32 kHz-20 MHz LP, XT, HS 1024 Clock Cycles (OST) Any clock source HFINTOSC 31.25 kHz-16 MHz 2 s (approx.) Any clock source LFINTOSC 31 kHz 1 cycle of each Any clock source Secondary Oscillator 32 kHz DS41452A-page 60 Preliminary 1024 Clock Cycles (OST) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.4.2 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. TWO-SPEED START-UP SEQUENCE 5.4.3 Wake-up from Power-on Reset or Sleep. Instructions begin execution by the internal oscillator at the frequency set in the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. OST enabled to count 1024 clock cycles. OST timed out, wait for falling edge of the internal oscillator. OSTS is set. System clock held low until the next falling edge of new clock (LP, XT or HS mode). System clock is switched to external clock source. FIGURE 5-8: CHECKING TWO-SPEED CLOCK STATUS Checking the state of the OSTS bit of the OSCSTAT register will confirm if the microcontroller is running from the external clock source, as defined by the FOSC<2:0> bits in the Configuration Word 1, or the internal oscillator. TWO-SPEED START-UP INTOSC TOST OSC1 0 1 1022 1023 OSC2 Program Counter PC - N PC + 1 PC System Clock 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 61 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.5 5.5.3 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor The Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM) allows the device to continue operating should the external oscillator fail. The FSCM can detect oscillator failure any time after the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired. The FSCM is enabled by setting the FCMEN bit in the Configuration Word 1. The FSCM is applicable to all external Oscillator modes (LP, XT, HS, EC, RC and secondary oscillator). FIGURE 5-9: FSCM BLOCK DIAGRAM External Clock LFINTOSC Oscillator ÷ 64 31 kHz (~32 s) 488 Hz (~2 ms) S Q R Q Sample Clock 5.5.1 The Fail-Safe condition is cleared after a Reset, executing a SLEEP instruction or changing the SCS bits of the OSCCON register. When the SCS bits are changed, the OST is restarted. While the OST is running, the device continues to operate from the INTOSC selected in OSCCON. When the OST times out, the Fail-Safe condition is cleared and the device will be operating from the external clock source. The Fail-Safe condition must be cleared before the OSFIF flag can be cleared. 5.5.4 Clock Monitor Latch RESET OR WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The FSCM is designed to detect an oscillator failure after the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) has expired. The OST is used after waking up from Sleep and after any type of Reset. The OST is not used with the EC or RC Clock modes so that the FSCM will be active as soon as the Reset or wake-up has completed. When the FSCM is enabled, the Two-Speed Start-up is also enabled. Therefore, the device will always be executing code while the OST is operating. Clock Failure Detected Note: FAIL-SAFE DETECTION The FSCM module detects a failed oscillator by comparing the external oscillator to the FSCM sample clock. The sample clock is generated by dividing the LFINTOSC by 64. See Figure 5-9. Inside the fail detector block is a latch. The external clock sets the latch on each falling edge of the external clock. The sample clock clears the latch on each rising edge of the sample clock. A failure is detected when an entire half-cycle of the sample clock elapses before the external clock goes low. 5.5.2 FAIL-SAFE CONDITION CLEARING Due to the wide range of oscillator start-up times, the Fail-Safe circuit is not active during oscillator start-up (i.e., after exiting Reset or Sleep). After an appropriate amount of time, the user should check the Status bits in the OSCSTAT register to verify the oscillator start-up and that the system clock switchover has successfully completed. FAIL-SAFE OPERATION When the external clock fails, the FSCM switches the device clock to an internal clock source and sets the bit flag OSFIF of the PIR2 register. Setting this flag will generate an interrupt if the OSFIE bit of the PIE2 register is also set. The device firmware can then take steps to mitigate the problems that may arise from a failed clock. The system clock will continue to be sourced from the internal clock source until the device firmware successfully restarts the external oscillator and switches back to external operation. The internal clock source chosen by the FSCM is determined by the IRCF<3:0> bits of the OSCCON register. This allows the internal oscillator to be configured before a failure occurs. DS41452A-page 62 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 5-10: FSCM TIMING DIAGRAM Sample Clock Oscillator Failure System Clock Output Clock Monitor Output (Q) Failure Detected OSCFIF Test Note: Test Test The system clock is normally at a much higher frequency than the sample clock. The relative frequencies in this example have been chosen for clarity. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 63 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 5.6 Oscillator Control Registers REGISTER 5-1: U-0 OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 IRCF<3:0> — U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 SCS<1:0> — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-3 IRCF<3:0>: Internal Oscillator Frequency Select bits 000x = 31 kHz LF 001x = 31.25 kHz 0100 = 62.5 kHz 0101 = 125 kHz 0110 = 250 kHz 0111 = 500 kHz (default upon Reset) 1000 = 125 kHz(1) 1001 = 250 kHz(1) 1010 = 500 kHz(1) 1011 = 1 MHz 1100 = 2 MHz 1101 = 4 MHz 1110 = 8 MHz 1111 = 16 MHz bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 SCS<1:0>: System Clock Select bits 1x = Internal oscillator block 01 = Secondary oscillator 00 = Clock determined by FOSC<2:0> in Configuration Word 1. Note 1: Duplicate frequency derived from HFINTOSC. DS41452A-page 64 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 5-2: OSCSTAT: OSCILLATOR STATUS REGISTER R-1/q U-0 R-q/q R-0/q U-0 U-0 R-0/0 R-0/q SOSCR — OSTS HFIOFR — — LFIOFR HFIOFS bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Conditional bit 7 SOSCR: Secondary Oscillator Ready bit If T1OSCEN = 1: 1 = Secondary oscillator is ready 0 = Secondary oscillator is not ready If T1OSCEN = 0: 1 = Timer1 clock source is always ready bit 6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5 OSTS: Oscillator Start-up Time-out Status bit 1 = Running from the clock defined by the FOSC<2:0> bits of the Configuration Word 1 0 = Running from an internal oscillator (FOSC<2:0> = 100) bit 4 HFIOFR: High Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit 1 = HFINTOSC is ready 0 = HFINTOSC is not ready bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 LFIOFR: Low Frequency Internal Oscillator Ready bit 1 = LFINTOSC is ready 0 = LFINTOSC is not ready bit 0 HFIOFS: High Frequency Internal Oscillator Stable bit 1 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz Oscillator is stable and is driving the INTOSC 0 = HFINTOSC 16 MHz is not stable, the 12 MHz Start-up Oscillator is driving INTOSC TABLE 5-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CLOCK SOURCES Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page OSCCON — OSCSTAT SOSCR — OSTS HFIOFR — — LFIOFR HFIOFS 65 PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 82 PIR2 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 84 T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON 167 TMR1CS<1:0> T1CON Legend: CONFIG1 Legend: — T1CKPS<1:0> SCS<1:0> 64 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources. TABLE 5-3: Name IRCF<3:0> Bits SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH CLOCK SOURCES Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN CP MCLRE PWRTE 13:8 7:0 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 BOREN<1:0> WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0> Bit 8/0 — Register on Page 46 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by clock sources. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 65 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 66 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 6.0 A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit is shown in Figure 6-1. RESETS There are multiple ways to reset this device: • • • • • • • • • Power-on Reset (POR) Brown-out Reset (BOR) Ultra Low-Power Brown-out Reset (ULPBOR) MCLR Reset WDT Reset RESET instruction Stack Overflow Stack Underflow Programming mode exit To allow VDD to stabilize, an optional power-up timer can be enabled to extend the Reset time after a BOR or POR event. FIGURE 6-1: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT Programming Mode Exit RESET Instruction Stack Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset Pointer External Reset MCLRE MCLR Sleep WDT Time-out Device Reset Power-on Reset VDD Brown-out Reset ULPBOR Reset BOR Enable PWRT Zero LFINTOSC 64 ms PWRTEN 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 67 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 6.1 Power-on Reset (POR) 6.2 Brown-Out Reset (BOR) The POR circuit holds the device in Reset until VDD has reached an acceptable level for minimum operation. Slow rising VDD, fast operating speeds or analog performance may require greater than minimum VDD. The PWRT, BOR or MCLR features can be used to extend the start-up period until all device operation conditions have been met. The BOR circuit holds the device in Reset when VDD reaches a selectable minimum level. Between the POR and BOR, complete voltage range coverage for execution protection can be implemented. 6.1.1 • • • • POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT) The Power-up Timer provides a nominal 64 ms timeout on POR or Brown-out Reset. The device is held in Reset as long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay allows additional time for the VDD to rise to an acceptable level. The Power-up Timer is enabled by clearing the PWRTE bit in Configuration Word 1. The Power-up Timer starts after the release of the POR and BOR. For additional information, refer to Application Note AN607, “Power-up Trouble Shooting” (DS00607). TABLE 6-1: The Brown-out Reset module has four operating modes controlled by the BOREN<1:0> bits in Configuration Word 1. The four operating modes are: BOR is always on BOR is off when in Sleep BOR is controlled by software BOR is always off Refer to Table 6-1 for more information. The Brown-out Reset voltage level is selectable by configuring the BORV bit in Configuration Word 2. A VDD noise rejection filter prevents the BOR from triggering on small events. If VDD falls below VBOR for a duration greater than parameter TBORDC, the device will reset. See Figure 6-2 for more information. BOR OPERATING MODES BOREN<1:0> SBOREN Device Mode BOR Mode Device Operation Device Operation upon wake- up from upon release of POR Sleep 11 X X Active Waits for BOR ready(1) Awake Active 10 X Sleep Disabled 1 01 X 0 00 X X Waits for BOR ready Active Begins immediately Disabled Begins immediately Disabled Begins immediately Note 1: Even though this case specifically waits for the BOR, the BOR is already operating, so there is no delay in start-up. 6.2.1 BOR IS ALWAYS ON 6.2.3 BOR CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE When the BOREN bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘11’, the BOR is always on. The device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold. When the BOREN bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘01’, the BOR is controlled by the SBOREN bit of the BORCON register. The device start-up is not delayed by the BOR ready condition or the VDD level. BOR protection is active during Sleep. The BOR does not delay wake-up from Sleep. BOR protection begins as soon as the BOR circuit is ready. The status of the BOR circuit is reflected in the BORRDY bit of the BORCON register. 6.2.2 BOR IS OFF IN SLEEP When the BOREN bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘10’, the BOR is on, except in Sleep. The device start-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready and VDD is higher than the BOR threshold. BOR protection is unchanged by Sleep. BOR protection is not active during Sleep. The device wake-up will be delayed until the BOR is ready. DS41452A-page 68 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 6-2: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS VDD VBOR Internal Reset TPWRT(1) VDD VBOR Internal Reset < TPWRT TPWRT(1) VDD VBOR Internal Reset Note 1: TPWRT(1) TPWRT delay only if PWRTE bit is programmed to ‘0’. REGISTER 6-1: BORCON: BROWN-OUT RESET CONTROL REGISTER R/W-1/u R/W-0/u U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R-q/u SBOREN BORFS — — — — — BORRDY bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition bit 7 SBOREN: Software Brown-out Reset Enable bit(1) If BOREN <1:0> 01: SBOREN is read/write, but has no effect on the BOR. If BOREN <1:0> = 01: 1 = BOR Enabled 0 = BOR Disabled bit 6 BORFS: Brown-out Reset Fast Start bit(1) If BOREN<1:0> = 11 (Always on) or BOREN<1:0> = 00 (Always off) BORFS is Read/Write, but has no effect. If BOREN <1:0> = 10 (Disabled in Sleep) or BOREN<1:0> = 01 (Under software control): 1 = Band gap is forced on always (covers sleep/wake-up/operating cases) 0 = Band gap operates normally, and may turn off bit 5-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 BORRDY: Brown-out Reset Circuit Ready Status bit 1 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is active 0 = The Brown-out Reset circuit is inactive Note 1: BOREN<1:0> bits are located in Configuration Word 1. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 69 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 6.3 Ultra Low-Power Brown-out Reset (ULPBOR) The Ultra Low-Power Brown-Out Reset (ULPBOR) is an essential part of the Reset subsystem. Refer to Figure 6-1 to see how the BOR interacts with other modules. The ULPBOR is used to monitor the external VDD pin. When too low of a voltage is detected, the device is held in Reset. When this occurs, a register bit (BOR) is changed to indicate that a BOR Reset has occurred. The same bit is set for both the BOR and the ULPBOR. Refer to Register 6-2. 6.3.1 ENABLING ULPBOR The ULPBOR is controlled by the ULPBOR bit of Configuration Word 2. When the device is erased, the ULPBOR module defaults to disabled. 6.3.1.1 ULPBOR Module Output The output of the ULPBOR module is a signal indicating whether or not a Reset is to be asserted. This signal is to be OR’d together with the Reset signal of the BOR module to provide the generic BOR signal which goes to the PCON register and to the power control block. 6.4 MCLR 6.5 Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset The Watchdog Timer generates a Reset if the firmware does not issue a CLRWDT instruction within the time-out period. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the WDT Reset. See Section 10.0 “Watchdog Timer” for more information. 6.6 RESET Instruction A RESET instruction will cause a device Reset. The RI bit in the PCON register will be set to ‘0’. See Table 6-4 for default conditions after a RESET instruction has occurred. 6.7 Stack Overflow/Underflow Reset The device can reset when the Stack Overflows or Underflows. The STKOVF or STKUNF bits of the PCON register indicate the Reset condition. These Resets are enabled by setting the STVREN bit in Configuration Word 2. See Section 3.4.2 “Overflow/Underflow Reset” for more information. 6.8 Programming Mode Exit Upon exit of Programming mode, the device will behave as if a POR had just occurred. 6.9 Power-Up Timer The MCLR is an optional external input that can reset the device. The MCLR function is controlled by the MCLRE bit of Configuration Word 1 and the LVP bit of Configuration Word 2 (Register 4-2). The Power-up Timer optionally delays device execution after a BOR or POR event. This timer is typically used to allow VDD to stabilize before allowing the device to start running. TABLE 6-2: The Power-up Timer is controlled by the PWRTE bit of Configuration Word 1. MCLR CONFIGURATION MCLRE LVP MCLR 0 0 Disabled 1 0 Enabled x 1 Enabled 6.4.1 6.10 Upon the release of a POR or BOR, the following must occur before the device will begin executing: 1. 2. MCLR ENABLED When MCLR is enabled and the pin is held low, the device is held in Reset. The MCLR pin is connected to VDD through an internal weak pull-up. The device has a noise filter in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and ignore small pulses. Note: 6.4.2 A Reset does not drive the MCLR pin low. MCLR DISABLED When MCLR is disabled, the pin functions as a general purpose input and the internal weak pull-up is under software control. See Section 12.6 “PORTE Registers” for more information. DS41452A-page 70 Start-up Sequence 3. Power-up Timer runs to completion (if enabled). Oscillator start-up timer runs to completion (if required for oscillator source). MCLR must be released (if enabled). The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and Power-up Timer configuration. See Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)” for more information. The Power-up Timer and oscillator start-up timer run independently of MCLR Reset. If MCLR is kept low long enough, the Power-up Timer and oscillator start-up timer will expire. Upon bringing MCLR high, the device will begin execution immediately (see Figure 6-3). This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one device operating in parallel. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 6-3: RESET START-UP SEQUENCE VDD Internal POR TPWRT Power-Up Timer MCLR TMCLR Internal RESET Oscillator Modes External Crystal TOST Oscillator Start-Up Timer Oscillator FOSC Internal Oscillator Oscillator FOSC External Clock (EC) CLKIN FOSC 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 71 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 6.11 Determining the Cause of a Reset Upon any Reset, multiple bits in the STATUS and PCON register are updated to indicate the cause of the Reset. Table 6-3 and Table 6-4 show the Reset conditions of these registers. TABLE 6-3: RESET STATUS BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE STKOVF STKUNF RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR TO PD Condition 0 0 1 1 1 0 x 1 1 Power-on Reset 0 0 1 1 1 0 x 0 x Illegal, TO is set on POR 0 0 1 1 1 0 x x 0 Illegal, PD is set on POR 0 0 u 1 1 u 0 1 1 Brown-out Reset u u 0 u u u u 0 u WDT Reset u u u u u u u 0 0 WDT Wake-up from Sleep u u u u u u u 1 0 Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep u u u 0 u u u u u MCLR Reset during normal operation u u u 0 u u u 1 0 MCLR Reset during Sleep u u u u 0 u u u u RESET Instruction Executed 1 u u u u u u u u Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1) u 1 u u u u u u u Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1) TABLE 6-4: RESET CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS(2) Program Counter STATUS Register PCON Register Power-on Reset 0000h ---1 1000 00-1 110x MCLR Reset during normal operation 0000h ---u uuuu uu-u 0uuu MCLR Reset during Sleep 0000h ---1 0uuu uu-u 0uuu WDT Reset 0000h ---0 uuuu uu-0 uuuu WDT Wake-up from Sleep PC + 1 ---0 0uuu uu-u uuuu Brown-out Reset 0000h ---1 1uuu 00-1 11u0 ---1 0uuu uu-u uuuu ---u uuuu uu-u u0uu Condition Interrupt Wake-up from Sleep RESET Instruction Executed PC + 1 (1) 0000h Stack Overflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu 1u-u uuuu Stack Underflow Reset (STVREN = 1) 0000h ---u uuuu u1-u uuuu Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and Global Enable bit (GIE) is set, the return address is pushed on the stack and PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC + 1. 2: If a Status bit is not implemented, that bit will be read as ‘0’. DS41452A-page 72 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 6.12 Power Control (PCON) Register The Power Control (PCON) register contains flag bits to differentiate between a: • • • • • • • Power-on Reset (POR) Brown-out Reset (BOR) Reset Instruction Reset (RI) MCLR Reset (RMCLR) Watchdog Timer Reset (RWDT) Stack Underflow Reset (STKUNF) Stack Overflow Reset (STKOVF) The PCON register bits are shown in Register 6-2. REGISTER 6-2: PCON: POWER CONTROL REGISTER R/W/HS-0/q R/W/HS-0/q U-0 STKOVF STKUNF — R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-1/q RWDT RMCLR R/W/HC-1/q R/W/HC-q/u R/W/HC-q/u RI POR BOR bit 7 bit 0 Legend: HC = Bit is cleared by hardware HS = Bit is set by hardware R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -m/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition bit 7 STKOVF: Stack Overflow Flag bit 1 = A Stack Overflow occurred 0 = A Stack Overflow has not occurred or set to ‘0’ by firmware bit 6 STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit 1 = A Stack Underflow occurred 0 = A Stack Underflow has not occurred or set to ‘0’ by firmware bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 RWDT: Watchdog Timer Reset Flag bit 1 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1’ by firmware 0 = A Watchdog Timer Reset has occurred (set to ‘0’ in hardware when a Watchdog Timer Reset) bit 3 RMCLR: MCLR Reset Flag bit 1 = A MCLR Reset has not occurred or set to ‘1’ by firmware 0 = A MCLR Reset has occurred (set to ‘0’ in hardware when a MCLR Reset occurs) bit 2 RI: RESET Instruction Flag bit 1 = A RESET instruction has not been executed or set to ‘1’ by firmware 0 = A RESET instruction has been executed (set to ‘0’ in hardware upon executing a RESET instruction) bit 1 POR: Power-on Reset Status bit 1 = No Power-on Reset occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs) bit 0 BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit 1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred 0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset or Brown-out Reset occurs) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 73 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 6-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH RESETS Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page BORCON SBOREN BORFS — — — — — BORRDY 69 PCON STKOVF STKUNF — RWDT RMCLR RI POR BOR 73 STATUS — — — TO PD Z DC C 25 WDTCON — — SWDTEN 95 WDTPS<4:0> Legend: — = unimplemented bit, reads as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Resets. DS41452A-page 74 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.0 INTERRUPTS The interrupt feature allows certain events to preempt normal program flow. Firmware is used to determine the source of the interrupt and act accordingly. Some interrupts can be configured to wake the MCU from Sleep mode. This chapter contains the following information for Interrupts: • • • • • Operation Interrupt Latency Interrupts During Sleep INT Pin Automatic Context Saving Many peripherals produce Interrupts. Refer to the corresponding chapters for details. A block diagram of the interrupt logic is shown in Figure 7-1. FIGURE 7-1: INTERRUPT LOGIC TMR0IF TMR0IE Peripheral Interrupts (TMR1IF) PIR1<0> (TMR1IE) PIE1<0> Wake-up (If in Sleep mode) INTF INTE IOCIF IOCIE Interrupt to CPU PEIE PIRn<7> PIEn<7> 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. GIE Preliminary DS41452A-page 75 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.1 Operation 7.2 Interrupts are disabled upon any device Reset. They are enabled by setting the following bits: • GIE bit of the INTCON register • Interrupt Enable bit(s) for the specific interrupt event(s) • PEIE bit of the INTCON register (if the Interrupt Enable bit of the interrupt event is contained in the PIEx register) Interrupt Latency Interrupt latency is defined as the time from when the interrupt event occurs to the time code execution at the interrupt vector begins. The latency for synchronous interrupts is 3 or 4 instruction cycles. For asynchronous interrupts, the latency is 3 to 5 instruction cycles, depending on when the interrupt occurs. See Figure 7-2 and Figure 7-3 for more details. The INTCON, PIR1 and PIR2 registers record individual interrupts via interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag bits will be set, regardless of the status of the GIE, PEIE and individual interrupt enable bits. The following events happen when an interrupt event occurs while the GIE bit is set: • Current prefetched instruction is flushed • GIE bit is cleared • Current Program Counter (PC) is pushed onto the stack • Critical registers are automatically saved to the shadow registers (See Section 7.5 “Automatic Context Saving”) • PC is loaded with the interrupt vector 0004h The firmware within the Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) should determine the source of the interrupt by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bits must be cleared before exiting the ISR to avoid repeated interrupts. Because the GIE bit is cleared, any interrupt that occurs while executing the ISR will be recorded through its interrupt flag, but will not cause the processor to redirect to the interrupt vector. The RETFIE instruction exits the ISR by popping the previous address from the stack, restoring the saved context from the shadow registers and setting the GIE bit. For additional information on a specific interrupt’s operation, refer to its peripheral chapter. Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set, regardless of the state of any other enable bits. 2: All interrupts will be ignored while the GIE bit is cleared. Any interrupt occurring while the GIE bit is clear will be serviced when the GIE bit is set again. DS41452A-page 76 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 7-2: INTERRUPT LATENCY OSC1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 CLKOUT Interrupt Sampled during Q1 Interrupt GIE PC Execute PC-1 PC 1 Cycle Instruction at PC PC+1 0004h 0005h Inst(PC) NOP NOP Inst(0004h) PC+1/FSR ADDR New PC/ PC+1 0004h 0005h Inst(PC) NOP NOP Inst(0004h) FSR ADDR PC+1 PC+2 0004h 0005h INST(PC) NOP NOP NOP Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) FSR ADDR PC+1 0004h 0005h INST(PC) NOP NOP Inst(0004h) Interrupt GIE PC Execute PC-1 PC 2 Cycle Instruction at PC Interrupt GIE PC Execute PC-1 PC 3 Cycle Instruction at PC Interrupt GIE PC Execute PC-1 PC 3 Cycle Instruction at PC 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary PC+2 NOP NOP DS41452A-page 77 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 7-3: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 CLKOUT (3) (4) INT pin (1) (1) INTF Interrupt Latency (2) (5) GIE INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction Fetched Instruction Executed Note 1: PC Inst (PC) Inst (PC – 1) PC + 1 Inst (PC + 1) PC + 1 — Dummy Cycle Inst (PC) 0004h 0005h Inst (0004h) Inst (0005h) Dummy Cycle Inst (0004h) INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-5 TCY. Synchronous latency = 3-4 TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time. Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction. 3: CLKOUT not available in all oscillator modes. 4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specifications in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”. 5: INTF is enabled to be set any time during the Q4-Q1 cycles. DS41452A-page 78 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.3 Interrupts During Sleep Some interrupts can be used to wake from Sleep. To wake from Sleep, the peripheral must be able to operate without the system clock. The interrupt source must have the appropriate Interrupt Enable bit(s) set prior to entering Sleep. On waking from Sleep, if the GIE bit is also set, the processor will branch to the interrupt vector. Otherwise, the processor will continue executing instructions after the SLEEP instruction. The instruction directly after the SLEEP instruction will always be executed before branching to the ISR. Refer to the Section 8.0 “PowerDown Mode (Sleep)” for more details. 7.4 INT Pin The INT pin can be used to generate an asynchronous edge-triggered interrupt. This interrupt is enabled by setting the INTE bit of the INTCON register. The INTEDG bit of the OPTION_REG register determines on which edge the interrupt will occur. When the INTEDG bit is set, the rising edge will cause the interrupt. When the INTEDG bit is clear, the falling edge will cause the interrupt. The INTF bit of the INTCON register will be set when a valid edge appears on the INT pin. If the GIE and INTE bits are also set, the processor will redirect program execution to the interrupt vector. 7.5 Automatic Context Saving Upon entering an interrupt, the return PC address is saved on the stack. Additionally, the following registers are automatically saved in the Shadow registers: • • • • • W register STATUS register (except for TO and PD) BSR register FSR registers PCLATH register Upon exiting the Interrupt Service Routine, these registers are automatically restored. Any modifications to these registers during the ISR will be lost. If modifications to any of these registers are desired, the corresponding Shadow register should be modified and the value will be restored when exiting the ISR. The Shadow registers are available in Bank 31 and are readable and writable. Depending on the user’s application, other registers may also need to be saved. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 79 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.6 Interrupt Control Registers Note: 7.6.1 INTCON REGISTER The INTCON register is a readable and writable register, which contains the various enable and flag bits for TMR0 register overflow, interrupt-on-change and external INT pin interrupts. REGISTER 7-1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the Global Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all active interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts bit 6 PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all active peripheral interrupts 0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts bit 5 TMR0IE: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer0 interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer0 interrupt bit 4 INTE: INT External Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the INT external interrupt 0 = Disables the INT external interrupt bit 3 IOCIE: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the interrupt-on-change interrupt 0 = Disables the interrupt-on-change interrupt bit 2 TMR0IF: Timer0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR0 register has overflowed 0 = TMR0 register did not overflow bit 1 INTF: INT External Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The INT external interrupt occurred 0 = The INT external interrupt did not occur bit 0 IOCIF: Interrupt-on-Change Interrupt Flag bit(1) 1 = When at least one of the interrupt-on-change pins changed state 0 = None of the interrupt-on-change pins have changed state Note 1: The IOCIF Flag bit is read-only and cleared when all the Interrupt-on-Change flags in the IOCBF register have been cleared by software. DS41452A-page 80 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.6.2 PIE1 REGISTER The PIE1 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in Register 7-2. REGISTER 7-2: Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 TMR1GIE: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer1 Gate Acquisition interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer1 Gate Acquisition interrupt bit 6 ADIE: A/D Converter (ADC) Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the ADC interrupt 0 = Disables the ADC interrupt bit 5 RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt 0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt bit 4 TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt 0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt bit 3 SSPIE: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the MSSP interrupt 0 = Disables the MSSP interrupt bit 2 CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt bit 1 TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer2 to PR2 match interrupt bit 0 TMR1IE: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Timer1 overflow interrupt 0 = Disables the Timer1 overflow interrupt 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 81 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.6.3 PIE2 REGISTER The PIE2 register contains the interrupt enable bits, as shown in Register 7-3. REGISTER 7-3: Note: Bit PEIE of the INTCON register must be set to enable any peripheral interrupt. PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 OSFIE: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the Oscillator Fail interrupt 0 = Disables the Oscillator Fail interrupt bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 BCL1IE: MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt 0 = Disables the MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt bit 2-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 CCP2IE: CCP2 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP2 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP2 interrupt DS41452A-page 82 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.6.4 PIR1 REGISTER The PIR1 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in Register 7-4. REGISTER 7-4: Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the Global Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 1 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 TMR1GIF: Timer1 Gate Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 6 ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 5 RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 4 TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 3 SSPIF: Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 2 CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 1 TMR2IF: Timer2 to PR2 Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 0 TMR1IF: Timer1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 83 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 7.6.5 PIR2 REGISTER The PIR2 register contains the interrupt flag bits, as shown in Register 7-5. REGISTER 7-5: Note: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs, regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the Global Enable bit, GIE, of the INTCON register. User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt. PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST REGISTER 2 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 OSFIF: Oscillator Fail Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 6-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 BCLIF: MSSP Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending bit 2-1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 CCP2IF: CCP2 Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Interrupt is pending 0 = Interrupt is not pending DS41452A-page 84 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 7-1: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPTS Bit 7 INTCON Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 TMR0IF Bit 1 Bit 0 INTF IOCIF Register on Page GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 82 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 PIR2 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 84 OPTION_REG Legend: PS<2:0> 80 157 — = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Interrupts. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 85 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 86 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 8.0 POWER-DOWN MODE (SLEEP) 8.1 Wake-up from Sleep The Power-Down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the following events: Upon entering Sleep mode, the following conditions exist: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. WDT will be cleared but keeps running, if enabled for operation during Sleep. PD bit of the STATUS register is cleared. TO bit of the STATUS register is set. CPU clock is disabled. 31 kHz LFINTOSC is unaffected and peripherals that operate from it may continue operation in Sleep. Secondary Oscillator is unaffected and peripherals that operate from it may continue operation in Sleep. ADC is unaffected, if the dedicated FRC clock is selected. I/O ports maintain the status they had before SLEEP was executed (driving high, low or highimpedance). Resets other than WDT are not affected by Sleep mode. Refer to individual chapters for more details on peripheral operation during Sleep. To minimize current consumption, the following conditions should be considered: • • • • • • I/O pins should not be floating External circuitry sinking current from I/O pins Internal circuitry sourcing current from I/O pins Current draw from pins with internal weak pull-ups Modules using 31 kHz LFINTOSC Modules using secondary oscillator External Reset input on MCLR pin, if enabled BOR Reset, if enabled POR Reset Watchdog Timer, if enabled Any external interrupt Interrupts by peripherals capable of running during Sleep (see individual peripheral for more information) The first three events will cause a device Reset. The last three events are considered a continuation of program execution. To determine whether a device Reset or wake-up event occurred, refer to Section 6.11 “Determining the Cause of a Reset”. When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is prefetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be enabled. Wake-up will occur regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is disabled, the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is enabled, the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction, the device will call the Interrupt Service Routine. In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have a NOP after the SLEEP instruction. The WDT is cleared when the device wakes up from Sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up. I/O pins that are high-impedance inputs should be pulled to VDD or VSS externally to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The FVR module is an example of internal circuitry that might be sourcing current. See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information on this module. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 87 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 8.1.1 WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur: • If the interrupt occurs before the execution of a SLEEP instruction - SLEEP instruction will execute as a NOP - WDT and WDT prescaler will not be cleared - TO bit of the STATUS register will not be set - PD bit of the STATUS register will not be cleared FIGURE 8-1: • If the interrupt occurs during or after the execution of a SLEEP instruction - SLEEP instruction will be completely executed - Device will immediately wake-up from Sleep - WDT and WDT prescaler will be cleared - TO bit of the STATUS register will be set - PD bit of the STATUS register will be cleared Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a SLEEP instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to become set before the SLEEP instruction completes. To determine whether a SLEEP instruction executed, test the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the SLEEP instruction was executed as a NOP. WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1(1) TOST(3) CLKOUT(2) Interrupt flag Interrupt Latency (4) GIE bit (INTCON reg.) Processor in Sleep Instruction Flow PC Instruction Fetched Instruction Executed Note 1: 2: 3: 4: PC Inst(PC) = Sleep Inst(PC - 1) PC + 1 PC + 2 PC + 2 Inst(PC + 1) Inst(PC + 2) Sleep Inst(PC + 1) PC + 2 Dummy Cycle 0004h 0005h Inst(0004h) Inst(0005h) Dummy Cycle Inst(0004h) XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assumed. CLKOUT is not available in XT, HS or LP Oscillator modes, but shown here for timing reference. TOST = 1024 TOSC (drawing not to scale). This delay applies only to XT, HS or LP Oscillator modes. GIE = 1 assumed. In this case after wake-up, the processor calls the ISR at 0004h. If GIE = 0, execution will continue in-line. DS41452A-page 88 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 8.2 8.2.2 Low-Power Sleep Mode Some peripherals that can operate in Sleep mode will not operate properly with the Low-Power Sleep mode selected. The LDO will remain in the normal power mode when those peripherals are enabled. The LowPower Sleep mode is intended for use with these peripherals: The PIC16F151X device contains an internal Low Dropout (LDO) voltage regulator, which allows the device I/O pins to operate at voltages up to 5.5V while the internal device logic operates at a lower voltage. The LDO and its associated reference circuitry must remain active when the device is in Sleep mode. The PIC16F151X allows the user to optimize the operating current in Sleep, depending on the application requirements. • • • • • A Low-Power Sleep mode can be selected by setting the VREGPM bit of the VREGCON register. With this bit set, the LDO and reference circuitry are placed in a low-power state when the device is in Sleep. 8.2.1 PERIPHERAL USAGE IN SLEEP Brown-Out Reset (BOR) Watchdog Timer (WDT) External interrupt pin/Interrupt-on-change pins Timer1 (with external clock source) CCP (Capture mode) Note: SLEEP CURRENT VS. WAKE-UP TIME In the default operating mode, the LDO and reference circuitry remain in the normal configuration while in Sleep. The device is able to exit Sleep mode quickly since all circuits remain active. In Low-Power Sleep mode, when waking up from Sleep, an extra delay time is required for these circuits to return to the normal configuration and stabilize. The PIC16LF151X does not have a configurable Low-Power Sleep mode. PIC16LF151X is an unregulated device and is always in the lowest power state when in Sleep, with no wake-up time penalty. This device has a lower maximum VDD and I/O voltage than the PIC16F151X. See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for more information. The Low-Power Sleep mode is beneficial for applications that stay in Sleep mode for long periods of time. The normal mode is beneficial for applications that need to wake from Sleep quickly and frequently. 8.3 Power Control Registers REGISTER 8-1: VREGCON: VOLTAGE REGULATOR CONTROL REGISTER(1) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 — — — — — — VREGPM Reserved bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 VREGPM: Voltage Regulator Power Mode Selection bit 1 = Low-Power Sleep mode enabled in Sleep Draws lowest current in Sleep, slower wake-up 0 = Normal Power mode enabled in Sleep Draws higher current in Sleep, faster wake-up bit 0 Reserved: Read as ‘1’. Maintain this bit set. Note 1: PIC16F151X only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 89 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 8-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH POWER-DOWN MODE Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 IOCBF IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0 134 IOCBN IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0 134 IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0 134 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 IOCBP PIE1 PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 82 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 PIR2 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 84 — — — TO PD Z DC C 25 — — — — — — VREGPM Reserved 89 — — SWDTEN 95 STATUS VREGCON (1) WDTCON Legend: Note 1: WDTPS<4:0> — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used in Power-down mode. PIC16F151X only. DS41452A-page 90 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 9.0 LOW DROPOUT (LDO) VOLTAGE REGULATOR The PIC16F151X has an internal Low Dropout Regulator (LDO) which provides operation above 3.6V. The LDO regulates a voltage for the internal device logic while permitting the VDD and I/O pins to operate at a higher voltage. There is no user enable/disable control available for the LDO, it is always active. The PIC16LF151X operates at a maximum VDD of 3.6V and does not incorporate an LDO. On power-up, the external capacitor will load the LDO voltage regulator. To prevent erroneous operation, the device is held in Reset while a constant current source charges the external capacitor. After the cap is fully charged, the device is released from Reset. For more information on recommended capacitor values and the constant current rate, refer to the LDO Regulator Characteristics Table in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”. A device I/O pin may be configured as the LDO voltage output, identified as the VCAP pin. Although not required, an external low-ESR capacitor may be connected to the VCAP pin for additional regulator stability. The VCAPEN bit of Configuration Word 2 enables the VCAP pin. Refer to Table 9-1. VCAPEN SELECT BIT TABLE 9-1: VCAPEN Pin 0 RA5 TABLE 9-2: Name CONFIG2 Legend: Note 1: SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH LDO Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 13:8 7:0 — — Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 LVP DEBUG ULPBOR BORV STVREN — — VCAPEN — — WRT<1:0> Register on Page 48 — = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by LDO. PIC16F151X only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 91 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 92 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 10.0 WATCHDOG TIMER The Watchdog Timer is a system timer that generates a Reset if the firmware does not issue a CLRWDT instruction within the time-out period. The Watchdog Timer is typically used to recover the system from unexpected events. The WDT has the following features: • Independent clock source • Multiple operating modes - WDT is always on - WDT is off when in Sleep - WDT is controlled by software - WDT is always off • Configurable time-out period is from 1 ms to 256 seconds (nominal) • Multiple Reset conditions • Operation during Sleep FIGURE 10-1: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM WDTE<1:0> = 01 SWDTEN WDTE<1:0> = 11 LFINTOSC 23-bit Programmable Prescaler WDT WDT Time-out WDTE<1:0> = 10 Sleep 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. WDTPS<4:0> Preliminary DS41452A-page 93 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 10.1 Independent Clock Source 10.3 The WDT derives its time base from the 31 kHz LFINTOSC internal oscillator. Time intervals in this chapter are based on a nominal interval of 1ms. See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for the LFINTOSC tolerances. 10.2 WDT IS ALWAYS ON When the WDTE bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘11’, the WDT is always on. WDT protection is active during Sleep. 10.2.2 WDT protection is not active during Sleep. WDT CONTROLLED BY SOFTWARE When the WDTE bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘01’, the WDT is controlled by the SWDTEN bit of the WDTCON register. WDT protection is unchanged Table 10-1 for more details. TABLE 10-1: by Sleep. See WDT OPERATING MODES WDTE<1:0> SWDTEN Device Mode WDT Mode 11 X X Active Awake Active 10 X Sleep Disabled 1 X 01 0 00 TABLE 10-2: X X 10.4 Clearing the WDT • • • • • • • Any Reset CLRWDT instruction is executed Device enters Sleep Device wakes up from Sleep Oscillator fail event WDT is disabled OST is running See Table 10-2 for more information. WDT IS OFF IN SLEEP When the WDTE bits of Configuration Word 1 are set to ‘10’, the WDT is on, except in Sleep. 10.2.3 The WDTPS bits of the WDTCON register set the time-out period from 1ms to 256 seconds (nominal). After a Reset, the default time-out period is 2 seconds. The WDT is cleared when any of the following conditions occur: WDT Operating Modes The Watchdog Timer module has four operating modes controlled by the WDTE<1:0> bits in Configuration Word 1. See Table 10-1. 10.2.1 Time-Out Period 10.5 Operation During Sleep When the device enters Sleep, the WDT is cleared. If the WDT is enabled during Sleep, the WDT resumes counting. When the device exits Sleep, the WDT is cleared again. The WDT remains clear until the OST, if enabled, completes. See Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)” for more information on the OST. When a WDT time-out occurs while the device is in Sleep, no Reset is generated. Instead, the device wakes up and resumes operation. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register are changed to indicate the event. See Section 3.0 “Memory Organization” and The STATUS register (Register 3-1) for more information. Active Disabled Disabled WDT CLEARING CONDITIONS Conditions WDT WDTE<1:0> = 00 WDTE<1:0> = 01 and SWDTEN = 0 WDTE<1:0> = 10 and enter Sleep Cleared CLRWDT Command Oscillator Fail Detected Exit Sleep + System Clock = SOSC, EXTRC, INTOSC, EXTCLK Exit Sleep + System Clock = XT, HS, LP Cleared until the end of OST Change INTOSC divider (IRCF bits) DS41452A-page 94 Unaffected Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 10.6 Watchdog Control Register REGISTER 10-1: WDTCON: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 — — R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-0/0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 WDTPS<4:0> bit 7 R/W-0/0 SWDTEN bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -m/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-1 WDTPS<4:0>: Watchdog Timer Period Select bits(1) Bit Value = Prescale Rate 00000 = 1:32 (Interval 1 ms nominal) 00001 = 1:64 (Interval 2 ms nominal) 00010 = 1:128 (Interval 4 ms nominal) 00011 = 1:256 (Interval 8 ms nominal) 00100 = 1:512 (Interval 16 ms nominal) 00101 = 1:1024 (Interval 32 ms nominal) 00110 = 1:2048 (Interval 64 ms nominal) 00111 = 1:4096 (Interval 128 ms nominal) 01000 = 1:8192 (Interval 256 ms nominal) 01001 = 1:16384 (Interval 512 ms nominal) 01010 = 1:32768 (Interval 1s nominal) 01011 = 1:65536 (Interval 2s nominal) (Reset value) 01100 = 1:131072 (217) (Interval 4s nominal) 01101 = 1:262144 (218) (Interval 8s nominal) 01110 = 1:524288 (219) (Interval 16s nominal) 01111 = 1:1048576 (220) (Interval 32s nominal) 10000 = 1:2097152 (221) (Interval 64s nominal) 10001 = 1:4194304 (222) (Interval 128s nominal) 10010 = 1:8388608 (223) (Interval 256s nominal) 10011 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32) • • • 11111 = Reserved. Results in minimum interval (1:32) bit 0 Note 1: SWDTEN: Software Enable/Disable for Watchdog Timer bit If WDTE<1:0> = 00: This bit is ignored. If WDTE<1:0> = 01: 1 = WDT is turned on 0 = WDT is turned off If WDTE<1:0> = 1x: This bit is ignored. Times are approximate. WDT time is based on 31 kHz LFINTOSC. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 95 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 10-3: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH WATCHDOG TIMER Bit 7 Bit 6 OSCCON — STATUS — — WDTCON — — Legend: CONFIG1 Legend: Bit 4 Bit 3 IRCF<3:0> — Bit 2 — TO PD Bit 1 Bit 0 SCS<1:0> Z DC WDTPS<4:0> Register on Page 64 C 25 SWDTEN 95 x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer. TABLE 10-4: Name Bit 5 Bits SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH WATCHDOG TIMER Bit -/7 Bit -/6 13:8 7:0 CP MCLRE Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN PWRTE Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 BOREN<1:0> WDTE<1:0> FOSC<2:0> Bit 8/0 — Register on Page 46 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Watchdog Timer. DS41452A-page 96 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.0 11.1.1 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL The Flash program memory is readable and writable during normal operation over the full VDD range. Program memory is indirectly addressed using Special Function Registers (SFRs). The SFRs used to access program memory are: • • • • • • PMCON1 PMCON2 PMDATL PMDATH PMADRL PMADRH When accessing the program memory, the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word that holds the 14-bit data for read/write, and the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair forms a 2-byte word that holds the 15-bit address of the program memory location being read. The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write/ erase voltages are generated by an on-chip charge pump rated to operate over the operating voltage range of the device. The Flash program memory can be protected in two ways; by code protection (CP bit in Configuration Word 1) and write protection (WRT<1:0> bits in Configuration Word 2). Code protection (CP = 0)(1), disables access, reading and writing, to the Flash program memory via external device programmers. Code protection does not affect the self-write and erase functionality. Code protection can only be reset by a device programmer performing a Bulk Erase to the device, clearing all Flash program memory, Configuration bits and User IDs. Write protection prohibits self-write and erase to a portion or all of the Flash program memory as defined by the bits WRT<1:0>. Write protection does not affect a device programmers ability to read, write or erase the device. PMCON1 is the control register for Flash program memory accesses. Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in software. They are cleared by hardware at completion of the read or write operation. The inability to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature termination of a write operation. The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation to occur. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted by a Reset during normal operation. In these situations, following Reset, the user can check the WRERR bit and execute the appropriate error handling routine. The PMCON2 register is a write-only register. Attempting to read the PMCON2 register will return all ‘0’s. To enable writes to the program memory, a specific pattern (the unlock sequence), must be written to the PMCON2 register. The required unlock sequence prevents inadvertent writes to the program memory write latches and Flash program memory. 11.2 After a row has been erased, the user can reprogram all or a portion of this row. Data to be written into the program memory row is written to 14-bit wide data write latches. These write latches are not directly accessible to the user, but may be loaded via sequential writes to the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair. Note: PMADRL and PMADRH Registers The PMADRH:PMADRL register pair can address up to a maximum of 32K words of program memory. When selecting a program address value, the MSB of the address is written to the PMADRH register and the LSB is written to the PMADRL register. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Flash Program Memory Overview It is important to understand the Flash program memory structure for erase and programming operations. Flash program memory is arranged in rows. A row consists of a fixed number of 14-bit program memory words. A row is the minimum size that can be erased by user software. Note 1: Code protection of the entire Flash program memory array is enabled by clearing the CP bit of Configuration Word 1. 11.1 PMCON1 AND PMCON2 REGISTERS If the user wants to modify only a portion of a previously programmed row, then the contents of the entire row must be read and saved in RAM prior to the erase. Then, new data and retained data can be written into the write latches to reprogram the row of Flash program memory. However, any unprogrammed locations can be written without first erasing the row. In this case, it is not necessary to save and rewrite the other previously programmed locations. See Table 11-1 for Erase Row size and the number of write latches for Flash program memory. Preliminary DS41452A-page 97 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 11-1: FLASH MEMORY ORGANIZATION BY DEVICE Device Row Erase (words) Write Latches (words) 32 32 FIGURE 11-1: PIC16(L)F1516 PIC16(L)F1517 PIC16(L)F1518 READING THE FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY To read a program memory location, the user must: 1. 2. 3. Write the desired address to the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register. Then, set control bit RD of the PMCON1 register. Once the read control bit is set, the program memory Flash controller will use the second instruction cycle to read the data. This causes the second instruction immediately following the “BSF PMCON1,RD” instruction to be ignored. The data is available in the very next cycle, in the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair; therefore, it can be read as two bytes in the following instructions. PMDATH:PMDATL register pair will hold this value until another read or until it is written to by the user. Note: The two instructions following a program memory read are required to be NOPs. This prevents the user from executing a two-cycle instruction on the next instruction after the RD bit is set. DS41452A-page 98 Start READ Operation Select Program or Configuration Memory (CFGS) PIC16(L)F1519 11.2.1 FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ FLOWCHART Preliminary Select Word Address (PMADRH:PMADRL) Initiate READ operation (RD = 1) Instruction Fetched ignored NOP execution forced Instruction Fetched ignored NOP execution forced Data read now in PMDATH:PMDATL End READ Operation 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 11-2: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ CYCLE EXECUTION Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC Flash ADDR Flash Data PC + 1 INSTR (PC) INSTR(PC - 1) executed here PMADRH,PMADRL INSTR (PC + 1) BSF PMCON1,RD executed here PC +3 PC+3 PMDATH,PMDATL INSTR(PC + 1) instruction ignored Forced NOP executed here PC + 5 PC + 4 INSTR (PC + 3) INSTR(PC + 2) instruction ignored Forced NOP executed here INSTR (PC + 4) INSTR(PC + 3) executed here INSTR(PC + 4) executed here RD bit PMDATH PMDATL Register EXAMPLE 11-1: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY READ * This code block will read 1 word of program * memory at the memory address: PROG_ADDR_HI : PROG_ADDR_LO * data will be returned in the variables; * PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWL PMADRL PROG_ADDR_LO PMADRL PROG_ADDR_HI PMADRH ; Select Bank for PMCON registers ; ; Store LSB of address ; ; Store MSB of address BCF BSF NOP NOP PMCON1,CFGS PMCON1,RD ; ; ; ; Do not select Configuration Space Initiate read Ignored (Figure 11-2) Ignored (Figure 11-2) MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF PMDATL,W PROG_DATA_LO PMDATH,W PROG_DATA_HI ; ; ; ; Get LSB of word Store in user location Get MSB of word Store in user location 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 99 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.2.2 FLASH MEMORY UNLOCK SEQUENCE FIGURE 11-3: The unlock sequence is a mechanism that protects the Flash program memory from unintended self-write programming or erasing. The sequence must be executed and completed without interruption to successfully complete any of the following operations: • Row Erase • Load program memory write latches • Write of program memory write latches to program memory • Write of program memory write latches to User IDs FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY UNLOCK SEQUENCE FLOWCHART Start Unlock Sequence Write 055h to PMCON2 The unlock sequence consists of the following steps: Write 0AAh to PMCON2 1. Write 55h to PMCON2 Initiate WRITE or ERASE operation (WR = 1) 2. Write AAh to PMCON2 3. Set the WR bit in PMCON1 4. NOP instruction 5. NOP instruction Once the WR bit is set, the processor will always force two NOP instructions. When an Erase Row or Program Row operation is being performed, the processor will stall internal operations (typical 2 ms), until the operation is complete and then resume with the next instruction. When the operation is loading the program memory write latches, the processor will always force the two NOP instructions and continue uninterrupted with the next instruction. Instruction Fetched ignored NOP execution forced Instruction Fetched ignored NOP execution forced End Unlock Sequence Since the unlock sequence must not be interrupted, global interrupts should be disabled prior to the unlock sequence and re-enabled after the unlock sequence is completed. DS41452A-page 100 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.2.3 ERASING FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY FIGURE 11-4: While executing code, program memory can only be erased by rows. To erase a row: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with any address within the row to be erased. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register. Set the FREE and WREN bits of the PMCON1 register. Write 55h, then AAh, to PMCON2 (Flash programming unlock sequence). Set control bit WR of the PMCON1 register to begin the erase operation. See Example 11-2. After the “BSF PMCON1,WR” instruction, the processor requires two cycles to set up the erase operation. The user must place two NOP instructions after the WR bit is set. The processor will halt internal operations for the typical 2 ms erase time. This is not Sleep mode as the clocks and peripherals will continue to run. After the erase cycle, the processor will resume operation with the third instruction after the PMCON1 write instruction. FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ERASE FLOWCHART Start ERASE Operation Disable Interrupts (GIE = 0) Select Program or Configuration Memory (CFGS) Select Row Address (PMADRH:PMADRL) Select ERASE Operation (FREE = 1) Enable Write/Erase Operation (WREN = 1) Unlock Sequence Figure 11-3 (FIGURE x-x) CPU stalls while ERASE operation completes (2ms typical) Disable Write/Erase Operation (WREN = 0) Re-enable Interrupts (GIE = 1) End ERASE Operation 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 101 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 EXAMPLE 11-2: ERASING ONE ROW OF PROGRAM MEMORY Required Sequence ; This row erase routine assumes the following: ; 1. A valid address within the erase row is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL ; 2. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM) BCF BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF BCF BSF BSF INTCON,GIE PMADRL ADDRL,W PMADRL ADDRH,W PMADRH PMCON1,CFGS PMCON1,FREE PMCON1,WREN MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BSF NOP NOP 55h PMCON2 0AAh PMCON2 PMCON1,WR BCF BSF DS41452A-page 102 PMCON1,WREN INTCON,GIE ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly ; Load lower 8 bits of erase address boundary ; Load upper 6 bits of erase address boundary ; Not configuration space ; Specify an erase operation ; Enable writes ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Start of required sequence to initiate erase Write 55h Write AAh Set WR bit to begin erase NOP instructions are forced as processor starts row erase of program memory. The processor stalls until the erase process is complete after erase processor continues with 3rd instruction ; Disable writes ; Enable interrupts Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.2.4 WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY Program memory is programmed using the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. Load the address in PMADRH:PMADRL of the row to be programmed. Load each write latch with data. Initiate a programming operation. Repeat steps 1 through 3 until all data is written. The following steps should be completed to load the write latches and program a row of program memory. These steps are divided into two parts. First, each write latch is loaded with data from the PMDATH:PMDATL using the unlock sequence with LWLO = 1. When the last word to be loaded into the write latch is ready, the LWLO bit is cleared and the unlock sequence executed. This initiates the programming operation, writing all the latches into Flash program memory. Note: Before writing to program memory, the word(s) to be written must be erased or previously unwritten. Program memory can only be erased one row at a time. No automatic erase occurs upon the initiation of the write. Program memory can be written one or more words at a time. The maximum number of words written at one time is equal to the number of write latches. See Figure 11-5 (row writes to program memory with 32 write latches) for more details. The write latches are aligned to the Flash row address boundary defined by the upper 10-bits of PMADRH:PMADRL, (PMADRH<6:0>:PMADRL<7:5>) with the lower 5-bits of PMADRL, (PMADRL<4:0>) determining the write latch being loaded. Write operations do not cross these boundaries. At the completion of a program memory write operation, the data in the write latches is reset to contain 0x3FFF. The special unlock sequence is required to load a write latch with data or initiate a Flash programming operation. If the unlock sequence is interrupted, writing to the latches or program memory will not be initiated. 1. 2. 3. Set the WREN bit of the PMCON1 register. Clear the CFGS bit of the PMCON1 register. Set the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register. When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is ‘1’, the write sequence will only load the write latches and will not initiate the write to Flash program memory. 4. Load the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair with the address of the location to be written. 5. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with the program memory data to be written. 6. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 11.2.2 “Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The write latch is now loaded. 7. Increment the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair to point to the next location. 8. Repeat steps 5 through 7 until all but the last write latch has been loaded. 9. Clear the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register. When the LWLO bit of the PMCON1 register is ‘0’, the write sequence will initiate the write to Flash program memory. 10. Load the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair with the program memory data to be written. 11. Execute the unlock sequence (Section 11.2.2 “Flash Memory Unlock Sequence”). The entire program memory latch content is now written to Flash program memory. Note: The program memory write latches are reset to the blank state (0x3FFF) at the completion of every write or erase operation. As a result, it is not necessary to load all the program memory write latches. Unloaded latches will remain in the blank state. An example of the complete write sequence is shown in Example 11-3. The initial address is loaded into the PMADRH:PMADRL register pair; the data is loaded using indirect addressing. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 103 7 BLOCK WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WITH 32 WRITE LATCHES 6 0 7 5 4 PMADRH - r9 r8 r7 r6 r5 0 7 PMADRL r4 r3 r2 r1 r0 c4 c3 c2 c1 c0 5 - 0 7 PMDATH 6 0 PMDATL 8 14 10 Program Memory Write Latches 5 14 Write Latch #0 00h PMADRL<4:0> Preliminary 14 CFGS = 0 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PMADRH<6:0> :PMADRL<7:5> Row Address Decode 14 14 Write Latch #1 01h 14 Write Latch #30 Write Latch #31 1Eh 1Fh 14 14 14 Row Addr Addr Addr Addr 000h 0000h 0001h 001Eh 001Fh 001h 0020h 0021h 003Eh 003Fh 002h 0040h 0041h 005Eh 005Fh 3FEh 7FC0h 7FC1h 7FDEh 7FDFh 3FFh 7FE0h 7FE1h 7FFEh 7FFFh Flash Program Memory 400h CFGS = 1 8000h - 8003h 8004h - 8005h 8006h 8007h – 8008h 8009h - 801Fh USER ID 0 - 3 reserved DEVICEID REVID Configuration Words reserved Configuration Memory PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 DS41452A-page 104 FIGURE 11-5: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 11-6: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE FLOWCHART Start WRITE Operation Determine number of words to be written into Program or Configuration Memory. The number of words cannot exceed the number of words per row. (word_cnt) Disable Interrupts (GIE = 0) Select Program or Config. Memory (CFGS) Select Row Address (PMADRH:PMADRL) Enable Write/Erase Operation (WREN = 1) Load the value to write (PMDATH:PMDATL) Update the word counter (word_cnt--) Last word to write ? Yes No Unlock Sequence (Figure11-3 x-x) Figure Select WRITE Operation (FREE = 0) No delay when writing to Program Memory Latches Load Write Latches Only (LWLO = 1) Increment Address (PMADRH:PMADRL++) Write Latches to Flash (LWLO = 0) Unlock Sequence (Figure11-3 x-x) Figure CPU stalls while WRITE operation completes (2ms typical) Disable Write/Erase Operation (WREN = 0) Re-enable Interrupts (GIE = 1) End ERASE Operation 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 105 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 EXAMPLE 11-3: ; ; ; ; ; ; ; WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY This write routine assumes the following: 1. 64 bytes of data are loaded, starting at the address in DATA_ADDR 2. Each word of data to be written is made up of two adjacent bytes in DATA_ADDR, stored in little endian format 3. A valid starting address (the least significant bits = 00000) is loaded in ADDRH:ADDRL 4. ADDRH and ADDRL are located in shared data memory 0x70 - 0x7F (common RAM) BCF BANKSEL MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BCF BSF BSF INTCON,GIE PMADRH ADDRH,W PMADRH ADDRL,W PMADRL LOW DATA_ADDR FSR0L HIGH DATA_ADDR FSR0H PMCON1,CFGS PMCON1,WREN PMCON1,LWLO ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Disable ints so required sequences will execute properly Bank 3 Load initial address MOVIW MOVWF MOVIW MOVWF FSR0++ PMDATL FSR0++ PMDATH ; Load first data byte into lower ; ; Load second data byte into upper ; MOVF XORLW ANDLW BTFSC GOTO PMADRL,W 0x1F 0x1F STATUS,Z START_WRITE ; Check if lower bits of address are '00000' ; Check if we're on the last of 32 addresses ; ; Exit if last of 32 words, ; MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BSF NOP 55h PMCON2 0AAh PMCON2 PMCON1,WR ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; PMADRL,F LOOP ; Still loading latches Increment address ; Write next latches PMCON1,LWLO ; No more loading latches - Actually start Flash program ; memory write 55h PMCON2 0AAh PMCON2 PMCON1,WR ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Load initial data address Load initial data address Not configuration space Enable writes Only Load Write Latches Required Sequence LOOP NOP INCF GOTO Required Sequence START_WRITE BCF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BSF NOP NOP BCF BSF DS41452A-page 106 PMCON1,WREN INTCON,GIE Start of required write sequence: Write 55h Write AAh Set WR bit to begin write NOP instructions are forced as processor loads program memory write latches Start of required write sequence: Write 55h Write AAh Set WR bit to begin write NOP instructions are forced as processor writes all the program memory write latches simultaneously to program memory. After NOPs, the processor stalls until the self-write process in complete after write processor continues with 3rd instruction Disable writes Enable interrupts Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.3 Modifying Flash Program Memory FIGURE 11-7: When modifying existing data in a program memory row, and data within that row must be preserved, it must first be read and saved in a RAM image. Program memory is modified using the following steps: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Load the starting address of the row to be modified. Read the existing data from the row into a RAM image. Modify the RAM image to contain the new data to be written into program memory. Load the starting address of the row to be rewritten. Erase the program memory row. Load the write latches with data from the RAM image. Initiate a programming operation. FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY MODIFY FLOWCHART Start MODIFY Operation READ Operation (Figure11-2 x.x) Figure An image of the entire row read must be stored in RAM Modify Image The words to be modified are changed in the RAM image ERASE Operation (Figure11-4 x.x) Figure WRITE Operation use RAM image (Figure11-5 x.x) Figure End MODIFY Operation 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 107 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.4 User ID, Device ID and Configuration Word Access Instead of accessing program memory, the User ID’s, Device ID/Revision ID and Configuration Words can be accessed when CFGS = 1 in the PMCON1 register. This is the region that would be pointed to by PC<15> = 1, but not all addresses are accessible. Different access may exist for reads and writes. Refer to Table 11-2. When read access is initiated on an address outside the parameters listed in Table 11-2, the PMDATH:PMDATL register pair is cleared, reading back ‘0’s. TABLE 11-2: USER ID, DEVICE ID AND CONFIGURATION WORD ACCESS (CFGS = 1) Address Function Read Access Write Access 8000h-8003h 8006h 8007h-8008h User IDs Device ID/Revision ID Configuration Words 1 and 2 Yes Yes Yes Yes No No EXAMPLE 11-4: CONFIGURATION WORD AND DEVICE ID ACCESS * This code block will read 1 word of program memory at the memory address: * PROG_ADDR_LO (must be 00h-08h) data will be returned in the variables; * PROG_DATA_HI, PROG_DATA_LO BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF CLRF PMADRL PROG_ADDR_LO PMADRL PMADRH ; Select correct Bank ; ; Store LSB of address ; Clear MSB of address BSF BCF BSF NOP NOP BSF PMCON1,CFGS INTCON,GIE PMCON1,RD INTCON,GIE ; ; ; ; ; ; Select Configuration Space Disable interrupts Initiate read Executed (See Figure 11-2) Ignored (See Figure 11-2) Restore interrupts MOVF MOVWF MOVF MOVWF PMDATL,W PROG_DATA_LO PMDATH,W PROG_DATA_HI ; ; ; ; Get LSB of word Store in user location Get MSB of word Store in user location DS41452A-page 108 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.5 Write Verify It is considered good programming practice to verify that program memory writes agree with the intended value. Since program memory is stored as a full page then the stored program memory contents are compared with the intended data stored in RAM after the last write is complete. FIGURE 11-8: FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY VERIFY FLOWCHART Start VERIFY Operation This routine assumes that the last row of data written was from an image saved in RAM. This image will be used to verify the data currently stored in Flash Program Memory. READ Operation (Figure11-2 x.x) Figure PMDAT = RAM image ? Yes No No Fail VERIFY Operation Last Word ? Yes End VERIFY Operation 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 109 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 11.6 Flash Program Memory Control Registers REGISTER 11-1: R/W-x/u PMDATL: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA LOW BYTE REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u PMDAT<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 PMDAT<7:0>: Read/write value for Least Significant bits of program memory REGISTER 11-2: PMDATH: PROGRAM MEMORY DATA HIGH BYTE REGISTER U-0 U-0 — — R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u PMDAT<13:8> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 PMDAT<13:8>: Read/write value for Most Significant bits of program memory REGISTER 11-3: R/W-0/0 PMADRL: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS LOW BYTE REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 PMADR<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 PMADR<7:0>: Specifies the Least Significant bits for program memory address REGISTER 11-4: U-1 PMADRH: PROGRAM MEMORY ADDRESS HIGH BYTE REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 PMADR<14:8> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 6-0 PMADR<14:8>: Specifies the Most Significant bits for program memory address DS41452A-page 110 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 11-5: PMCON1: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 1 REGISTER U-1(1) R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HC-0/0 R/W/HC-x/q(2) R/W-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 R/S/HC-0/0 — CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 6 CFGS: Configuration Select bit 1 = Access Configuration, User ID and Device ID Registers 0 = Access Flash program memory bit 5 LWLO: Load Write Latches Only bit(3) 1 = Only the addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated on the next WR command 0 = The addressed program memory write latch is loaded/updated and a write of all program memory write latches will be initiated on the next WR command bit 4 FREE: Program Flash Erase Enable bit 1 = Performs an erase operation on the next WR command (hardware cleared upon completion) 0 = Performs an write operation on the next WR command bit 3 WRERR: Program/Erase Error Flag bit 1 = Condition indicates an improper program or erase sequence attempt or termination (bit is set automatically on any set attempt (write ‘1’) of the WR bit). 0 = The program or erase operation completed normally. bit 2 WREN: Program/Erase Enable bit 1 = Allows program/erase cycles 0 = Inhibits programming/erasing of program Flash bit 1 WR: Write Control bit 1 = Initiates a program Flash program/erase operation. The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once operation is complete. The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = Program/erase operation to the Flash is complete and inactive. bit 0 RD: Read Control bit 1 = Initiates a program Flash read. Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = Does not initiate a program Flash read. Note 1: 2: 3: Unimplemented bit, read as ‘1’. The WRERR bit is automatically set by hardware when a program memory write or erase operation is started (WR = 1) . The LWLO bit is ignored during a program memory erase operation (FREE = 1). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 111 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 11-6: W-0/0 PMCON2: PROGRAM MEMORY CONTROL 2 REGISTER W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 W-0/0 Program Memory Control Register 2 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ S = Bit can only be set x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Flash memory Unlock Pattern bits To unlock writes, a 55h must be written first, followed by an AAh, before setting the WR bit of the PMCON1 register. The value written to this register is used to unlock the writes. There are specific timing requirements on these writes. TABLE 11-3: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 — CFGS LWLO FREE WRERR WREN WR RD PMCON1 Register on Page 111 PMCON2 Program Memory Control Register 2 112 PMADRL PMADRL<7:0> 110 — PMADRH PMADRH<6:0> PMDATL PMDATH — — INTCON GIE PEIE Legend: CONFIG1 CONFIG2 Legend: 110 PMDATH<5:0> TMR0IE INTE IOCIE 110 TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash Program Memory module. TABLE 11-4: Name 110 PMDATL<7:0> SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN CP MCLRE PWRTE — — 13:8 7:0 13:8 7:0 Bit 10/2 Bit 9/1 Bit 8/0 BOREN<1:0> WDTE<1:0> — FOSC<2:0> LVP DEBUG — BORV — VCAPEN(1) — — STVREN WRT<1:0> — Register on Page 46 48 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Flash program memory. DS41452A-page 112 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.0 I/O PORTS FIGURE 12-1: GENERIC I/O PORT OPERATION In general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin. Each port has three standard registers for its operation. These registers are: • TRISx registers (data direction) • PORTx registers (reads the levels on the pins of the device) • LATx registers (output latch) Read LATx D Write LATx Write PORTx Some ports may have one or more of the following additional registers. These registers are: Q CK VDD Data Register Data Bus • ANSELx (analog select) • WPUx (weak pull-up) I/O pin Read PORTx To peripherals ● ● ● PIC16(L)F1517/9 ● ● ● ANSELx VSS PORTE PORTC PIC16(L)F1516/8 PORTD Device PORTB PORT AVAILABILITY PER DEVICE PORTA TABLE 12-1: TRISx ● ● ● The Data Latch (LATx register) is useful for read-modify-write operations on the value that the I/O pins are driving. A write operation to the LATx register has the same affect as a write to the corresponding PORTx register. A read of the LATx register reads of the values held in the I/O PORT latches, while a read of the PORTx register reads the actual I/O pin value. The port has analog functions and has an ANSELx register which can disable the digital input and save power. A simplified model of a generic I/O port, without the interfaces to other peripherals, is shown in Figure 12-1. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 113 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.1 Alternate Pin Function The Alternate Pin Function Control (APFCON) registers are used to steer specific peripheral input and output functions between different pins. The APFCON registers are shown in Register 12-1. For this device family, the following functions can be moved between different pins. • SS (Slave Select) • CCP2 These bits have no effect on the values of any TRIS register. PORT and TRIS overrides will be routed to the correct pin. The unselected pin will be unaffected. REGISTER 12-1: U-0 APFCON: ALTERNATE PIN FUNCTION CONTROL REGISTER U-0 — — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 — U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 — SSSEL CCP2SEL bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 SSSEL: Pin Selection bit 0 = SS function is on RA5 1 = SS function is on RA0 bit 0 CCP2SEL: Pin Selection bit 0 = CCP2 function is on RC1 1 = CCP2 function is on RB3 DS41452A-page 114 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.2 12.2.2 PORTA Registers PORTA is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISA (Register 12-3). Setting a TRISA bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an input (i.e., disable the output driver). Clearing a TRISA bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., enables output driver and puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 12-1 shows how to initialize PORTA. Reading the PORTA register (Register 12-2) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch (LATA). The TRISA register (Register 12-3) controls the PORTA pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISA register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. 12.2.1 The state of the ANSELA bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. The ANSELA register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 12-1: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF Each PORTA pin is multiplexed with other functions. The pins, their combined functions and their output priorities are briefly described here. For additional information, refer to the appropriate section in this data sheet. When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin control goes to the peripheral with the lowest number in the following lists. Analog input functions and some digital input functions are not shown in the priority list below. These inputs can remain active when the pin is configured as an output. Certain digital input functions override other port functions and are included in the priority list below. RA0 1. RA0 RA1 1. RA1 RA2 1. RA2 RA3 ANSELA REGISTER The ANSELA register (Register 12-5) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELA bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. Note: PORTA FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT PRIORITIES 1. RA3 RA4 1. RA4 RA5 1. 2. VCAP (PIC16F151X only) RA5 RA6 1. 2. 3. CLKOUT OSC2 RA6 RA7 1. RA7 INITIALIZING PORTA PORTA PORTA LATA LATA ANSELA ANSELA TRISA B'00111000' TRISA ; ;Init PORTA ;Data Latch ; ; ;digital I/O ; ;Set RA<5:3> as inputs ;and set RA<2:0> as ;outputs 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 115 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-2: PORTA: PORTA REGISTER R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x R/W-x/x RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared RA<7:0>: PORTA I/O Value bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL bit 7-0 Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-3: TRISA: PORTA TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 TRISA<7:0>: PORTA Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTA pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTA pin configured as an output DS41452A-page 116 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-4: LATA: PORTA DATA LATCH REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u LATA7 LATA6 LATA5 LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared LATA<7:0>: PORTA Output Latch Value bits(1) bit 7-4 Note 1: Writes to PORTA are actually written to corresponding LATA register. Reads from PORTA register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-5: ANSELA: PORTA ANALOG SELECT REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 — — ANSA5 — ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5 ANSA5: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA5, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. bit 4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 ANSA<3:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RA<3:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 117 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 12-2: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA Register on Page Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 ANSELA — — ANSA5 — ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 117 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL 114 LATA7 LATA6 LATA5 LATA4 LATA3 LATA2 LATA1 LATA0 WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PORTA RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RA3 RA2 RA1 RA0 116 TRISA TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 LATA OPTION_REG Legend: CONFIG1 Legend: 157 x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA. TABLE 12-3: Name 117 PS<2:0> SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTA Bits Bit -/7 Bit -/6 13:8 7:0 CP MCLRE Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN PWRTE Bit 10/2 WDTE<1:0> Bit 9/1 BOREN<1:0.> FOSC<2:0> Bit 8/0 — Register on Page 46 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA. DS41452A-page 118 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.3 12.3.2 PORTB Registers PORTB is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB (Register 12-7). Setting a TRISB bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 12-2 shows how to initialize PORTB. Reading the PORTB register (Register 12-6) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch (LATB). Each PORTB pin is multiplexed with other functions. The pins, their combined functions and their output priorities are briefly described here. For additional information, refer to the appropriate section in this data sheet. When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin control goes to the peripheral with the lowest number in the following lists. Analog input and some digital input functions are not included in the list below. These input functions can remain active when the pin is configured as an output. Certain digital input functions override other port functions and are included in the priority list. RB0 The TRISB register (Register 12-7) controls the PORTB pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISB register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. 1. 12.3.1 RB3 ANSELB REGISTER 1. 1. The state of the ANSELB bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELB set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. RB5 EXAMPLE 12-2: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF RB1 RB2 1. 2. The ANSELB register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. RB0 RB1 The ANSELB register (Register 12-9) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELB bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. Note: PORTB FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT PRIORITIES RB2 CCP2 RB3 RB4 1. 1. RB4 RB5 RB6 1. 2. ICDCLK RB6 RB7 1. 2. ICDDAT RB7 INITIALIZING PORTB PORTB ; PORTB ;Init PORTB LATB ;Data Latch LATB ; ANSELB ANSELB ;Make RB<7:4> digital TRISB ; B’00110000’;Set RB<5:4> as inputs ;and RB<3:0> as outputs TRISB ; 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 119 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-6: PORTB: PORTB REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared RB<7:0>: PORTB General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL bit 7-0 Note 1: Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-7: TRISB: PORTB TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 TRISB<7:0>: PORTB Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTB pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTB pin configured as an output REGISTER 12-8: LATB: PORTB DATA LATCH REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 LATB2 LATB1 LATB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Note 1: LATB<7:0>: PORTB Output Latch Value bits(1) Writes to PORTB are actually written to corresponding LATB register. Reads from PORTB register is the return of actual I/O pin values. DS41452A-page 120 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-9: ANSELB: PORTB ANALOG SELECT REGISTER U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-0 ANSB<5:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RB<5:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. REGISTER 12-10: WPUB: WEAK PULL-UP PORTB REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared WPUB<7:0>: Weak Pull-up Register bits 1 = Pull-up enabled 0 = Pull-up disabled bit 7-0 Note 1: 2: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled. The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output. TABLE 12-4: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB Bit 0 Register on Page ANSB1 ANSB0 121 SSSEL CCP2SEL 114 LATB1 LATB0 120 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 APFCON — — — — — — LATB2 LATB LATB7 LATB6 LATB5 LATB4 LATB3 WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PORTB RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4 RB3 RB2 RB1 RB0 120 TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 120 WPUB7 WPUB6 WPUB5 WPUB4 WPUB3 WPUB2 WPUB1 WPUB0 121 OPTION_REG WPUB Legend: PS<2:0> 157 x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 121 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.4 12.4.2 PORTC Registers PORTC is a 8-bit wide bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISC (Register 12-7). Setting a TRISC bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 12-2 shows how to initialize PORTC. Reading the PORTC register (Register 12-6) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch (LATC). The TRISC register (Register 12-7) controls the PORTC pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISC register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. 12.4.1 The state of the ANSELC bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELC set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. The ANSELC register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 12-3: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF INITIALIZING PORTC PORTC ; PORTC ;Init PORTC LATC ;Data Latch LATC ; ANSELC ANSELC ;Make RC<5:0> digital TRISC ; B’00110000’;Set RC<5:4> as inputs ;and RC<3:0> as outputs TRISC ; DS41452A-page 122 Each PORTC pin is multiplexed with other functions. The pins, their combined functions and their output priorities are briefly described here. For additional information, refer to the appropriate section in this data sheet. When multiple outputs are enabled, the actual pin control goes to the peripheral with the lowest number in the following lists. Analog input and some digital input functions are not included in the list below. These input functions can remain active when the pin is configured as an output. Certain digital input functions override other port functions and are included in the priority list. RC0 1. 1. SOSCO RC0 RC1 1. 2. 3. CCP2 SOSCI RC1 RC2 ANSELC REGISTER The ANSELC register (Register 12-9) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELC bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. Note: PORTC FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT PRIORITIES 1. 2. CCP1 RC2 RC3(1) 1. 2. 3. SCL SCK RC3 RC4(1) 1. 2. SDA RC4 RC5 1. 2. SDO RC5 RC6 1. 2. 3. CK TX RC6 RC7 1. 2. DT RC7 Note 1: RC3 and RC4 read the I2C ST input when I2C mode is enabled. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-11: PORTC: PORTC REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared RC<7:0>: PORTC General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL bit 7-0 Note 1: Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-12: TRISC: PORTC TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 TRISC<7:0>: PORTC Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTC pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTC pin configured as an output REGISTER 12-13: LATC: PORTC DATA LATCH REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Note 1: LATC<7:0>: PORTC Output Latch Value bits(1) Writes to PORTC are actually written to corresponding LATC register. Reads from PORTC register is the return of actual I/O pin values. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 123 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-14: ANSELC: PORTC ANALOG SELECT REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC3 ANSC3 ANSC3 ANSC2 — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-2 ANSC<7:2>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RC<7:2>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. bit 1-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. TABLE 12-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC Name ANSELC Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 — — 121 — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL 114 LATC7 LATC6 LATC5 LATC4 LATC3 LATC2 LATC1 LATC0 120 RC7 RC6 RC5 RC4 RC3 RC2 RC1 RC0 120 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 120 APFCON LATC PORTC TRISC Legend: Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page Bit 7 x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTC. DS41452A-page 124 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.5 12.5.2 PORTD Registers (PIC16F1517/1519 only) PORTD is a 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISD (Register 12-7). Setting a TRISD bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTD pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTD pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). Example 12-2 shows how to initialize PORTD. PORTD FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT PRIORITIES PORTD has no peripheral outputs, so the PORTD output has no priority function. Reading the PORTD register (Register 12-6) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch (LATD). The TRISD register (Register 12-7) controls the PORTD pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISD register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. 12.5.1 ANSELD REGISTER The ANSELD register (Register 12-9) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELD bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. The state of the ANSELD bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSELD set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. Note: The ANSELD register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 12-4: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF INITIALIZING PORTD PORTD ; PORTD ;Init PORTD LATD ;Data Latch LATD ; ANSELD ANSELD ;Make RD<7:4> digital TRISD ; B’00110000’;Set RD<5:4> as inputs ;and RD<3:0> as outputs TRISD ; 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 125 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-15: PORTD: PORTD REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared RD<7:0>: PORTD General Purpose I/O Pin bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL bit 7-0 Note 1: Writes to PORTD are actually written to corresponding LATD register. Reads from PORTD register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-16: TRISD: PORTD TRI-STATE REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD5 TRISD5 TRISD5 TRISD4 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 TRISD<7:0>: PORTD Tri-State Control bits 1 = PORTD pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTD pin configured as an output REGISTER 12-17: LATD: PORTD DATA LATCH REGISTER R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 Note 1: LATD<7:0>: PORTD Output Latch Value bits(1) Writes to PORTD are actually written to corresponding LATD register. Reads from PORTD register is the return of actual I/O pin values. DS41452A-page 126 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-18: ANSELD: PORTD ANALOG SELECT REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared ANSD<7:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RD<7:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. bit 7-0 Note 1: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. TABLE 12-6: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD(1) Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ANSELD ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 121 LATD LATD7 LATD6 LATD5 LATD4 LATD3 LATD2 LATD1 LATD0 120 RD7 RD6 RD5 RD4 RD3 RD2 RD1 RD0 120 TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISB5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 120 Name PORTD TRISD Legend: Note 1: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD. PIC16F1517/1519 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 127 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 12.6 12.6.2 PORTE Registers PORTE is a 4-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISE. Setting a TRISE bit (= 1) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a High-Impedance mode). Clearing a TRISE bit (= 0) will make the corresponding PORTE pin an output (i.e., enable the output driver and put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). The exception is RE3, which is input only and its TRIS bit will always read as ‘1’. Example 12-5 shows how to initialize PORTE. PORTE FUNCTIONS AND OUTPUT PRIORITIES PORTE has no peripheral outputs, so the PORTE output has no priority function. Reading the PORTE register (Register 12-19) reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the PORT latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. Therefore, a write to a port implies that the port pins are read, this value is modified and then written to the PORT data latch (LATE). RE3 reads ‘0’ when MCLRE = 1. Note: 12.6.1 RE<2:0> and TRISE<2:0> pins available on PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. are ANSELE REGISTER The ANSELE register (Register 12-22) is used to configure the Input mode of an I/O pin to analog. Setting the appropriate ANSELE bit high will cause all digital reads on the pin to be read as ‘0’ and allow analog functions on the pin to operate correctly. The state of the ANSELE bits has no affect on digital output functions. A pin with TRIS clear and ANSEL set will still operate as a digital output, but the Input mode will be analog. This can cause unexpected behavior when executing read-modify-write instructions on the affected port. The TRISE register (Register 12-20) controls the PORTE pin output drivers, even when they are being used as analog inputs. The user should ensure the bits in the TRISE register are maintained set when using them as analog inputs. I/O pins configured as analog input always read ‘0’. Note: The ANSELE register must be initialized to configure an analog channel as a digital input. Pins configured as analog inputs will read ‘0’. EXAMPLE 12-5: BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL CLRF BANKSEL MOVLW MOVWF INITIALIZING PORTE PORTE PORTE LATE LATE ANSELE ANSELE TRISE B‘00001100’ TRISE DS41452A-page 128 ; ;Init PORTE ;Data Latch ; ; ;digital I/O ; ;Set RE<3:2> as inputs ;and set RE<1:0> ;as outputs Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-19: PORTE: PORTE REGISTER U-0 U-0 — — U-0 — U-0 R-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u — RE3 RE2(1) RE1(1) RE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3-0 RE<3:0>: PORTE I/O Pin bits(1) 1 = Port pin is > VIH 0 = Port pin is < VIL Note 1: RE<2:0> are not implemented on the PIC16(L)F1516/8. Read as ‘0’. Writes to RE<2:0> are actually written to corresponding LATE register. Reads from PORTE register is the return of actual I/O pin values. REGISTER 12-20: TRISE: PORTE TRI-STATE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-1(2) R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — — — TRISE2(1) TRISE1(1) TRISE0(1) bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘1’ bit 2-0 TRISE<2:0>: RE<2:0> Tri-State Control bits(1) 1 = PORTE pin configured as an input (tri-stated) 0 = PORTE pin configured as an output Note 1: 2: TRISE<2:0> are not implemented on the PIC16(L)F1517/9. Read as ‘0’. Unimplemented, read as ‘1’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 129 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-21: LATE: PORTE DATA LATCH REGISTER(2) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u — — — — — LATE2 LATE1 LATE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 LATE<2:0>: PORTE Output Latch Value bits(1) Note 1: 2: Writes to PORTE are actually written to corresponding LATE register. Reads from PORTE register is the return of actual I/O pin values. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. REGISTER 12-22: ANSELE: PORTE ANALOG SELECT REGISTER(2) U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1 R/W-1 R/W-1 — — — — — ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-3 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 2-0 ANSE<2:0>: Analog Select between Analog or Digital Function on pins RE<2:0>, respectively 0 = Digital I/O. Pin is assigned to port or digital special function. 1 = Analog input. Pin is assigned as analog input(1). Digital input buffer disabled. Note 1: 2: When setting a pin to an analog input, the corresponding TRIS bit must be set to Input mode in order to allow external control of the voltage on the pin. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. DS41452A-page 130 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 12-23: WPUE: WEAK PULL-UP PORTE REGISTER U-0 U-0 U-0 U-0 R/W-1/1 U-0 U-0 U-0 — — — — WPUE3 — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-4 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 3 WPUE: Weak Pull-up Register bit 1 = Pull-up enabled 0 = Pull-up disabled bit 2-0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ Note 1: 2: Global WPUEN bit of the OPTION_REG register must be cleared for individual pull-ups to be enabled. The weak pull-up device is automatically disabled if the pin is in configured as an output. TABLE 12-7: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 CHS<4:0> ADCON0 — ANSELE(1) — — CCPxCON — — LATE — — — — — ANSE2 DCxB<1:0> — Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page GO/DONE ADON 159 ANSE1 ANSE0 130 CCPxM<3:0> — — PORTE — — — — RE3 TRISE — — — — ‘1’ WPUE — — — — WPUE3 LATE2 (1) RE2(1) 229 LATE1(1) LATE0(1) 130 RE1(1) RE0(1) 129 TRISE2(1) TRISE1(1) TRISE0(1) — — — 129 131 Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, – = unimplemented locations read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE. Note 1: These bits are not implemented on the PIC16(L)F1516/8 devices, read as ‘0’. TABLE 12-8: Name CONFIG1 Legend: Bits SUMMARY OF CONFIGURATION WORD WITH PORTE Bit -/7 Bit -/6 13:8 7:0 CP MCLRE Bit 13/5 Bit 12/4 Bit 11/3 FCMEN IESO CLKOUTEN PWRTE Bit 10/2 WDTE<1:0> Bit 9/1 BOREN<1:0> FOSC<2:0> Bit 8/0 — Register on Page 46 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 131 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 132 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 13.0 INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE 13.3 The PORTB pins can be configured to operate as Interrupt-On-Change (IOC) pins. An interrupt can be generated by detecting a signal that has either a rising edge or a falling edge. Any individual PORTB pin, or combination of PORTB pins, can be configured to generate an interrupt. The interrupt-on-change module has the following features: • • • • Interrupt-on-Change enable (Master Switch) Individual pin configuration Rising and falling edge detection Individual pin interrupt flags The IOCBFx bits located in the IOCBF register are status flags that correspond to the Interrupt-on-change pins of PORTB. If an expected edge is detected on an appropriately enabled pin, then the status flag for that pin will be set, and an interrupt will be generated if the IOCIE bit is set. The IOCIF bit of the INTCON register reflects the status of all IOCBFx bits. 13.4 Clearing Interrupt Flags The individual status flags, (IOCBFx bits), can be cleared by resetting them to zero. If another edge is detected during this clearing operation, the associated status flag will be set at the end of the sequence, regardless of the value actually being written. Figure 13-1 is a block diagram of the IOC module. 13.1 Interrupt Flags Enabling the Module To allow individual PORTB pins to generate an interrupt, the IOCIE bit of the INTCON register must be set. If the IOCIE bit is disabled, the edge detection on the pin will still occur, but an interrupt will not be generated. In order to ensure that no detected edge is lost while clearing flags, only AND operations masking out known changed bits should be performed. The following sequence is an example of what should be performed. EXAMPLE 13-1: 13.2 Individual Pin Configuration For each PORTB pin, a rising edge detector and a falling edge detector are present. To enable a pin to detect a rising edge, the associated IOCBPx bit of the IOCBP register is set. To enable a pin to detect a falling edge, the associated IOCBNx bit of the IOCBN register is set. A pin can be configured to detect rising and falling edges simultaneously by setting both the IOCBPx bit and the IOCBNx bit of the IOCBP and IOCBN registers, respectively. FIGURE 13-1: MOVLW XORWF ANDWF 13.5 0xff IOCBF, W IOCBF, F Operation in Sleep The interrupt-on-change interrupt sequence will wake the device from Sleep mode, if the IOCIE bit is set. If an edge is detected while in Sleep mode, the IOCBF register will be updated prior to the first instruction executed out of Sleep. INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE BLOCK DIAGRAM IOCIE IOCBNx D Q IOCBFx From all other IOCBFx individual pin detectors CK R IOC Interrupt to CPU Core RBx IOCBPx D Q CK R Q2 Clock Cycle 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 133 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 13.6 Interrupt-On-Change Registers REGISTER 13-1: IOCBP: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB POSITIVE EDGE REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 IOCBP<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Positive Edge Enable bits 1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a positive going edge. Associated Status bit and interrupt flag will be set upon detecting an edge. 0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin. REGISTER 13-2: IOCBN: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB NEGATIVE EDGE REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 IOCBN<7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Negative Edge Enable bits 1 = Interrupt-on-Change enabled on the pin for a negative going edge. Associated Status bit and interrupt flag will be set upon detecting an edge. 0 = Interrupt-on-Change disabled for the associated pin. REGISTER 13-3: IOCBF: INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE PORTB FLAG REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0 bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS - Bit is set in hardware bit 7-0 IOCBF7:0>: Interrupt-on-Change PORTB Flag bits 1 = An enabled change was detected on the associated pin. Set when IOCBPx = 1 and a rising edge was detected on RBx, or when IOCBNx = 1 and a falling edge was detected on RBx. 0 = No change was detected, or the user cleared the detected change. DS41452A-page 134 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 13-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERRUPT-ON-CHANGE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ANSELB ANSB7 ANSB6 ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 117 INTCON GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 Name IOCBF IOCBP7 IOCBP6 IOCBP5 IOCBP4 IOCBP3 IOCBP2 IOCBP1 IOCBP0 134 IOCBN IOCBN7 IOCBN6 IOCBN5 IOCBN4 IOCBN3 IOCBN2 IOCBN1 IOCBN0 134 IOCBP IOCBF7 IOCBF6 IOCBF5 IOCBF4 IOCBF3 IOCBF2 IOCBF1 IOCBF0 134 TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 116 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by Interrupt-on-Change. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 135 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 136 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 14.0 FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR) 14.1 Independent Gain Amplifiers The output of the FVR supplied to the ADC module is routed through a programmable gain amplifier. The amplifier can be configured to amplify the reference voltage by 1x, 2x or 4x, to produce the three possible voltage levels. The Fixed Voltage Reference, or FVR, is a stable voltage reference, independent of VDD, with 1.024V, 2.048V or 4.096V selectable output levels. The output of the FVR can be configured to supply a reference voltage to the following: • ADC input channel • ADC positive reference • Comparator positive input The ADFVR<1:0> bits of the FVRCON register are used to enable and configure the gain amplifier settings for the reference supplied to the ADC module. Reference Section 16.0 “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module” for additional information. The FVR can be enabled by setting the FVREN bit of the FVRCON register. 14.2 FVR Stabilization Period When the Fixed Voltage Reference module is enabled, it requires time for the reference and amplifier circuits to stabilize. Once the circuits stabilize and are ready for use, the FVRRDY bit of the FVRCON register will be set. See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for the minimum delay requirement. FIGURE 14-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM ADFVR<1:0> 2 x1 x2 x4 FVR BUFFER1 (To ADC Module) 1.024V Fixed Reference + FVREN FVRRDY - Any peripheral requiring the Fixed Reference (See Table 14-1) TABLE 14-1: Peripheral PERIPHERALS REQUIRING THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE (FVR) Conditions Description HFINTOSC FOSC<2:0> = 100 and IRCF<3:0> = 000x BOREN<1:0> = 11 BOR always enabled BOR BOREN<1:0> = 10 and BORFS = 1 BOR disabled in Sleep mode, BOR Fast Start enabled. BOREN<1:0> = 01 and BORFS = 1 BOR under software control, BOR Fast Start enabled All PIC16F151X devices, when VREGPM = 1 and not in Sleep The device runs off of the ULP regulator when in Sleep mode. LDO 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. INTOSC is active and device is not in Sleep Preliminary DS41452A-page 137 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 14.3 FVR Control Registers REGISTER 14-1: FVRCON: FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/0 R-q/q R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 U-0 FVREN FVRRDY(1) TSEN TSRNG — — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ADFVR<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared q = Value depends on condition bit 7 FVREN: Fixed Voltage Reference Enable bit 0 = Fixed Voltage Reference is disabled 1 = Fixed Voltage Reference is enabled bit 6 FVRRDY: Fixed Voltage Reference Ready Flag bit(1) 0 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is not ready or not enabled 1 = Fixed Voltage Reference output is ready for use bit 5 TSEN: Temperature Indicator Enable bit 0 = Temperature Indicator is disabled 1 = Temperature Indicator is enabled bit 4 TSRNG: Temperature Indicator Range Selection bit 0 = VOUT = VDD - 2VT (Low Range) 1 = VOUT = VDD - 4VT (High Range) bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 ADFVR<1:0>: ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Selection bits 00 = ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is off 01 = ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 1x (1.024V) 10 = ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 2x (2.048V)(2) 11 = ADC Fixed Voltage Reference Peripheral output is 4x (4.096V)(2) Note 1: 2: FVRRDY is always ‘1’ on PIC16F151X only. Fixed Voltage Reference output cannot exceed VDD. TABLE 14-2: Name FVRCON Legend: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE FIXED VOLTAGE REFERENCE Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG — — Bit 1 Bit 0 ADFVR<1:0> Register on page 138 Shaded cells are unused by the Fixed Voltage Reference module. DS41452A-page 138 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 15.0 TEMPERATURE INDICATOR MODULE FIGURE 15-1: This family of devices is equipped with a temperature circuit designed to measure the operating temperature of the silicon die. The circuit’s range of operating temperature falls between of -40°C and +85°C. The output is a voltage that is proportional to the device temperature. The output of the temperature indicator is internally connected to the device ADC. VDD TSEN TSRNG The circuit may be used as a temperature threshold detector or a more accurate temperature indicator, depending on the level of calibration performed. A onepoint calibration allows the circuit to indicate a temperature closely surrounding that point. A two-point calibration allows the circuit to sense the entire range of temperature more accurately. Reference Application Note AN1333, “Use and Calibration of the Internal Temperature Indicator” (DS01333) for more details regarding the calibration process. 15.1 TEMPERATURE CIRCUIT DIAGRAM VOUT ADC MUX ADC n CHS bits (ADCON0 register) Circuit Operation Figure 15-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the temperature circuit. The proportional voltage output is achieved by measuring the forward voltage drop across multiple silicon junctions. Equation 15-1 describes the output characteristics of the temperature indicator. EQUATION 15-1: VOUT RANGES High Range: VOUT = VDD - 4VT 15.2 Minimum Operating VDD vs. Minimum Sensing Temperature When the temperature circuit is operated in low range, the device may be operated at any operating voltage that is within specifications. When the temperature circuit is operated in high range, the device operating voltage, VDD, must be high enough to ensure that the temperature circuit is correctly biased. Table 15-1 shows the recommended minimum VDD vs. range setting. Low Range: VOUT = VDD - 2VT TABLE 15-1: The temperature sense circuit is integrated with the Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module. See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information. The circuit is enabled by setting the TSEN bit of the FVRCON register. When disabled, the circuit draws no current. The circuit operates in either high or low range. The high range, selected by setting the TSRNG bit of the FVRCON register, provides a wider output voltage. This provides more resolution over the temperature range, but may be less consistent from part to part. This range requires a higher bias voltage to operate and thus, a higher VDD is needed. The low range is selected by clearing the TSRNG bit of the FVRCON register. The low range generates a lower voltage drop and thus, a lower bias voltage is needed to operate the circuit. The low range is provided for low voltage operation. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. RECOMMENDED VDD VS. RANGE Min. VDD, TSRNG = 1 Min. VDD, TSRNG = 0 3.6V 1.8V 15.3 Temperature Output The output of the circuit is measured using the internal analog to digital converter. A channel is reserved for the temperature circuit output. Refer to Section 16.0 “Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) Module” for detailed information. 15.4 ADC Aquisition Time To ensure accurate temperature measurements, the user must wait at least 200 s after the ADC input multiplexer is connected to the temperature indicator output before the conversion is performed. In addition, the user must wait 200 s between sequential conversions of the temperature indicator output. Preliminary DS41452A-page 139 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 140 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.0 The ADC can generate an interrupt upon completion of a conversion. This interrupt can be used to wake-up the device from Sleep. ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (ADC) MODULE The Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC) allows conversion of an analog input signal to a 10-bit binary representation of that signal. This device uses analog inputs, which are multiplexed into a single sample and hold circuit. The output of the sample and hold is connected to the input of the converter. The converter generates a 10-bit binary result via successive approximation and stores the conversion result into the ADC result registers (ADRESH:ADRESL register pair). Figure 16-1 shows the block diagram of the ADC. The ADC voltage reference is software selectable to be either internally generated or externally supplied. FIGURE 16-1: ADC BLOCK DIAGRAM VDD ADPREF = 0x FVR ADPREF = 11 VREF+ AN0 00000 AN1 00001 AN2 00010 VREF+/AN3 00011 ADPREF = 10 ADC 10 GO/DONE AN27 11011 Reserved Reserved 11100 Temp Indicator 11110 FVR Buffer1 11111 11101 ADFM 0 = Left Justify 1 = Right Justify ADON(1) 16 VSS ADRESH ADRESL CHS<4:0>(2) Note 1: 2: When ADON = 0, all multiplexer inputs are disconnected. See ADCON0 register (Register 16-1) for detailed analog channel selection per device. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 141 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.1 16.1.4 ADC Configuration When configuring and using the ADC the following functions must be considered: • • • • • • Port configuration Channel selection ADC voltage reference selection ADC conversion clock source Interrupt control Result formatting 16.1.1 The ADC can be used to convert both analog and digital signals. When converting analog signals, the I/O pin should be configured for analog by setting the associated TRIS and ANSEL bits. Refer to Section 12.0 “I/O Ports” for more information. Note: 16.1.2 The source of the conversion clock is software selectable via the ADCS bits of the ADCON1 register. There are seven possible clock options: • • • • • • • PORT CONFIGURATION Analog voltages on any pin that is defined as a digital input may cause the input buffer to conduct excess current. FOSC/2 FOSC/4 FOSC/8 FOSC/16 FOSC/32 FOSC/64 FRC (dedicated internal oscillator) The time to complete one bit conversion is defined as TAD. One full 10-bit conversion requires 11.5 TAD periods as shown in Figure 16-2. For correct conversion, the appropriate TAD specification must be met. Refer to the A/D conversion requirements in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for more information. Table 16-1 gives examples of appropriate ADC clock selections. Note: CHANNEL SELECTION There are up to 30 channel selections available: • • • • CONVERSION CLOCK AN<19:8, 4:0> pins (PIC16(L)F1516/8 only) AN<27:0> pins (PIC16(L)F1517/9 only) Temperature Indicator FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference) Output Unless using the FRC, any changes in the system clock frequency will change the ADC clock frequency, which may adversely affect the ADC result. Refer to Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” and Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for more information on these channel selections. The CHS bits of the ADCON0 register determine which channel is connected to the sample and hold circuit. When changing channels, a delay is required before starting the next conversion. Refer to Section 16.2 “ADC Operation” for more information. 16.1.3 ADC VOLTAGE REFERENCE The ADPREF bits of the ADCON1 register provides control of the positive voltage reference. The positive voltage reference can be: • • • • VREF+ pin VDD FVR 2.048V FVR 4.096V (Not available on LF devices) See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more details on the fixed voltage reference. DS41452A-page 142 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 16-1: ADC CLOCK PERIOD (TAD) VS. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES ADC Clock Period (TAD) Device Frequency (FOSC) ADC Clock Source ADCS<2:0> 20 MHz 16 MHz 8 MHz 4 MHz 1 MHz Fosc/2 000 100 ns(2) 125 ns(2) 250 ns(2) 500 ns(2) 2.0 s 100 200 ns (2) 250 ns (2) (2) 1.0 s 4.0 s 400 ns (2) 0.5 s 1.0 s 2.0 s 8.0 s(3) Fosc/4 (2) 500 ns Fosc/8 001 Fosc/16 101 800 ns 1.0 s 2.0 s 4.0 s 16.0 s(3) Fosc/32 010 1.6 s 2.0 s 4.0 s 8.0 s(3) 32.0 s(3) Fosc/64 110 3.2 s 4.0 s 16.0 s 64.0 s(3) FRC x11 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 8.0 s (3) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) (3) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) 1.0-6.0 s(1,4) Shaded cells are outside of recommended range. The FRC source has a typical TAD time of 1.6 s for VDD. These values violate the minimum required TAD time. For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended. The ADC clock period (TAD) and total ADC conversion time can be minimized when the ADC clock is derived from the system clock FOSC. However, the FRC clock source must be used when conversions are to be performed with the device in Sleep mode. ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL CONVERSION TAD CYCLES FIGURE 16-2: TCY - TAD TAD1 TAD2 TAD3 TAD4 TAD5 TAD6 TAD7 TAD8 TAD9 TAD10 TAD11 b4 b1 b0 b6 b7 b2 b9 b8 b3 b5 Conversion starts Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input (typically 100 ns) Set GO bit On the following cycle: ADRESH:ADRESL is loaded, GO bit is cleared, ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 143 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.1.5 INTERRUPTS 16.1.6 The ADC module allows for the ability to generate an interrupt upon completion of an Analog-to-Digital conversion. The ADC Interrupt Flag is the ADIF bit in the PIR1 register. The ADC Interrupt Enable is the ADIE bit in the PIE1 register. The ADIF bit must be cleared in software. RESULT FORMATTING The 10-bit A/D conversion result can be supplied in two formats, left justified or right justified. The ADFM bit of the ADCON1 register controls the output format. Figure 16-3 shows the two output formats. Note 1: The ADIF bit is set at the completion of every conversion, regardless of whether or not the ADC interrupt is enabled. 2: The ADC operates during Sleep only when the FRC oscillator is selected. This interrupt can be generated while the device is operating or while in Sleep. If the device is in Sleep, the interrupt will wake-up the device. Upon waking from Sleep, the next instruction following the SLEEP instruction is always executed. If the user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execution, the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register must be disabled. If the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register are enabled, execution will switch to the Interrupt Service Routine. FIGURE 16-3: 10-BIT A/D CONVERSION RESULT FORMAT ADRESH (ADFM = 0) ADRESL MSB LSB bit 7 bit 0 bit 7 10-bit A/D Result Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ MSB (ADFM = 1) bit 7 LSB bit 0 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ DS41452A-page 144 bit 0 bit 7 bit 0 10-bit A/D Result Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.2 16.2.1 16.2.4 ADC Operation STARTING A CONVERSION To enable the ADC module, the ADON bit of the ADCON0 register must be set to a ‘1’. Setting the GO/ DONE bit of the ADCON0 register to a ‘1’ will start the Analog-to-Digital conversion. Note: 16.2.2 The GO/DONE bit should not be set in the same instruction that turns on the ADC. Refer to Section 16.2.6 “A/D Conversion Procedure”. COMPLETION OF A CONVERSION When the conversion is complete, the ADC module will: • Clear the GO/DONE bit • Set the ADIF Interrupt Flag bit • Update the ADRESH and ADRESL registers with new conversion result 16.2.3 TERMINATING A CONVERSION If a conversion must be terminated before completion, the GO/DONE bit can be cleared in software. The ADRESH and ADRESL registers will be updated with the partially complete Analog-to-Digital conversion sample. Incomplete bits will match the last bit converted. Note: A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state. Thus, the ADC module is turned off and any pending conversion is terminated. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. ADC OPERATION DURING SLEEP The ADC module can operate during Sleep. This requires the ADC clock source to be set to the FRC option. When the FRC clock source is selected, the ADC waits one additional instruction before starting the conversion. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed, which can reduce system noise during the conversion. If the ADC interrupt is enabled, the device will wake-up from Sleep when the conversion completes. If the ADC interrupt is disabled, the ADC module is turned off after the conversion completes, although the ADON bit remains set. When the ADC clock source is something other than FRC, a SLEEP instruction causes the present conversion to be aborted and the ADC module is turned off, although the ADON bit remains set. 16.2.5 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER The Special Event Trigger of the CCPx/ECCPX module allows periodic ADC measurements without software intervention. When this trigger occurs, the GO/DONE bit is set by hardware and the Timer1 counter resets to zero. TABLE 16-2: SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER Device CCP PIC16(L)F151X CCP2 Using the Special Event Trigger does not assure proper ADC timing. It is the user’s responsibility to ensure that the ADC timing requirements are met. Refer to Section 20.0 “Capture/Compare/PWM Modules” for more information. Preliminary DS41452A-page 145 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.2.6 A/D CONVERSION PROCEDURE EXAMPLE 16-1: This is an example procedure for using the ADC to perform an Analog-to-Digital conversion: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Configure Port: • Disable pin output driver (Refer to the TRIS register) • Configure pin as analog (Refer to the ANSEL register) Configure the ADC module: • Select ADC conversion clock • Configure voltage reference • Select ADC input channel • Turn on ADC module Configure ADC interrupt (optional): • Clear ADC interrupt flag • Enable ADC interrupt • Enable peripheral interrupt • Enable global interrupt(1) Wait the required acquisition time(2). Start conversion by setting the GO/DONE bit. Wait for ADC conversion to complete by one of the following: • Polling the GO/DONE bit • Waiting for the ADC interrupt (interrupts enabled) Read ADC Result. Clear the ADC interrupt flag (required if interrupt is enabled). A/D CONVERSION ;This code block configures the ADC ;for polling, Vdd and Vss references, Frc ;clock and AN0 input. ; ;Conversion start & polling for completion ; are included. ; BANKSEL ADCON1 ; MOVLW B’11110000’ ;Right justify, Frc ;clock MOVWF ADCON1 ;Vdd and Vss Vref BANKSEL TRISA ; BSF TRISA,0 ;Set RA0 to input BANKSEL ANSEL ; BSF ANSEL,0 ;Set RA0 to analog BANKSEL ADCON0 ; MOVLW B’00000001’ ;Select channel AN0 MOVWF ADCON0 ;Turn ADC On CALL SampleTime ;Acquisiton delay BSF ADCON0,ADGO ;Start conversion BTFSC ADCON0,ADGO ;Is conversion done? GOTO $-1 ;No, test again BANKSEL ADRESH ; MOVF ADRESH,W ;Read upper 2 bits MOVWF RESULTHI ;store in GPR space BANKSEL ADRESL ; MOVF ADRESL,W ;Read lower 8 bits MOVWF RESULTLO ;Store in GPR space Note 1: The global interrupt can be disabled if the user is attempting to wake-up from Sleep and resume in-line code execution. 2: Refer to Section 16.3 “A/D Acquisition Requirements”. DS41452A-page 146 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.3 ADC Register Definitions The following registers are used to control the operation of the ADC. REGISTER 16-1: U-0 ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 CHS<4:0> R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 GO/DONE ADON bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-2 CHS<4:0>: Analog Channel Select bits 00000 = AN0 00001 = AN1 00010 = AN2 00011 = AN3 00100 = AN4 00101 = AN5(3) 00110 = AN6(3) 00111 = AN7(3) 01000 = AN8 01001 = AN9 01010 = AN10 01011 = AN11 01100 = AN12 01101 = AN13 01110 = AN14 01111 = AN16 10000 = AN16 10001 = AN17 10010 = AN18 10011 = AN19 10100 = AN20(3) • • • 11011 = AN27(3) 11100 = Reserved. No channel connected. 11101 = Reserved. No channel connected. 11110 = Temperature Indicator(2). 11111 = FVR (Fixed Voltage Reference) Buffer 1 Output(1) bit 1 GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit 1 = A/D conversion cycle in progress. Setting this bit starts an A/D conversion cycle. This bit is automatically cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion has completed. 0 = A/D conversion completed/not in progress bit 0 ADON: ADC Enable bit 1 = ADC is enabled 0 = ADC is disabled and consumes no operating current Note 1: 2: 3: See Section 14.0 “Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)” for more information. See Section 15.0 “Temperature Indicator Module” for more information. AN<7:5> and AN<27:20> are PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 147 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 16-2: R/W-0/0 ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/W-0/0 ADFM R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ADCS<2:0> U-0 U-0 — — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ADPREF<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit 1 = Right justified. Six Most Significant bits of ADRESH are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is loaded. 0 = Left justified. Six Least Significant bits of ADRESL are set to ‘0’ when the conversion result is loaded. bit 6-4 ADCS<2:0>: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits 000 = FOSC/2 001 = FOSC/8 010 = FOSC/32 011 = FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator) 100 = FOSC/4 101 = FOSC/16 110 = FOSC/64 111 = FRC (clock supplied from a dedicated RC oscillator) bit 3-2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1-0 ADPREF<1:0>: A/D Positive Voltage Reference Configuration bits 00 = VREF is connected to VDD 01 = Reserved 10 = VREF is connected to external VREF+ pin(1) 11 = VREF is connected to internal Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR) module(1) Note 1: When selecting the FVR or the VREF+ pin as the source of the positive reference, be aware that a minimum voltage specification exists. See Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications” for details. DS41452A-page 148 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 16-3: R/W-x/u ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 0 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u ADRES<9:2> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 ADRES<9:2>: ADC Result Register bits Upper 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result REGISTER 16-4: R/W-x/u ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 0 R/W-x/u ADRES<1:0> R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u — — — — — — bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 ADRES<1:0>: ADC Result Register bits Lower 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result bit 5-0 Reserved: Do not use. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 149 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 16-5: ADRESH: ADC RESULT REGISTER HIGH (ADRESH) ADFM = 1 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u — — — — — — R/W-x/u R/W-x/u ADRES<9:8> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-2 Reserved: Do not use. bit 1-0 ADRES<9:8>: ADC Result Register bits Upper 2 bits of 10-bit conversion result REGISTER 16-6: R/W-x/u ADRESL: ADC RESULT REGISTER LOW (ADRESL) ADFM = 1 R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u R/W-x/u ADRES<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-0 ADRES<7:0>: ADC Result Register bits Lower 8 bits of 10-bit conversion result DS41452A-page 150 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 16.4 A/D Acquisition Requirements For the ADC to meet its specified accuracy, the charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) must be allowed to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The Analog Input model is shown in Figure 16-4. The source impedance (RS) and the internal sampling switch (RSS) impedance directly affect the time required to charge the capacitor CHOLD. The sampling switch (RSS) impedance varies over the device voltage (VDD), refer to Figure 16-4. The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. As the EQUATION 16-1: Assumptions: source impedance is decreased, the acquisition time may be decreased. After the analog input channel is selected (or changed), an A/D acquisition must be done before the conversion can be started. To calculate the minimum acquisition time, Equation 16-1 may be used. This equation assumes that 1/2 LSb error is used (1,024 steps for the ADC). The 1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the ADC to meet its specified resolution. ACQUISITION TIME EXAMPLE Temperature = 50°C and external impedance of 10k 5.0V V DD T ACQ = Amplifier Settling Time + Hold Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient = T AMP + T C + T COFF = 2µs + T C + Temperature - 25°C 0.05µs/°C The value for TC can be approximated with the following equations: 1 = V CHOLD V AP P LI ED 1 – -------------------------n+1 2 –1 ;[1] VCHOLD charged to within 1/2 lsb –TC ---------- RC V AP P LI ED 1 – e = V CHOLD ;[2] VCHOLD charge response to VAPPLIED – Tc --------- 1 RC ;combining [1] and [2] V AP P LI ED 1 – e = V A PP LIE D 1 – -------------------------n+1 2 –1 Note: Where n = number of bits of the ADC. Solving for TC: T C = – C HOLD R IC + R SS + R S ln(1/511) = – 10pF 1k + 7k + 10k ln(0.001957) = 1.12 µs Therefore: T A CQ = 2µs + 1.12µs + 50°C- 25°C 0.05 µs/°C = 4.42µs Note 1: The reference voltage (VREF) has no effect on the equation, since it cancels itself out. 2: The charge holding capacitor (CHOLD) is not discharged after each conversion. 3: The maximum recommended impedance for analog sources is 10 k. This is required to meet the pin leakage specification. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 151 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 16-4: ANALOG INPUT MODEL VDD Analog Input pin Rs VT 0.6V CPIN 5 pF VA RIC 1k Sampling Switch SS Rss I LEAKAGE(1) VT 0.6V CHOLD = 10 pF VSS/VREF- 6V 5V VDD 4V 3V 2V = Sample/Hold Capacitance = Input Capacitance Legend: CHOLD CPIN RSS I LEAKAGE = Leakage current at the pin due to various junctions = Interconnect Resistance RIC RSS = Resistance of Sampling Switch SS = Sampling Switch VT = Threshold Voltage 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Sampling Switch (k) Note 1: Refer to Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”. FIGURE 16-5: ADC TRANSFER FUNCTION Full-Scale Range 3FFh 3FEh ADC Output Code 3FDh 3FCh 3FBh 03h 02h 01h 00h Analog Input Voltage 0.5 LSB VREF- DS41452A-page 152 1.5 LSB Zero-Scale Transition Full-Scale Transition Preliminary VREF+ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 16-3: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ADC Bit 7 ADCON0 — ADCON1 ADFM Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 — — CHS<4:0> ADCS<2:0> Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page GO/DONE ADON 147 ADPREF<1:0> 148 ADRESH A/D Result Register High 149, 150 ADRESL A/D Result Register Low 149, 150 ANSELA — — ANSA5 — ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 117 ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 121 ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 — — 124 ANSELD(1) ANSD7 ANSD6 ANSD5 ANSD4 ANSD3 ANSD2 ANSD1 ANSD0 127 ANSE2 ANSE1 ANSE0 130 (1) — — CCP1CON — — ANSELE CCP2CON FVRCON INTCON — — — DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> DC2B<1:0> — — FVREN FVRRDY TSEN TSRNG 184 CCP2M<3:0> — — 184 ADFVR<1:0> 138 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 TRISA TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 121 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 124 TRISD(1) TRISD7 TRISD6 TRISD5 TRISD4 TRISD3 TRISD2 TRISD1 TRISD0 127 — — — — ‘1’ TRISE2(1) TRISE1(1) TRISE0(1) 130 TRISE Legend: Note 1: — = unimplemented read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for ADC module. PIC16(L)F1517/9 only. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 153 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 154 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 17.0 17.1.2 TIMER0 MODULE 8-BIT COUNTER MODE The Timer0 module is an 8-bit timer/counter with the following features: In 8-Bit Counter mode, the Timer0 module will increment on every rising or falling edge of the T0CKI pin. • • • • • • 8-Bit Counter mode using the T0CKI pin is selected by setting the TMR0CS bit in the OPTION_REG register to ‘1’ 8-bit timer/counter register (TMR0) 8-bit prescaler (independent of Watchdog Timer) Programmable internal or external clock source Programmable external clock edge selection Interrupt on overflow TMR0 can be used to gate Timer1 The rising or falling transition of the incrementing edge for either input source is determined by the TMR0SE bit in the OPTION_REG register. Figure 17-1 is a block diagram of the Timer0 module. 17.1 Timer0 Operation The Timer0 module can be used as either an 8-bit timer or an 8-bit counter. 17.1.1 8-BIT TIMER MODE The Timer0 module will increment every instruction cycle, if used without a prescaler. 8-Bit Timer mode is selected by clearing the TMR0CS bit of the OPTION_REG register. When TMR0 is written, the increment is inhibited for two instruction cycles immediately following the write. Note: The value written to the TMR0 register can be adjusted, in order to account for the two instruction cycle delay when TMR0 is written. FIGURE 17-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0 FOSC/4 Data Bus 0 8 T0CKI 1 Sync 2 TCY 1 TMR0 0 TMR0SE TMR0CS 8-bit Prescaler PSA Set Flag bit TMR0IF on Overflow Overflow to Timer1 8 PS<2:0> 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 155 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 17.1.3 SOFTWARE PROGRAMMABLE PRESCALER A software programmable prescaler is available for exclusive use with Timer0. The prescaler is enabled by clearing the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register. Note: The Watchdog Timer (WDT) uses its own independent prescaler. There are 8 prescaler options for the Timer0 module ranging from 1:2 to 1:256. The prescale values are selectable via the PS<2:0> bits of the OPTION_REG register. In order to have a 1:1 prescaler value for the Timer0 module, the prescaler must be disabled by setting the PSA bit of the OPTION_REG register. The prescaler is not readable or writable. All instructions writing to the TMR0 register will clear the prescaler. 17.1.4 TIMER0 INTERRUPT Timer0 will generate an interrupt when the TMR0 register overflows from FFh to 00h. The TMR0IF interrupt flag bit of the INTCON register is set every time the TMR0 register overflows, regardless of whether or not the Timer0 interrupt is enabled. The TMR0IF bit can only be cleared in software. The Timer0 interrupt enable is the TMR0IE bit of the INTCON register. Note: 17.1.5 The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the processor from Sleep since the timer is frozen during Sleep. 8-BIT COUNTER MODE SYNCHRONIZATION When in 8-Bit Counter mode, the incrementing edge on the T0CKI pin must be synchronized to the instruction clock. Synchronization can be accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the instruction clock. The high and low periods of the external clocking source must meet the timing requirements as shown in Section 25.0 “Electrical Specifications”. 17.1.6 OPERATION DURING SLEEP Timer0 cannot operate while the processor is in Sleep mode. The contents of the TMR0 register will remain unchanged while the processor is in Sleep mode. DS41452A-page 156 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 17.2 Timer0 Control Register REGISTER 17-1: OPTION_REG: OPTION REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 WPUEN INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 PS<2:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 WPUEN: Weak Pull-up Enable bit 1 = All weak pull-ups are disabled (except MCLR, if it is enabled) 0 = Weak pull-ups are enabled by individual WPUx latch values bit 6 INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of INT pin bit 5 TMR0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (FOSC/4) bit 4 TMR0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin bit 3 PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is not assigned to the Timer0 module 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module bit 2-0 PS<2:0>: Prescaler Rate Select bits TABLE 17-1: Name INTCON TRISA Timer0 Rate 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 OPTION_REG WPUEN TMR0 Bit Value INTEDG TMR0CS TMR0SE PSA PS<2:0> 157 Timer0 Module Register TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 155* TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 Legend: — = Unimplemented locations, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer0 module. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 157 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 158 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.0 • • • • TIMER1 MODULE WITH GATE CONTROL The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter with the following features: Figure 18-1 is a block diagram of the Timer1 module. • • • • • • • • 16-bit timer/counter register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) Programmable internal or external clock source 2-bit prescaler 32 kHz secondary oscillator circuit Optionally synchronized comparator out Multiple Timer1 gate (count enable) sources Interrupt on overflow Wake-up on overflow (external clock, Asynchronous mode only) • Time base for the Capture/Compare function • Special Event Trigger (with ECCP) • Selectable Gate Source Polarity FIGURE 18-1: Gate Toggle mode Gate Single-pulse mode Gate Value Status Gate Event Interrupt TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM T1GSS<1:0> T1G T1GSPM 00 From Timer0 Overflow 0 T1G_IN 01 T1GVAL 0 From Timer2 Match PR2 10 Reserved 11 Single Pulse TMR1ON T1GPOL D Q CK R Q 1 Acq. Control 1 Q1 Data Bus D Q RD T1GCON EN Interrupt T1GGO/DONE Set TMR1GIF det T1GTM TMR1GE Set flag bit TMR1IF on Overflow TMR1ON TMR1(2) TMR1H EN TMR1L Q D T1CLK Synchronized clock input 0 1 TMR1CS<1:0> SOSCO/T1CKI Secondary Oscillator SOSCI T1SYNC OUT LFINTOSC 11 1 Synchronize(3) Prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 det 10 EN 0 T1OSCEN (1) FOSC Internal Clock 01 FOSC/4 Internal Clock 00 2 T1CKPS<1:0> FOSC/2 Internal Clock Sleep input To Clock Switching Modules Note 1: ST Buffer is high speed type when using T1CKI. 2: Timer1 register increments on rising edge. 3: Synchronize does not operate while in Sleep. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 159 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.1 Timer1 Operation 18.2 The Timer1 module is a 16-bit incrementing counter which is accessed through the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. Writes to TMR1H or TMR1L directly update the counter. The TMR1CS<1:0> and T1OSCEN bits of the T1CON register are used to select the clock source for Timer1. Table 18-2 displays the clock source selections. 18.2.1 When used with an internal clock source, the module is a timer and increments on every instruction cycle. When used with an external clock source, the module can be used as either a timer or counter and increments on every selected edge of the external source. INTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE When the internal clock source is selected the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair will increment on multiples of FOSC as determined by the Timer1 prescaler. When the FOSC internal clock source is selected, the Timer1 register value will increment by four counts every instruction clock cycle. Due to this condition, a 2 LSB error in resolution will occur when reading the Timer1 value. To utilize the full resolution of Timer1, an asynchronous input signal must be used to gate the Timer1 clock input. Timer1 is enabled by configuring the TMR1ON and TMR1GE bits in the T1CON and T1GCON registers, respectively. Table 18-1 displays the Timer1 enable selections. TABLE 18-1: Clock Source Selection TIMER1 ENABLE SELECTIONS The following asynchronous source may be used: • Asynchronous event on the T1G pin to Timer1 Gate Timer1 Operation TMR1ON TMR1GE 0 0 Off 18.2.2 0 1 Off 1 0 Always On When the external clock source is selected, the Timer1 module may work as a timer or a counter. 1 1 Count Enabled EXTERNAL CLOCK SOURCE When enabled to count, Timer1 is incremented on the rising edge of the external clock input T1CKI. This external clock source can be synchronized to the microcontroller system clock and run asynchronously. When used as a timer with a clock oscillator, an external 32.768 kHz crystal can be used in conjunction with the secondary oscillator circuit. Note: In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge after any one or more of the following conditions: • • • • TABLE 18-2: Timer1 enabled after POR Write to TMR1H or TMR1L Timer1 is disabled Timer1 is disabled (TMR1ON = 0) when T1CKI is high then Timer1 is enabled (TMR1ON=1) when T1CKI is low. CLOCK SOURCE SELECTIONS TMR1CS1 TMR1CS0 T1OSCEN 0 0 x 0 1 x System Clock (FOSC) 1 0 0 External Clocking on T1CKI Pin 1 0 1 Secondary Oscillator Circuit on SOSCI/SOSCO Pins 1 1 x LFINTOSC DS41452A-page 160 Clock Source Instruction Clock (FOSC/4) Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.3 Timer1 Prescaler 18.6 Timer1 has four prescaler options allowing 1, 2, 4 or 8 divisions of the clock input. The T1CKPS bits of the T1CON register control the prescale counter. The prescale counter is not directly readable or writable; however, the prescaler counter is cleared upon a write to TMR1H or TMR1L. Timer1 can be configured to count freely or the count can be enabled and disabled using Timer1 Gate circuitry. This is also referred to as Timer1 Gate Enable. Timer1 Gate can also be driven by multiple selectable sources. 18.6.1 18.4 Secondary Oscillator Timer1 uses the low-power secondary oscillator circuit on pins SOSCI and SOSCO. The secondary oscillator is designed to use an external 32.768 kHz crystal. The secondary oscillator circuit is enabled by setting the T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register. The oscillator will continue to run during Sleep. Note: 18.5 The oscillator requires a start-up and stabilization time before use. Thus, T1OSCEN should be set and a suitable delay observed prior to enabling Timer1. Timer1 Operation in Asynchronous Counter Mode If control bit T1SYNC of the T1CON register is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer increments asynchronously to the internal phase clocks. If the external clock source is selected then the timer will continue to run during Sleep and can generate an interrupt on overflow, which will wake-up the processor. However, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (see Section 18.5.1 “Reading and Writing Timer1 in Asynchronous Counter Mode”). Note: When switching from synchronous to asynchronous operation, it is possible to skip an increment. When switching from asynchronous to synchronous operation, it is possible to produce an additional increment. Timer1 Gate TIMER1 GATE ENABLE The Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled by setting the TMR1GE bit of the T1GCON register. The polarity of the Timer1 Gate Enable mode is configured using the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is enabled, Timer1 will increment on the rising edge of the Timer1 clock source. When Timer1 Gate Enable mode is disabled, no incrementing will occur and Timer1 will hold the current count. See Figure 18-3 for timing details. TABLE 18-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE SELECTIONS T1CLK T1GPOL T1G 0 0 Counts 0 1 Holds Count 1 0 Holds Count 1 1 Counts 18.6.2 Timer1 Operation TIMER1 GATE SOURCE SELECTION The Timer1 Gate source can be selected from one of four different sources. Source selection is controlled by the T1GSS bits of the T1GCON register. The polarity for each available source is also selectable. Polarity selection is controlled by the T1GPOL bit of the T1GCON register. TABLE 18-4: TIMER1 GATE SOURCES T1GSS Timer1 Gate Source READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER MODE 00 Timer1 Gate Pin 01 Overflow of Timer0 (TMR0 increments from FFh to 00h) Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running from an external asynchronous clock will ensure a valid read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself, poses certain problems, since the timer may overflow between the reads. 10 Timer2 match PR2 11 Reserved 18.5.1 For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. A write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers, while the register is incrementing. This may produce an unpredictable value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 161 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.6.2.1 T1G Pin Gate Operation 18.6.4 The T1G pin is one source for Timer1 Gate Control. It can be used to supply an external source to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 18.6.2.2 Timer0 Overflow Gate Operation When Timer0 increments from FFh to 00h, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 18.6.2.3 Timer2 Match PR2 Operation When Timer2 increments and matches PR2, a low-to-high pulse will automatically be generated and internally supplied to the Timer1 Gate circuitry. 18.6.3 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE When Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled, it is possible to measure the full-cycle length of a Timer1 gate signal, as opposed to the duration of a single level pulse. The Timer1 Gate source is routed through a flip-flop that changes state on every incrementing edge of the signal. See Figure 18-4 for timing details. Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled by setting the T1GTM bit of the T1GCON register. When the T1GTM bit is cleared, the flip-flop is cleared and held clear. This is necessary in order to control which edge is measured. Note: Enabling Toggle mode at the same time as changing the gate polarity may result in indeterminate operation. TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE When Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled, it is possible to capture a single-pulse gate event. Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse mode is first enabled by setting the T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register. Next, the T1GGO/DONE bit in the T1GCON register must be set. The Timer1 will be fully enabled on the next incrementing edge. On the next trailing edge of the pulse, the T1GGO/DONE bit will automatically be cleared. No other gate events will be allowed to increment Timer1 until the T1GGO/DONE bit is once again set in software. See Figure 18-5 for timing details. If the Single-Pulse Gate mode is disabled by clearing the T1GSPM bit in the T1GCON register, the T1GGO/DONE bit should also be cleared. Enabling the Toggle mode and the Single-Pulse mode simultaneously will permit both sections to work together. This allows the cycle times on the Timer1 Gate source to be measured. See Figure 18-6 for timing details. 18.6.5 TIMER1 GATE VALUE STATUS When Timer1 Gate Value Status is utilized, it is possible to read the most current level of the gate control value. The value is stored in the T1GVAL bit in the T1GCON register. The T1GVAL bit is valid even when the Timer1 Gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared). 18.6.6 TIMER1 GATE EVENT INTERRUPT When Timer1 Gate Event Interrupt is enabled, it is possible to generate an interrupt upon the completion of a gate event. When the falling edge of T1GVAL occurs, the TMR1GIF flag bit in the PIR1 register will be set. If the TMR1GIE bit in the PIE1 register is set, then an interrupt will be recognized. The TMR1GIF flag bit operates even when the Timer1 Gate is not enabled (TMR1GE bit is cleared). DS41452A-page 162 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.7 Timer1 Interrupt 18.9 The Timer1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. When Timer1 rolls over, the Timer1 interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set. To enable the interrupt on rollover, you must set these bits: • • • • TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register PEIE bit of the INTCON register GIE bit of the INTCON register The interrupt is cleared by clearing the TMR1IF bit in the Interrupt Service Routine. The TMR1H:TMR1L register pair and the TMR1IF bit should be cleared before enabling interrupts. Note: 18.8 Timer1 Operation During Sleep Timer1 can only operate during Sleep when setup in Asynchronous Counter mode. In this mode, an external crystal or clock source can be used to increment the counter. To set up the timer to wake the device: • • • • • TMR1ON bit of the T1CON register must be set TMR1IE bit of the PIE1 register must be set PEIE bit of the INTCON register must be set T1SYNC bit of the T1CON register must be set TMR1CS bits of the T1CON register must be configured • T1OSCEN bit of the T1CON register must be configured ECCP/CCP Capture/Compare Time Base The CCP modules use the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair as the time base when operating in Capture or Compare mode. In Capture mode, the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair is copied into the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair on a configured event. In Compare mode, an event is triggered when the value CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair matches the value in the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This event can be a Special Event Trigger. For more information, see “Capture/Compare/PWM Modules”. Section 20.0 18.10 CCP Special Event Trigger When the CCP is configured to trigger a special event, the trigger will clear the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. This special event does not cause a Timer1 interrupt. The CCP module may still be configured to generate a CCP interrupt. In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair becomes the period register for Timer1. Timer1 should be synchronized and FOSC/4 should be selected as the clock source in order to utilize the Special Event Trigger. Asynchronous operation of Timer1 can cause a Special Event Trigger to be missed. In the event that a write to TMR1H or TMR1L coincides with a Special Event Trigger from the CCP, the write will take precedence. The device will wake-up on an overflow and execute the next instructions. If the GIE bit of the INTCON register is set, the device will call the Interrupt Service Routine. For more information, see Section 16.2.5 “Special Event Trigger”. Timer1 secondary oscillator will continue to operate in Sleep regardless of the T1SYNC bit setting. FIGURE 18-2: TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE T1CKI = 1 when TMR1 Enabled T1CKI = 0 when TMR1 Enabled Note 1: 2: Arrows indicate counter increments. In Counter mode, a falling edge must be registered by the counter prior to the first incrementing rising edge of the clock. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 163 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 18-3: TIMER1 GATE ENABLE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL Timer1 N FIGURE 18-4: N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 TIMER1 GATE TOGGLE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL Timer1 DS41452A-page 164 N N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 Preliminary N+5 N+6 N+7 N+8 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 18-5: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GSPM T1GGO/ Cleared by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Set by software DONE Counting enabled on rising edge of T1G T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL Timer1 TMR1GIF N N+1 Set by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Cleared by software 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. N+2 Preliminary Cleared by software DS41452A-page 165 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 18-6: TIMER1 GATE SINGLE-PULSE AND TOGGLE COMBINED MODE TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GSPM T1GTM T1GGO/ Cleared by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Set by software DONE Counting enabled on rising edge of T1G T1G_IN T1CKI T1GVAL Timer1 TMR1GIF DS41452A-page 166 N Cleared by software N+1 N+2 N+3 N+4 Set by hardware on falling edge of T1GVAL Preliminary Cleared by software 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.11 Timer1 Control Register The Timer1 Control register (T1CON), shown in Register 18-1, is used to control Timer1 and select the various features of the Timer1 module. REGISTER 18-1: R/W-0/u T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/u TMR1CS<1:0> R/W-0/u R/W-0/u T1CKPS<1:0> R/W-0/u R/W-0/u U-0 R/W-0/u T1OSCEN T1SYNC — TMR1ON bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 TMR1CS<1:0>: Timer1 Clock Source Select bits 11 = Timer1 clock source is LFINTOSC 10 = Timer1 clock source is pin or oscillator: If T1OSCEN = 0: External clock from T1CKI pin (on the rising edge) If T1OSCEN = 1: Crystal oscillator on SOSCI/SOSCO pins 01 = Timer1 clock source is system clock (FOSC) 00 = Timer1 clock source is instruction clock (FOSC/4) bit 5-4 T1CKPS<1:0>: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:8 Prescale value 10 = 1:4 Prescale value 01 = 1:2 Prescale value 00 = 1:1 Prescale value bit 3 T1OSCEN: LP Oscillator Enable Control bit 1 = Secondary oscillator circuit enabled for Timer1 0 = Secondary oscillator circuit disabled for Timer1 bit 2 T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit TMR1CS<1:0> = 1X 1 = Do not synchronize external clock input 0 = Synchronize external clock input with system clock (FOSC) TMR1CS<1:0> = 0X This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS<1:0> = 1X. bit 1 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 0 TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Enables Timer1 0 = Stops Timer1 Clears Timer1 Gate flip-flop 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 167 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 18.12 Timer1 Gate Control Register The Timer1 Gate Control register (T1GCON), shown in Register 18-2, is used to control Timer1 Gate. REGISTER 18-2: T1GCON: TIMER1 GATE CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W-0/u R/W/HC-0/u R-x/x TMR1GE T1GPOL T1GTM T1GSPM T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL R/W-0/u R/W-0/u T1GSS<1:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Bit is cleared by hardware bit 7 TMR1GE: Timer1 Gate Enable bit If TMR1ON = 0: This bit is ignored If TMR1ON = 1: 1 = Timer1 counting is controlled by the Timer1 gate function 0 = Timer1 counts regardless of Timer1 gate function bit 6 T1GPOL: Timer1 Gate Polarity bit 1 = Timer1 gate is active-high (Timer1 counts when gate is high) 0 = Timer1 gate is active-low (Timer1 counts when gate is low) bit 5 T1GTM: Timer1 Gate Toggle Mode bit 1 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is enabled 0 = Timer1 Gate Toggle mode is disabled and toggle flip-flop is cleared Timer1 gate flip-flop toggles on every rising edge. bit 4 T1GSPM: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Mode bit 1 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is enabled and is controlling Timer1 gate 0 = Timer1 gate Single-Pulse mode is disabled bit 3 T1GGO/DONE: Timer1 Gate Single-Pulse Acquisition Status bit 1 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition is ready, waiting for an edge 0 = Timer1 gate single-pulse acquisition has completed or has not been started bit 2 T1GVAL: Timer1 Gate Current State bit Indicates the current state of the Timer1 gate that could be provided to TMR1H:TMR1L. Unaffected by Timer1 Gate Enable (TMR1GE). bit 1-0 T1GSS<1:0>: Timer1 Gate Source Select bits 00 = Timer1 Gate pin 01 = Timer0 overflow output 10 = Timer2 Match PR2 11 = Reserved DS41452A-page 168 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 18-5: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ANSELB — — ANSB5 ANSB4 ANSB3 ANSB2 ANSB1 ANSB0 121 CCP1CON — — Name DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> — — GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 CCP2CON INTCON DC2B<1:0> 184 CCP2M<3:0> TMR1H Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register TMR1L Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register 184 163* 163* TRISB TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 121 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 124 — TMR1ON 167 T1CON T1GCON TMR1CS<1:0> TMR1GE T1GPOL T1CKPS<1:0> T1GTM T1GSPM T1OSCEN T1SYNC T1GGO/ DONE T1GVAL T1GSS<1:0> 168 Legend: — = unimplemented, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 169 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 170 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 19.0 TIMER2 MODULE The Timer2 module incorporates the following features: • 8-bit Timer and Period registers (TMR2 and PR2, respectively) • Readable and writable (both registers) • Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16, and 1:64) • Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16) • Interrupt on TMR2 match with PR2, respectively • Optional use as the shift clock for the MSSP modules See Figure 19-1 for a block diagram of Timer2. FIGURE 19-1: TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM TMR2 Output FOSC/4 Prescaler 1:1, 1:4, 1:16, 1:64 2 TMR2 Comparator Sets Flag bit TMR2IF Reset Postscaler 1:1 to 1:16 EQ T2CKPS<1:0> 4 PR2 T2OUTPS<3:0> 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 171 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 19.1 Timer2 Operation 19.3 The clock input to the Timer2 modules is the system instruction clock (FOSC/4). TMR2 increments from 00h on each clock edge. A 4-bit counter/prescaler on the clock input allows direct input, divide-by-4 and divide-by-16 prescale options. These options are selected by the prescaler control bits, T2CKPS<1:0> of the T2CON register. The value of TMR2 is compared to that of the Period register, PR2, on each clock cycle. When the two values match, the comparator generates a match signal as the timer output. This signal also resets the value of TMR2 to 00h on the next cycle and drives the output counter/postscaler (see Section 19.2 “Timer2 Interrupt”). Timer2 Output The unscaled output of TMR2 is available primarily to the CCP1 module, where it is used as a time base for operations in PWM mode. Timer2 can be optionally used as the shift clock source for the MSSP module operating in SPI mode. Additional information is provided in Section 21.0 “Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module” 19.4 Timer2 Operation During Sleep Timer2 cannot be operated while the processor is in Sleep mode. The contents of the TMR2 and PR2 registers will remain unchanged while the processor is in Sleep mode. The TMR2 and PR2 registers are both directly readable and writable. The TMR2 register is cleared on any device Reset, whereas the PR2 register initializes to FFh. Both the prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared on the following events: • • • • • • • • • a write to the TMR2 register a write to the T2CON register Power-on Reset (POR) Brown-out Reset (BOR) MCLR Reset Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset Stack Overflow Reset Stack Underflow Reset RESET Instruction Note: 19.2 TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written. Timer2 Interrupt Timer2 can also generate an optional device interrupt. The Timer2 output signal (TMR2-to-PR2 match) provides the input for the 4-bit counter/postscaler. This counter generates the TMR2 match interrupt flag which is latched in TMR2IF of the PIR1 register. The interrupt is enabled by setting the TMR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit, TMR2IE of the PIE1 register. A range of 16 postscale options (from 1:1 through 1:16 inclusive) can be selected with the postscaler control bits, T2OUTPS<3:0>, of the T2CON register. DS41452A-page 172 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 19.5 Timer2 Control Register REGISTER 19-1: U-0 T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER R/W-0/0 — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 T2OUTPS<3:0> R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 TMR2ON bit 7 R/W-0/0 T2CKPS<1:0> bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 6-3 T2OUTPS<3:0>: Timer2 Output Postscaler Select bits 0000 = 1:1 Postscaler 0001 = 1:2 Postscaler 0010 = 1:3 Postscaler 0011 = 1:4 Postscaler 0100 = 1:5 Postscaler 0101 = 1:6 Postscaler 0110 = 1:7 Postscaler 0111 = 1:8 Postscaler 1000 = 1:9 Postscaler 1001 = 1:10 Postscaler 1010 = 1:11 Postscaler 1011 = 1:12 Postscaler 1100 = 1:13 Postscaler 1101 = 1:14 Postscaler 1110 = 1:15 Postscaler 1111 = 1:16 Postscaler bit 2 TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit 1 = Timer2 is on 0 = Timer2 is off bit 1-0 T2CKPS<1:0>: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits 00 = Prescaler is 1 01 = Prescaler is 4 10 = Prescaler is 16 11 = Prescaler is 64 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 173 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 19-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page Name Bit 7 Bit 6 CCP1CON — — DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> 184 CCP2CON — — DC2B<1:0> CCP2M<3:0> 184 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 PR2 Timer2 Module Period Register INTCON T2CON TMR2 — 80 171* T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> Holding Register for the 8-bit TMR2 Register 173 171* Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Timer2 module. * Page provides register information. DS41452A-page 174 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM MODULES The Capture/Compare/PWM module is a peripheral which allows the user to time and control different events, and to generate Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) signals. In Capture mode, the peripheral allows the timing of the duration of an event. The Compare mode allows the user to trigger an external event when a predetermined amount of time has expired. The PWM mode can generate Pulse-Width Modulated signals of varying frequency and duty cycle. This family of devices contains 2 standard Capture/ Compare/PWM modules (CCP1 and CCP2). The Capture and Compare functions are identical for all CCP modules. Note 1: In devices with more than one CCP module, it is very important to pay close attention to the register names used. A number placed after the module acronym is used to distinguish between separate modules. For example, the CCP1CON and CCP2CON control the same operational aspects of two completely different CCP modules. 2: Throughout this section, generic references to a CCP module in any of its operating modes may be interpreted as being equally applicable to CCPx module. Register names, module signals, I/O pins, and bit names may use the generic designator ‘x’ to indicate the use of a numeral to distinguish a particular module, when required. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 175 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.1 20.1.2 Capture Mode The Capture mode function described in this section is available and identical for all CCP modules. Capture mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1 resource. When an event occurs on the CCPx pin, the 16-bit CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair captures and stores the 16-bit value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair, respectively. An event is defined as one of the following and is configured by the CCPxM<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register: • • • • Every falling edge Every rising edge Every 4th rising edge Every 16th rising edge When a capture is made, the Interrupt Request Flag bit CCPxIF of the PIRx register is set. The interrupt flag must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before the value in the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair is read, the old captured value is overwritten by the new captured value. Figure 20-1 shows a simplified diagram of the Capture operation. 20.1.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION In Capture mode, the CCPx pin should be configured as an input by setting the associated TRIS control bit. Also, the CCP2 pin function can be moved to alternative pins using the APFCON register. Refer to Section Register 12-1: “APFCON: Alternate Pin Function Control Register” for more details. Note: If the CCPx pin is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture condition. FIGURE 20-1: Prescaler 1, 4, 16 CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM CCPRxH and Edge Detect See Section 18.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for more information on configuring Timer1. 20.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture interrupt may be generated. The user should keep the CCPxIE interrupt enable bit of the PIEx register clear to avoid false interrupts. Additionally, the user should clear the CCPxIF interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register following any change in Operating mode. Note: 20.1.4 Clocking Timer1 from the system clock (FOSC) should not be used in Capture mode. In order for Capture mode to recognize the trigger event on the CCPx pin, Timer1 must be clocked from the instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an external clock source. CCP PRESCALER There are four prescaler settings specified by the CCPxM<3:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not in Capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. Any Reset will clear the prescaler counter. Switching from one capture prescaler to another does not clear the prescaler and may generate a false interrupt. To avoid this unexpected operation, turn the module off by clearing the CCPxCON register before changing the prescaler. Equation 20-1 demonstrates the code to perform this function. CHANGING BETWEEN CAPTURE PRESCALERS BANKSEL CCPxCON CLRF MOVLW CCPRxL Capture Enable TMR1H Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the capture operation may not work. EXAMPLE 20-1: Set Flag bit CCPxIF (PIRx register) CCPx pin TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE MOVWF ;Set Bank bits to point ;to CCPxCON CCPxCON ;Turn CCP module off NEW_CAPT_PS ;Load the W reg with ;the new prescaler ;move value and CCP ON CCPxCON ;Load CCPxCON with this ;value TMR1L CCPxM<3:0> System Clock (FOSC) DS41452A-page 176 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.1.5 CAPTURE DURING SLEEP Capture mode depends upon the Timer1 module for proper operation. There are two options for driving the Timer1 module in Capture mode. It can be driven by the instruction clock (FOSC/4), or by an external clock source. When Timer1 is clocked by FOSC/4, Timer1 will not increment during Sleep. When the device wakes from Sleep, Timer1 will continue from its previous state. Capture mode will operate during Sleep when Timer1 is clocked by an external clock source. 20.1.6 ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register APFCON. To determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 177 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.2 20.2.2 Compare Mode The Compare mode function described in this section is available and identical for al CCP modules. Compare mode makes use of the 16-bit Timer1 resource. The 16-bit value of the CCPRxH:CCPRxL register pair is constantly compared against the 16-bit value of the TMR1H:TMR1L register pair. When a match occurs, one of the following events can occur: • • • • • In Compare mode, Timer1 must be running in either Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode. The compare operation may not work in Asynchronous Counter mode. See Section 18.0 “Timer1 Module with Gate Control” for more information on configuring Timer1. Note: Toggle the CCPx output Set the CCPx output Clear the CCPx output Generate a Special Event Trigger Generate a Software Interrupt The action on the pin is based on the value of the CCPxM<3:0> control bits of the CCPxCON register. At the same time, the interrupt flag CCPxIF bit is set. All Compare modes can generate an interrupt. Figure 20-2 shows a simplified diagram of the Compare operation. FIGURE 20-2: S R Output Logic Match TRIS Output Enable Comparator TMR1H TMR1L Special Event Trigger 20.2.1 CCPX PIN CONFIGURATION The user must configure the CCPx pin as an output by clearing the associated TRIS bit. The CCP2 pin function can be moved to alternate pins using the APFCON register (Register 12-1). Refer to Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more details. Note: Clearing the CCPxCON register will force the CCPx compare output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORT I/O data latch. DS41452A-page 178 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE When Generate Software Interrupt mode is chosen (CCPxM<3:0> = 1010), the CCPx module does not assert control of the CCPx pin (see the CCPxCON register). SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER • Resets Timer1 • Starts an ADC conversion if ADC is enabled Set CCPxIF Interrupt Flag (PIRx) 4 CCPRxH CCPRxL Q Clocking Timer1 from the system clock (FOSC) should not be used in Compare mode. In order for Compare mode to recognize the trigger event on the CCPx pin, TImer1 must be clocked from the instruction clock (FOSC/4) or from an external clock source. When Special Event Trigger mode is chosen (CCPxM<3:0> = 1011), the CCPx module does the following: CCPxM<3:0> Mode Select CCPx Pin 20.2.3 20.2.4 COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM TIMER1 MODE RESOURCE The CCPx module does not assert control of the CCPx pin in this mode. The Special Event Trigger output of the CCP occurs immediately upon a match between the TMR1H, TMR1L register pair and the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair. The TMR1H, TMR1L register pair is not reset until the next rising edge of the Timer1 clock. The Special Event Trigger output starts an A/D conversion (if the A/D module is enabled). This allows the CCPRxH, CCPRxL register pair to effectively provide a 16-bit programmable period register for Timer1. TABLE 20-1: SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER Device CCPx PIC16(L)F151X CCP2 Refer to Section 16.2.5 “Special Event Trigger” for more information. Note 1: The Special Event Trigger from the CCP module does not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF of the PIR1 register. Preliminary 2: Removing the match condition by changing the contents of the CCPRxH and CCPRxL register pair, between the clock edge that generates the Special Event Trigger and the clock edge that generates the Timer1 Reset, will preclude the Reset from occurring. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.2.5 COMPARE DURING SLEEP The Compare mode is dependent upon the system clock (FOSC) for proper operation. Since FOSC is shut down during Sleep mode, the Compare mode will not function properly during Sleep. 20.2.6 ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register APFCON. To determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function”for more information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 179 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.3 FIGURE 20-3: PWM Overview Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) is a scheme that provides power to a load by switching quickly between fully on and fully off states. The PWM signal resembles a square wave where the high portion of the signal is considered the on state and the low portion of the signal is considered the off state. The high portion, also known as the pulse width, can vary in time and is defined in steps. A larger number of steps applied, which lengthens the pulse width, also supplies more power to the load. Lowering the number of steps applied, which shortens the pulse width, supplies less power. The PWM period is defined as the duration of one complete cycle or the total amount of on and off time combined. Period Pulse Width TMR2 = 0 FIGURE 20-4: CCPxCON<5:4> CCPRxL CCPRxH(2) (Slave) CCPx R Comparator TMR2 (1) Q S TRIS Figure 20-3 shows a typical waveform of the PWM signal. Comparator STANDARD PWM OPERATION PR2 Note 1: The standard PWM mode generates a Pulse-Width modulation (PWM) signal on the CCPx pin with up to 10 bits of resolution. The period, duty cycle, and resolution are controlled by the following registers: • • • • SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM Duty Cycle Registers The term duty cycle describes the proportion of the on time to the off time and is expressed in percentages, where 0% is fully off and 100% is fully on. A lower duty cycle corresponds to less power applied and a higher duty cycle corresponds to more power applied. The standard PWM function described in this section is available and identical for all CCP modules. TMR2 = PR2 TMR2 = CCPRxH:CCPxCON<5:4> PWM resolution defines the maximum number of steps that can be present in a single PWM period. A higher resolution allows for more precise control of the pulse width time and in turn the power that is applied to the load. 20.3.1 CCP PWM OUTPUT SIGNAL 2: Clear Timer, toggle CCPx pin and latch duty cycle The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. In PWM mode, CCPRxH is a read-only register. PR2 registers T2CON registers CCPRxL registers CCPxCON registers Figure 20-4 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM operation. Note 1: The corresponding TRIS bit must be cleared to enable the PWM output on the CCPx pin. 2: Clearing the CCPxCON register will relinquish control of the CCPx pin. DS41452A-page 180 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.3.2 SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION The following steps should be taken when configuring the CCP module for standard PWM operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disable the CCPx pin output driver by setting the associated TRIS bit. Load the PR2 register with the PWM period value. Configure the CCP module for the PWM mode by loading the CCPxCON register with the appropriate values. Load the CCPRxL register and the DCxBx bits of the CCPxCON register, with the PWM duty cycle value. Configure and start Timer2: • Clear the TMR2IF interrupt flag bit of the PIRx register. See Note below. • Configure the T2CKPS bits of the T2CON register with the Timer prescale value. • Enable the Timer by setting the TMR2ON bit of the T2CON register. Enable PWM output pin: • Wait until the Timer overflows and the TMR2IF bit of the PIR1 register is set. See Note below. • Enable the CCPx pin output driver by clearing the associated TRIS bit. Note: 20.3.3 In order to send a complete duty cycle and period on the first PWM output, the above steps must be included in the setup sequence. If it is not critical to start with a complete PWM signal on the first output, then step 6 may be ignored. • TMR2 is cleared • The CCPx pin is set. (Exception: If the PWM duty cycle = 0%, the pin will not be set.) • The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPRxL into CCPRxH. Note: 20.3.5 The Timer postscaler (see Section 19.1 “Timer2 Operation”) is not used in the determination of the PWM frequency. PWM DUTY CYCLE The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing a 10-bit value to multiple registers: CCPRxL register and DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register. The CCPRxL contains the eight MSbs and the DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register contain the two LSbs. CCPRxL and DCxB<1:0> bits of the CCPxCON register can be written to at any time. The duty cycle value is not latched into CCPRxH until after the period completes (i.e., a match between PR2 and TMR2 registers occurs). While using the PWM, the CCPRxH register is read-only. Equation 20-2 is used to calculate the PWM pulse width. Equation 20-3 is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle ratio. EQUATION 20-2: PULSE WIDTH Pulse Width = CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4> T OSC (TMR2 Prescale Value) TIMER2 TIMER RESOURCE The PWM standard mode makes use of the 8-bit Timer2 timer resources to specify the PWM period. 20.3.4 When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: PWM PERIOD The PWM period is specified by the PR2 register of Timer2. The PWM period can be calculated using the formula of Equation 20-1. EQUATION 20-1: PWM PERIOD PWM Period = PR2 + 1 4 T OSC (TMR2 Prescale Value) Note 1: TOSC = 1/FOSC 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. EQUATION 20-3: DUTY CYCLE RATIO CCPRxL:CCPxCON<5:4> Duty Cycle Ratio = ----------------------------------------------------------------------4 PR2 + 1 The CCPRxH register and a 2-bit internal latch are used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation. The 8-bit timer TMR2 register is concatenated with either the 2-bit internal system clock (FOSC), or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base. The system clock is used if the Timer2 prescaler is set to 1:1. When the 10-bit time base matches the CCPRxH and 2-bit latch, then the CCPx pin is cleared (see Figure 20-4). Preliminary DS41452A-page 181 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.3.6 PWM RESOLUTION EQUATION 20-4: The resolution determines the number of available duty cycles for a given period. For example, a 10-bit resolution will result in 1024 discrete duty cycles, whereas an 8-bit resolution will result in 256 discrete duty cycles. The maximum PWM resolution is 10 bits when PR2 is 255. The resolution is a function of the PR2 register value as shown by Equation 20-4. TABLE 20-2: log 4 PR2 + 1 Resolution = ------------------------------------------ bits log 2 Note: If the pulse width value is greater than the period the assigned PWM pin(s) will remain unchanged. EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 20 MHz) PWM Frequency Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value Maximum Resolution (bits) TABLE 20-3: PWM RESOLUTION 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz 16 4 1 1 1 1 0xFF 0xFF 0xFF 0x3F 0x1F 0x17 10 10 10 8 7 6.6 EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS (FOSC = 8 MHz) PWM Frequency Timer Prescale (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value Maximum Resolution (bits) DS41452A-page 182 1.22 kHz 4.90 kHz 19.61 kHz 76.92 kHz 153.85 kHz 200.0 kHz 16 4 1 1 1 1 0x65 0x65 0x65 0x19 0x0C 0x09 8 8 8 6 5 5 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.3.7 OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE 20.3.10 In Sleep mode, the TMR2 register will not increment and the state of the module will not change. If the CCPx pin is driving a value, it will continue to drive that value. When the device wakes up, TMR2 will continue from its previous state. 20.3.8 CHANGES IN SYSTEM CLOCK FREQUENCY ALTERNATE PIN LOCATIONS This module incorporates I/O pins that can be moved to other locations with the use of the alternate pin function register APFCON. To determine which pins can be moved and what their default locations are upon a Reset, see Section 12.1 “Alternate Pin Function” for more information. The PWM frequency is derived from the system clock frequency. Any changes in the system clock frequency will result in changes to the PWM frequency. See Section 5.0 “Oscillator Module (With Fail-Safe Clock Monitor)” for additional details. 20.3.9 EFFECTS OF RESET Any Reset will force all ports to Input mode and the CCP registers to their Reset states. TABLE 20-4: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH STANDARD PWM Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL 114 CCP1CON — — GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 Name INTCON DC1B<1:0> CCP1M<3:0> 184 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 82 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 PIR2 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 84 PR2 T2CON TMR2 TRISA Timer2 Period Register — 171* T2OUTPS<3:0> TMR2ON T2CKPS<1:0> Timer2 Module Register TRISA7 TRISA6 173 171 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 Legend: — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the PWM. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 183 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 20.4 CCP Control Registers REGISTER 20-1: CCPxCON: CCPx CONTROL REGISTER U-0 U-0 — — R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 DCxB<1:0> R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 CCPxM<3:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Reset ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-6 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 5-4 DCxB<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits Capture mode: Unused Compare mode: Unused PWM mode: These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRxL. bit 3-0 CCPxM<3:0>: CCPx Mode Select bits 0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPx module) 0001 = Reserved 0010 = Compare mode: toggle output on match 0011 = Reserved 0100 = 0101 = 0110 = 0111 = Capture mode: every falling edge Capture mode: every rising edge Capture mode: every 4th rising edge Capture mode: every 16th rising edge 1000 = 1001 = 1010 = 1011 = Compare mode: set output on compare match (set CCPxIF) Compare mode: clear output on compare match (set CCPxIF) Compare mode: generate software interrupt only Compare mode: Special Event Trigger (sets CCPxIF bit (CCP2), starts A/D conversion if A/D module is enabled)(1) 11xx = PWM mode DS41452A-page 184 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.0 MASTER SYNCHRONOUS SERIAL PORT (MSSP) MODULE 21.1 Master SSP (MSSP) Module Overview The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is a serial interface useful for communicating with other peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral devices may be Serial EEPROMs, shift registers, display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module can operate in one of two modes: • Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) • Inter-Integrated Circuit (I2C™) The SPI interface supports the following modes and features: • • • • • Master mode Slave mode Clock Parity Slave Select Synchronization (Slave mode only) Daisy-chain connection of slave devices Figure 21-1 is a block diagram of the SPI interface module. FIGURE 21-1: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (SPI MODE) Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF Reg SDI SSPSR Reg SDO bit 0 SS SS Control Enable Shift Clock 2 (CKP, CKE) Clock Select Edge Select SSPM<3:0> 4 SCK Edge Select TRIS bit 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary ( TMR22Output ) Prescaler TOSC 4, 16, 64 Baud Rate Generator (SSPADD) DS41452A-page 185 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 The I2C interface supports the following modes and features: • • • • • • • • • • • • • Master mode Slave mode Byte NACKing (Slave mode) Limited Multi-master support 7-bit and 10-bit addressing Start and Stop interrupts Interrupt masking Clock stretching Bus collision detection General call address matching Address masking Address Hold and Data Hold modes Selectable SDA hold times Figure 21-2 is a block diagram of the I2C interface module in Master mode. Figure 21-3 is a diagram of the I2C interface module in Slave mode. MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C™ MASTER MODE) Internal data bus Read [SSPM 3:0] Write SSPBUF Baud Rate Generator (SSPADD) SDA in Receive Enable (RCEN) SCL SCL in Bus Collision DS41452A-page 186 LSb Start bit, Stop bit, Acknowledge Generate (SSPCON2) Start bit detect, Stop bit detect Write collision detect Clock arbitration State counter for end of XMIT/RCV Address Match detect Preliminary Clock Cntl SSPSR MSb (Hold off clock source) Shift Clock SDA Clock arbitrate/BCOL detect FIGURE 21-2: Set/Reset: S, P, SSPSTAT, WCOL, SSPOV Reset SEN, PEN (SSPCON2) Set SSPIF, BCLIF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 21-3: MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I2C™ SLAVE MODE) Internal Data Bus Read Write SSPBUF Reg SCL Shift Clock SSPSR Reg SDA MSb LSb SSPMSK Reg Match Detect Addr Match SSPADD Reg Start and Stop bit Detect 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary Set, Reset S, P bits (SSPSTAT Reg) DS41452A-page 187 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.2 SPI Mode Overview The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) bus is a synchronous serial data communication bus that operates in Full Duplex mode. Devices communicate in a master/slave environment where the master device initiates the communication. A slave device is controlled through a Chip Select known as Slave Select. The SPI bus specifies four signal connections: • • • • its SDO pin) and the slave device is reading this bit and saving it as the LSb of its shift register, that the slave device is also sending out the MSb from its shift register (on its SDO pin) and the master device is reading this bit and saving it as the LSb of its shift register. After 8 bits have been shifted out, the master and slave have exchanged register values. If there is more data to exchange, the shift registers are loaded with new data and the process repeats itself. Whether the data is meaningful or not (dummy data), depends on the application software. This leads to three scenarios for data transmission: Serial Clock (SCK) Serial Data Out (SDO) Serial Data In (SDI) Slave Select (SS) Figure 21-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP module when operating in SPI Mode. The SPI bus operates with a single master device and one or more slave devices. When multiple slave devices are used, an independent Slave Select connection is required from the master device to each slave device. Figure 21-4 shows a typical connection between a master device and multiple slave devices. The master selects only one slave at a time. Most slave devices have tri-state outputs so their output signal appears disconnected from the bus when they are not selected. • Master sends useful data and slave sends dummy data. • Master sends useful data and slave sends useful data. • Master sends dummy data and slave sends useful data. Transmissions may involve any number of clock cycles. When there is no more data to be transmitted, the master stops sending the clock signal and it deselects the slave. Every slave device connected to the bus that has not been selected through its slave select line must disregard the clock and transmission signals and must not transmit out any data of its own. Transmissions involve two shift registers, eight bits in size, one in the master and one in the slave. With either the master or the slave device, data is always shifted out one bit at a time, with the Most Significant bit (MSb) shifted out first. At the same time, a new Least Significant bit (LSb) is shifted into the same register. Figure 21-5 shows a typical connection between two processors configured as master and slave devices. Data is shifted out of both shift registers on the programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite edge of the clock. The master device transmits information out on its SDO output pin which is connected to, and received by, the slave’s SDI input pin. The slave device transmits information out on its SDO output pin, which is connected to, and received by, the master’s SDI input pin. To begin communication, the master device first sends out the clock signal. Both the master and the slave devices should be configured for the same clock polarity. The master device starts a transmission by sending out the MSb from its shift register. The slave device reads this bit from that same line and saves it into the LSb position of its shift register. During each SPI clock cycle, a full duplex data transmission occurs. This means that while the master device is sending out the MSb from its shift register (on DS41452A-page 188 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 21-4: SPI MASTER AND MULTIPLE SLAVE CONNECTION SPI Master SCK SCK SDO SDI SDI SDO General I/O General I/O SS General I/O SCK SDI SDO SPI Slave #1 SPI Slave #2 SS SCK SDI SDO SPI Slave #3 SS 21.2.1 SPI MODE REGISTERS The MSSP module has five registers for SPI mode operation. These are: • • • • • • MSSP STATUS register (SSPSTAT) MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1) MSSP Control Register 3 (SSPCON3) MSSP Data Buffer register (SSPBUF) MSSP Address register (SSPADD) MSSP Shift register (SSPSR) (Not directly accessible) SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT are the control and STATUS registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPCON1 register is readable and writable. The lower 6 bits of the SSPSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the SSPSTAT are read/write. In one SPI master mode, SSPADD can be loaded with a value used in the Baud Rate Generator. More information on the Baud Rate Generator is available in Section 21.7 “Baud Rate Generator”. SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in and out. SSPBUF provides indirect access to the SSPSR register. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes are written, and from which data bytes are read. In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together create a buffered receiver. When SSPSR receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF and the SSPIF interrupt is set. During transmission, the SSPBUF is not buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF and SSPSR. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 189 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.2.2 SPI MODE OPERATION When initializing the SPI, several options need to be specified. This is done by programming the appropriate control bits (SSPCON1<5:0> and SSPSTAT<7:6>). These control bits allow the following to be specified: • • • • Master mode (SCK is the clock output) Slave mode (SCK is the clock input) Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK) Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data output time) • Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of SCK) • Clock Rate (Master mode only) • Slave Select mode (Slave mode only) To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN of the SSPCON1 register, must be set. To reset or reconfigure SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, re-initialize the SSPCON registers and then set the SSPEN bit. This configures the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as serial port pins. For the pins to behave as the serial port function, some must have their data direction bits (in the TRIS register) appropriately programmed as follows: • SDI must have corresponding TRIS bit set • SDO must have corresponding TRIS bit cleared • SCK (Master mode) must have corresponding TRIS bit cleared • SCK (Slave mode) must have corresponding TRIS bit set • SS must have corresponding TRIS bit set The MSSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register (SSPSR) and a buffer register (SSPBUF). The SSPSR shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb first. The SSPBUF holds the data that was written to the SSPSR until the received data is ready. Once the 8 bits of data have been received, that byte is moved to the SSPBUF register. Then, the Buffer Full Detect bit, BF of the SSPSTAT register, and the interrupt flag bit, SSPIF, are set. This double-buffering of the received data (SSPBUF) allows the next byte to start reception before reading the data that was just received. Any write to the SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data will be ignored and the write collision detect bit WCOL of the SSPCON1 register, will be set. User software must clear the WCOL bit to allow the following write(s) to the SSPBUF register to complete successfully. When the application software is expecting to receive valid data, the SSPBUF should be read before the next byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPBUF. The Buffer Full bit, BF of the SSPSTAT register, indicates when SSPBUF has been loaded with the received data (transmission is complete). When the SSPBUF is read, the BF bit is cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the SPI is only a transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt is used to determine when the transmission/reception has completed. If the interrupt method is not going to be used, then software polling can be done to ensure that a write collision does not occur. The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can only be accessed by addressing the SSPBUF register. Additionally, the SSPSTAT register indicates the various Status conditions. Any serial port function that is not desired may be overridden by programming the corresponding data direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value. FIGURE 21-5: SPI MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION SPI Master SSPM<3:0> = 00xx = 1010 SPI Slave SSPM<3:0> = 010x SDO SDI Serial Input Buffer (BUF) SDI Shift Register (SSPSR) MSb Serial Input Buffer (SSPBUF) LSb SCK General I/O Processor 1 DS41452A-page 190 SDO Serial Clock Slave Select (optional) Preliminary Shift Register (SSPSR) MSb LSb SCK SS Processor 2 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.2.3 SPI MASTER MODE The master can initiate the data transfer at any time because it controls the SCK line. The master determines when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 21-5) is to broadcast data by the software protocol. In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as soon as the SSPBUF register is written to. If the SPI is only going to receive, the SDO output could be disabled (programmed as an input). The SSPSR register will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDI pin at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is received, it will be loaded into the SSPBUF register as if a normal received byte (interrupts and Status bits appropriately set). The clock polarity is selected by appropriately programming the CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register and the CKE bit of the SSPSTAT register. This then, would give waveforms for SPI communication as shown in Figure 21-6, Figure 21-8 and Figure 21-9, where the MSB is transmitted first. In Master mode, the SPI clock rate (bit rate) is user programmable to be one of the following: • • • • • FOSC/4 (or TCY) FOSC/16 (or 4 * TCY) FOSC/64 (or 16 * TCY) Timer2 output/2 Fosc/(4 * (SSPADD + 1)) Figure 21-6 shows the waveforms for Master mode. When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The time when the SSPBUF is loaded with the received data is shown. FIGURE 21-6: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE) Write to SSPBUF SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) 4 Clock Modes SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 1) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 1) SDO (CKE = 0) bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDO (CKE = 1) bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDI (SMP = 0) bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 0) SDI (SMP = 1) bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample (SMP = 1) SSPIF SSPSR to SSPBUF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 191 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.2.4 21.2.5 SPI SLAVE MODE In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the last bit is latched, the SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set. Before enabling the module in SPI Slave mode, the clock line must match the proper Idle state. The clock line can be observed by reading the SCK pin. The Idle state is determined by the CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register. While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external clock must meet the minimum high and low times as specified in the electrical specifications. While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive data. The shift register is clocked from the SCK pin input and when a byte is received, the device will generate an interrupt. If enabled, the device will wake-up from Sleep. 21.2.4.1 Daisy-Chain Configuration The SPI bus can sometimes be connected in a daisy-chain configuration. The first slave output is connected to the second slave input, the second slave output is connected to the third slave input, and so on. The final slave output is connected to the master input. Each slave sends out, during a second group of clock pulses, an exact copy of what was received during the first group of clock pulses. The whole chain acts as one large communication shift register. The daisy-chain feature only requires a single Slave Select line from the master device. Figure 21-7 shows the block diagram of a typical daisy-chain connection when operating in SPI Mode. In a daisy-chain configuration, only the most recent byte on the bus is required by the slave. Setting the BOEN bit of the SSPCON3 register will enable writes to the SSPBUF register, even if the previous byte has not been read. This allows the software to ignore data that may not apply to it. SLAVE SELECT SYNCHRONIZATION The Slave Select can also be used to synchronize communication. The Slave Select line is held high until the master device is ready to communicate. When the Slave Select line is pulled low, the slave knows that a new transmission is starting. If the slave fails to receive the communication properly, it will be reset at the end of the transmission, when the Slave Select line returns to a high state. The slave is then ready to receive a new transmission when the Slave Select line is pulled low again. If the Slave Select line is not used, there is a risk that the slave will eventually become out of sync with the master. If the slave misses a bit, it will always be one bit off in future transmissions. Use of the Slave Select line allows the slave and master to align themselves at the beginning of each transmission. The SS pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The SPI must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPCON1<3:0> = 0100). When the SS pin is low, transmission and reception are enabled and the SDO pin is driven. When the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin is no longer driven, even if in the middle of a transmitted byte and becomes a floating output. External pull-up/pull-down resistors may be desirable depending on the application. Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled (SSPCON1<3:0> = 0100), the SPI module will reset if the SS pin is set to VDD. 2: When the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE set; the user must enable SS pin control. 3: While operated in SPI Slave mode the SMP bit of the SSPSTAT register must remain clear. When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced to ‘0’. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit. DS41452A-page 192 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 21-7: SPI DAISY-CHAIN CONNECTION SPI Master SCK SCK SDO SDI SDI SPI Slave #1 SDO General I/O SS SCK SDI SPI Slave #2 SDO SS SCK SDI SPI Slave #3 SDO SS FIGURE 21-8: SLAVE SELECT SYNCHRONOUS WAVEFORM SS SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) Write to SSPBUF Shift register SSPSR and bit count are reset SSPBUF to SSPSR SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 7 SDI bit 6 bit 0 bit 0 bit 7 bit 7 Input Sample SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 193 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 21-9: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 0) SS Optional SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 0) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 0) Write to SSPBUF Valid SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDI bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF Write Collision detection active FIGURE 21-10: SPI MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE = 1) SS Not Optional SCK (CKP = 0 CKE = 1) SCK (CKP = 1 CKE = 1) Write to SSPBUF Valid SDO bit 7 bit 6 bit 5 bit 4 bit 3 bit 2 bit 1 bit 0 SDI bit 0 bit 7 Input Sample SSPIF Interrupt Flag SSPSR to SSPBUF Write Collision detection active DS41452A-page 194 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.2.6 SPI OPERATION IN SLEEP MODE In SPI Master mode, module clocks may be operating at a different speed than when in Full-Power mode; in the case of the Sleep mode, all clocks are halted. Special care must be taken by the user when the MSSP clock is much faster than the system clock. In Slave mode, when MSSP interrupts are enabled, after the master completes sending data, an MSSP interrupt will wake the controller from Sleep. If an exit from Sleep mode is not desired, MSSP interrupts should be disabled. TABLE 21-1: In SPI Master mode, when the Sleep mode is selected, all module clocks are halted and the transmission/reception will remain in that state until the device wakes. After the device returns to Run mode, the module will resume transmitting and receiving data. In SPI Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register operates asynchronously to the device. This allows the device to be placed in Sleep mode and data to be shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register. When all 8 bits have been received, the MSSP interrupt flag bit will be set and if enabled, will wake the device. SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPI OPERATION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ANSELA — — ANSA5 — ANSA3 ANSA2 ANSA1 ANSA0 117 ANSELC ANSC7 ANSC6 ANSC5 ANSC4 ANSC3 ANSC2 — — 124 APFCON — — — — — — SSSEL CCP2SEL 114 Name INTCON PIE1 PIR1 SSPBUF GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register SSPCON1 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPCON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SSPSTAT TRISA TRISA Legend: * 83 189* SSPM<3:0> SDAHT SBCDE AHEN 233 DHEN 235 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 233 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 123 — = Unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP in SPI mode. Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 195 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.3 I2C MODE OVERVIEW FIGURE 21-11: The Inter-Integrated Circuit Bus (I²C) is a multi-master serial data communication bus. Devices communicate in a master/slave environment where the master devices initiate the communication. A Slave device is controlled through addressing. VDD SCL The I2C bus specifies two signal connections: • Serial Clock (SCL) • Serial Data (SDA) Figure 21-11 shows a typical connection between two processors configured as master and slave devices. The I2C bus can operate with one or more master devices and one or more slave devices. There are four potential modes of operation for a given device: • Master Transmit mode (master is transmitting data to a slave) • Master Receive mode (master is receiving data from a slave) • Slave Transmit mode (slave is transmitting data to a master) • Slave Receive mode (slave is receiving data from the master) SDA The Acknowledge bit (ACK) is an active-low signal, which holds the SDA line low to indicate to the transmitter that the slave device has received the transmitted data and is ready to receive more. The transition of a data bit is always performed while the SCL line is held low. Transitions that occur while the SCL line is held high are used to indicate Start and Stop bits. If the master intends to write to the slave, then it repeatedly sends out a byte of data, with the slave responding after each byte with an ACK bit. In this example, the master device is in Master Transmit mode and the slave is in Slave Receive mode. If the master intends to read from the slave, then it repeatedly receives a byte of data from the slave, and responds after each byte with an ACK bit. In this example, the master device is in Master Receive mode and the slave is Slave Transmit mode. To begin communication, a master device starts out in Master Transmit mode. The master device sends out a Start bit followed by the address byte of the slave it intends to communicate with. This is followed by a single Read/Write bit, which determines whether the master intends to transmit to or receive data from the slave device. If the requested slave exists on the bus, it will respond with an Acknowledge bit, otherwise known as an ACK. The master then continues in either Transmit mode or Receive mode and the slave continues in the complement, either in Receive mode or Transmit mode, respectively. A Start bit is indicated by a high-to-low transition of the SDA line while the SCL line is held high. Address and data bytes are sent out, Most Significant bit (MSb) first. The Read/Write bit is sent out as a logical one when the master intends to read data from the slave, and is sent out as a logical zero when it intends to write data to the slave. DS41452A-page 196 Slave SDA Figure 21-11 shows the block diagram of the MSSP module when operating in I2C Mode. SCL VDD Master Both the SCL and SDA connections are bidirectional open-drain lines, each requiring pull-up resistors for the supply voltage. Pulling the line to ground is considered a logical zero and letting the line float is considered a logical one. I2C MASTER/ SLAVE CONNECTION On the last byte of data communicated, the master device may end the transmission by sending a Stop bit. If the master device is in Receive mode, it sends the Stop bit in place of the last ACK bit. A Stop bit is indicated by a low-to-high transition of the SDA line while the SCL line is held high. In some cases, the master may want to maintain control of the bus and re-initiate another transmission. If so, the master device may send another Start bit in place of the Stop bit or last ACK bit when it is in receive mode. The I2C bus specifies three message protocols; • Single message where a master writes data to a slave. • Single message where a master reads data from a slave. • Combined message where a master initiates a minimum of two writes, or two reads, or a combination of writes and reads, to one or more slaves. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 When one device is transmitting a logical one, or letting the line float, and a second device is transmitting a logical zero, or holding the line low, the first device can detect that the line is not a logical one. This detection, when used on the SCL line, is called clock stretching. Clock stretching gives slave devices a mechanism to control the flow of data. When this detection is used on the SDA line, it is called arbitration. Arbitration ensures that there is only one master device communicating at any single time. 21.3.1 CLOCK STRETCHING When a slave device has not completed processing data, it can delay the transfer of more data through the process of Clock Stretching. An addressed slave device may hold the SCL clock line low after receiving or sending a bit, indicating that it is not yet ready to continue. The master that is communicating with the slave will attempt to raise the SCL line in order to transfer the next bit, but will detect that the clock line has not yet been released. Because the SCL connection is open-drain, the slave has the ability to hold that line low until it is ready to continue communicating. Clock stretching allows receivers that cannot keep up with a transmitter to control the flow of incoming data. 21.3.2 ARBITRATION Each master device must monitor the bus for Start and Stop bits. If the device detects that the bus is busy, it cannot begin a new message until the bus returns to an Idle state. However, two master devices may try to initiate a transmission on or about the same time. When this occurs, the process of arbitration begins. Each transmitter checks the level of the SDA data line and compares it to the level that it expects to find. The first transmitter to observe that the two levels do not match, loses arbitration, and must stop transmitting on the SDA line. For example, if one transmitter holds the SDA line to a logical one (lets it float) and a second transmitter holds it to a logical zero (pulls it low), the result is that the SDA line will be low. The first transmitter then observes that the level of the line is different than expected and concludes that another transmitter is communicating. The first transmitter to notice this difference is the one that loses arbitration and must stop driving the SDA line. If this transmitter is also a master device, it also must stop driving the SCL line. It then can monitor the lines for a Stop condition before trying to reissue its transmission. In the meantime, the other device that has not noticed any difference between the expected and actual levels on the SDA line continues with its original transmission. It can do so without any complications, because so far, the transmission appears exactly as expected with no other transmitter disturbing the message. Slave Transmit mode can also be arbitrated, when a master addresses multiple slaves, but this is less common. If two master devices are sending a message to two different slave devices at the address stage, the master sending the lower slave address always wins arbitration. When two master devices send messages to the same slave address, and addresses can sometimes refer to multiple slaves, the arbitration process must continue into the data stage. Arbitration usually occurs very rarely, but it is a necessary process for proper multi-master support. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 197 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.4 I2C MODE OPERATION TABLE 21-2: All MSSP I2C communication is byte oriented and shifted out MSb first. Six SFR registers and 2 interrupt flags interface the module with the PIC® microcontroller and user software. Two pins, SDA and SCL, are exercised by the module to communicate with other external I2C devices. 21.4.1 BYTE FORMAT All communication in I2C is done in 9-bit segments. A byte is sent from a master to a slave or vice-versa, followed by an Acknowledge bit sent back. After the 8th falling edge of the SCL line, the device outputting data on the SDA changes that pin to an input and reads in an Acknowledge value on the next clock pulse. The clock signal, SCL, is provided by the master. Data is valid to change while the SCL signal is low, and sampled on the rising edge of the clock. Changes on the SDA line while the SCL line is high define special conditions on the bus, explained below. 21.4.2 DEFINITION OF I2C TERMINOLOGY There is language and terminology in the description of I2C communication that have definitions specific to I2C. That word usage is defined below and may be used in the rest of this document without explanation. This table was adapted from the Philips I2C specification. 21.4.3 SDA AND SCL PINS Selection of any I2C mode with the SSPEN bit set, forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain. These pins should be set by the user to inputs by setting the appropriate TRIS bits. Note: Data is tied to output zero when an I2C mode is enabled. 21.4.4 SDA HOLD TIME The hold time of the SDA pin is selected by the SDAHT bit of the SSPCON3 register. Hold time is the time SDA is held valid after the falling edge of SCL. Setting the SDAHT bit selects a longer 300 ns minimum hold time and may help on buses with large capacitance. DS41452A-page 198 TERM I2C BUS TERMS Description Transmitter The device which shifts data out onto the bus. Receiver The device which shifts data in from the bus. Master The device that initiates a transfer, generates clock signals and terminates a transfer. Slave The device addressed by the master. Multi-master A bus with more than one device that can initiate data transfers. Arbitration Procedure to ensure that only one master at a time controls the bus. Winning arbitration ensures that the message is not corrupted. Synchronization Procedure to synchronize the clocks of two or more devices on the bus. Idle No master is controlling the bus, and both SDA and SCL lines are high. Active Any time one or more master devices are controlling the bus. Slave device that has received a Addressed Slave matching address and is actively being clocked by a master. Matching Address byte that is clocked into a Address slave that matches the value stored in SSPADD. Write Request Slave receives a matching address with R/W bit clear, and is ready to clock in data. Read Request Master sends an address byte with the R/W bit set, indicating that it wishes to clock data out of the Slave. This data is the next and all following bytes until a Restart or Stop. Clock Stretching When a device on the bus hold SCL low to stall communication. Bus Collision Any time the SDA line is sampled low by the module while it is outputting and expected high state. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.4.5 21.4.7 START CONDITION The I2C specification defines a Start condition as a transition of SDA from a high to a low state while SCL line is high. A Start condition is always generated by the master and signifies the transition of the bus from an Idle to an Active state. Figure 21-10 shows wave forms for Start and Stop conditions. A Restart is valid any time that a Stop would be valid. A master can issue a Restart if it wishes to hold the bus after terminating the current transfer. A Restart has the same effect on the slave that a Start would, resetting all slave logic and preparing it to clock in an address. The master may want to address the same or another slave. A bus collision can occur on a Start condition if the module samples the SDA line low before asserting it low. This does not conform to the I2C Specification that states no bus collision can occur on a Start. 21.4.6 RESTART CONDITION In 10-bit Addressing Slave mode a Restart is required for the master to clock data out of the addressed slave. Once a slave has been fully addressed, matching both high and low address bytes, the master can issue a Restart and the high address byte with the R/W bit set. The slave logic will then hold the clock and prepare to clock out data. STOP CONDITION A Stop condition is a transition of the SDA line from low-to-high state while the SCL line is high. After a full match with R/W clear in 10-bit mode, a prior match flag is set and maintained. Until a Stop condition, a high address with R/W clear, or high address match fails. Note: At least one SCL low time must appear before a Stop is valid, therefore, if the SDA line goes low then high again while the SCL line stays high, only the Start condition is detected. 21.4.8 START/STOP CONDITION INTERRUPT MASKING The SCIE and PCIE bits of the SSPCON3 register can enable the generation of an interrupt in Slave modes that do not typically support this function. Slave modes where interrupt on Start and Stop detect are already enabled, these bits will have no effect. FIGURE 21-12: I2C START AND STOP CONDITIONS SDA SCL S Start P Change of Change of Data Allowed Data Allowed Condition FIGURE 21-13: Stop Condition I2C RESTART CONDITION Sr Change of Change of Data Allowed Restart Data Allowed Condition 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 199 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.4.9 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE 21.5 The 9th SCL pulse for any transferred byte in I2C is dedicated as an Acknowledge. It allows receiving devices to respond back to the transmitter by pulling the SDA line low. The transmitter must release control of the line during this time to shift in the response. The Acknowledge (ACK) is an active-low signal, pulling the SDA line low indicated to the transmitter that the device has received the transmitted data and is ready to receive more. The result of an ACK is placed in the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. Slave software, when the AHEN and DHEN bits are set, allow the user to set the ACK value sent back to the transmitter. The ACKDT bit of the SSPCON2 register is set/cleared to determine the response. Slave hardware will generate an ACK response if the AHEN and DHEN bits of the SSPCON3 register are clear. There are certain conditions where an ACK will not be sent by the slave. If the BF bit of the SSPSTAT register or the SSPOV bit of the SSPCON1 register are set when a byte is received. When the module is addressed, after the 8th falling edge of SCL on the bus, the ACKTIM bit of the SSPCON3 register is set. The ACKTIM bit indicates the Acknowledge time of the active bus. The ACKTIM Status bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN bit is enabled. I2C SLAVE MODE OPERATION The MSSP Slave mode operates in one of four modes selected in the SSPM bits of SSPCON1 register. The modes can be divided into 7-bit and 10-bit Addressing mode. 10-bit Addressing modes operate the same as 7-bit with some additional overhead for handling the larger addresses. Modes with Start and Stop bit interrupts operated the same as the other modes with SSPIF additionally getting set upon detection of a Start, Restart, or Stop condition. 21.5.1 SLAVE MODE ADDRESSES The SSPADD register (Register 21-6) contains the Slave mode address. The first byte received after a Start or Restart condition is compared against the value stored in this register. If the byte matches, the value is loaded into the SSPBUF register and an interrupt is generated. If the value does not match, the module goes Idle and no indication is given to the software that anything happened. The SSP Mask register (Register 21-5) affects the address matching process. See Section 21.5.9 “SSP Mask Register” for more information. 21.5.1.1 I2C Slave 7-bit Addressing Mode In 7-bit Addressing mode, the LSb of the received data byte is ignored when determining if there is an address match. 21.5.1.2 I2C Slave 10-bit Addressing Mode In 10-bit Addressing mode, the first received byte is compared to the binary value of ‘1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 0’. A9 and A8 are the two MSb of the 10-bit address and stored in bits 2 and 1 of the SSPADD register. After the acknowledge of the high byte the UA bit is set and SCL is held low until the user updates SSPADD with the low address. The low address byte is clocked in and all 8 bits are compared to the low address value in SSPADD. Even if there is not an address match; SSPIF and UA are set, and SCL is held low until SSPADD is updated to receive a high byte again. When SSPADD is updated the UA bit is cleared. This ensures the module is ready to receive the high address byte on the next communication. A high and low address match as a write request is required at the start of all 10-bit addressing communication. A transmission can be initiated by issuing a Restart once the slave is addressed, and clocking in the high address with the R/W bit set. The slave hardware will then acknowledge the read request and prepare to clock out data. This is only valid for a slave after it has received a complete high and low address byte match. DS41452A-page 200 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.2 21.5.2.2 SLAVE RECEPTION When the R/W bit of a matching received address byte is clear, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register is cleared. The received address is loaded into the SSPBUF register and Acknowledged. When the overflow condition exists for a received address, then not Acknowledge is given. An overflow condition is defined as either bit BF bit of the SSPSTAT register is set, or bit SSPOV bit of the SSPCON1 register is set. The BOEN bit of the SSPCON3 register modifies this operation. For more information see Register 21-4. An MSSP interrupt is generated for each transferred data byte. Flag bit, SSPIF, must be cleared by software. When the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is set, SCL will be held low (clock stretch) following each received byte. The clock must be released by setting the CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register, except sometimes in 10-bit mode. See Section 21.2.3 “SPI Master Mode” for more detail. 21.5.2.1 7-bit Addressing Reception This section describes a standard sequence of events for the MSSP module configured as an I2C Slave in 7-bit Addressing mode. All decisions made by hardware or software and their effect on reception. Figure 21-13 and Figure 21-14 is used as a visual reference for this description. This is a step by step process of what typically must be done to accomplish I2C communication. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Start bit detected. S bit of SSPSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is enabled. Matching address with R/W bit clear is received. The slave pulls SDA low sending an ACK to the master, and sets SSPIF bit. Software clears the SSPIF bit. Software reads received address from SSPBUF clearing the BF flag. If SEN = 1; Slave software sets CKP bit to release the SCL line. The master clocks out a data byte. Slave drives SDA low sending an ACK to the master, and sets SSPIF bit. Software clears SSPIF. Software reads the received byte from SSPBUF clearing BF. Steps 8-12 are repeated for all received bytes from the master. Master sends Stop condition, setting P bit of SSPSTAT, and the bus goes Idle. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 7-bit Reception with AHEN and DHEN Slave device reception with AHEN and DHEN set operate the same as without these options with extra interrupts and clock stretching added after the 8th falling edge of SCL. These additional interrupts allow the slave software to decide whether it wants to ACK the receive address or data byte, rather than the hardware. This functionality adds support for PMBus™ that was not present on previous versions of this module. This list describes the steps that need to be taken by slave software to use these options for I2C communi cation. Figure 21-15 displays a module using both address and data holding. Figure 21-16 includes the operation with the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register set. 1. S bit of SSPSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is enabled. 2. Matching address with R/W bit clear is clocked in. SSPIF is set and CKP cleared after the 8th falling edge of SCL. 3. Slave clears the SSPIF. 4. Slave can look at the ACKTIM bit of the SSPCON3 register to determine if the SSPIF was after or before the ACK. 5. Slave reads the address value from SSPBUF, clearing the BF flag. 6. Slave sets ACK value clocked out to the master by setting ACKDT. 7. Slave releases the clock by setting CKP. 8. SSPIF is set after an ACK, not after a NACK. 9. If SEN = 1 the slave hardware will stretch the clock after the ACK. 10. Slave clears SSPIF. Note: SSPIF is still set after the 9th falling edge of SCL even if there is no clock stretching and BF has been cleared. Only if NACK is sent to master is SSPIF not set 11. SSPIF set and CKP cleared after 8th falling edge of SCL for a received data byte. 12. Slave looks at ACKTIM bit of SSPCON3 to determine the source of the interrupt. 13. Slave reads the received data from SSPBUF clearing BF. 14. Steps 7-14 are the same for each received data byte. 15. Communication is ended by either the slave sending an ACK = 1, or the master sending a Stop condition. If a Stop is sent and Interrupt on Stop Detect is disabled, the slave will only know by polling the P bit of the SSTSTAT register. Preliminary DS41452A-page 201 DS41452A-page 202 Preliminary SSPOV BF SSPIF S 1 A7 2 A6 3 A5 4 A4 5 A3 6 A2 7 A1 8 9 ACK 1 D7 2 D6 4 D4 5 D3 6 D2 7 D1 SSPBUF is read Cleared by software 3 D5 Receiving Data 8 9 2 D6 First byte of data is available in SSPBUF 1 D0 ACK D7 4 D4 5 D3 6 D2 7 D1 SSPOV set because SSPBUF is still full. ACK is not sent. Cleared by software 3 D5 Receiving Data From Slave to Master 8 D0 9 P SSPIF set on 9th falling edge of SCL ACK = 1 FIGURE 21-14: SCL SDA Receiving Address Bus Master sends Stop condition PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary CKP SSPOV BF SSPIF 1 SCL S A7 2 A6 3 A5 4 A4 5 A3 6 A2 7 A1 8 9 R/W=0 ACK SEN 2 D6 3 D5 4 D4 5 D3 6 D2 7 D1 8 D0 CKP is written to ‘1’ in software, releasing SCL SSPBUF is read Cleared by software Clock is held low until CKP is set to ‘1’ 1 D7 Receive Data 9 ACK SEN 3 D5 4 D4 5 D3 First byte of data is available in SSPBUF 6 D2 7 D1 SSPOV set because SSPBUF is still full. ACK is not sent. Cleared by software 2 D6 CKP is written to 1 in software, releasing SCL 1 D7 Receive Data 8 D0 9 ACK SCL is not held low because ACK= 1 SSPIF set on 9th falling edge of SCL P FIGURE 21-15: SDA Receive Address Bus Master sends Stop condition PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0) DS41452A-page 203 DS41452A-page 204 Preliminary P S ACKTIM CKP ACKDT BF SSPIF S Receiving Address 1 3 5 6 7 8 ACK the received byte Slave software clears ACKDT to Address is read from SSBUF If AHEN = 1: SSPIF is set 4 ACKTIM set by hardware on 8th falling edge of SCL When AHEN=1: CKP is cleared by hardware and SCL is stretched 2 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 Receiving Data 9 2 3 4 5 6 7 ACKTIM cleared by hardware in 9th rising edge of SCL When DHEN=1: CKP is cleared by hardware on 8th falling edge of SCL SSPIF is set on 9th falling edge of SCL, after ACK 1 8 ACK D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Received Data 1 2 4 5 6 ACKTIM set by hardware on 8th falling edge of SCL CKP set by software, SCL is released 8 Slave software sets ACKDT to not ACK 7 Cleared by software 3 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Data is read from SSPBUF 9 ACK 9 P No interrupt after not ACK from Slave ACK=1 Master sends Stop condition FIGURE 21-16: SCL SDA Master Releases SDA to slave for ACK sequence PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 1) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary P S ACKTIM CKP ACKDT BF SSPIF S Receiving Address 4 5 6 7 8 When AHEN = 1; on the 8th falling edge of SCL of an address byte, CKP is cleared Slave software clears ACKDT to ACK the received byte Received address is loaded into SSPBUF 2 3 ACKTIM is set by hardware on 8th falling edge of SCL 1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 9 ACK Receive Data 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ACKTIM is cleared by hardware on 9th rising edge of SCL When DHEN = 1; on the 8th falling edge of SCL of a received data byte, CKP is cleared Received data is available on SSPBUF Cleared by software 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9 ACK Receive Data 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Set by software, release SCL Slave sends not ACK SSPBUF can be read any time before next byte is loaded 2 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9 ACK CKP is not cleared if not ACK No interrupt after if not ACK from Slave P Master sends Stop condition FIGURE 21-17: SCL SDA R/W = 0 Master releases SDA to slave for ACK sequence PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 1) DS41452A-page 205 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.3 SLAVE TRANSMISSION 21.5.3.2 7-bit Transmission When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT register is set. The received address is loaded into the SSPBUF register, and an ACK pulse is sent by the slave on the ninth bit. A master device can transmit a read request to a slave, and then clock data out of the slave. The list below outlines what software for a slave will need to do to accomplish a standard transmission. Figure 21-17 can be used as a reference to this list. Following the ACK, slave hardware clears the CKP bit and the SCL pin is held low (see Section 21.5.6 “Clock Stretching” for more detail). By stretching the clock, the master will be unable to assert another clock pulse until the slave is done preparing the transmit data. 1. The transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register which also loads the SSPSR register. Then the SCL pin should be released by setting the CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register. The eight data bits are shifted out on the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures that the SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time. The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. This ACK value is copied to the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. If ACKSTAT is set (not ACK), then the data transfer is complete. In this case, when the not ACK is latched by the slave, the slave goes Idle and waits for another occurrence of the Start bit. If the SDA line was low (ACK), the next transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register. Again, the SCL pin must be released by setting bit CKP. An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer byte. The SSPIF bit must be cleared by software and the SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status of the byte. The SSPIF bit is set on the falling edge of the ninth clock pulse. 21.5.3.1 Master sends a Start condition on SDA and SCL. 2. S bit of SSPSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is enabled. 3. Matching address with R/W bit set is received by the Slave setting SSPIF bit. 4. Slave hardware generates an ACK and sets SSPIF. 5. SSPIF bit is cleared by user. 6. Software reads the received address from SSPBUF, clearing BF. 7. R/W is set so CKP was automatically cleared after the ACK. 8. The slave software loads the transmit data into SSPBUF. 9. CKP bit is set releasing SCL, allowing the master to clock the data out of the slave. 10. SSPIF is set after the ACK response from the master is loaded into the ACKSTAT register. 11. SSPIF bit is cleared. 12. The slave software checks the ACKSTAT bit to see if the master wants to clock out more data. Note 1: If the master ACKs the clock will be stretched. 2: ACKSTAT is the only bit updated on the rising edge of SCL (9th) rather than the falling. Slave Mode Bus Collision A slave receives a Read request and begins shifting data out on the SDA line. If a bus collision is detected and the SBCDE bit of the SSPCON3 register is set, the BCLIF bit of the PIR register is set. Once a bus collision is detected, the slave goes Idle and waits to be addressed again. User software can use the BCLIF bit to handle a slave bus collision. DS41452A-page 206 13. Steps 9-13 are repeated for each transmitted byte. 14. If the master sends a not ACK; the clock is not held, but SSPIF is still set. 15. The master sends a Restart condition or a Stop. 16. The slave is no longer addressed. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary P S D/A R/W ACKSTAT CKP BF SSPIF S Receiving Address 1 2 5 6 7 Received address is read from SSPBUF 4 Indicates an address has been received R/W is copied from the matching address byte When R/W is set SCL is always held low after 9th SCL falling edge 3 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 8 9 R/W = 1 Automatic ACK Transmitting Data Automatic 2 3 4 5 Set by software Data to transmit is loaded into SSPBUF Cleared by software 1 6 7 8 9 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK Transmitting Data 2 3 4 5 7 8 CKP is not held for not ACK 6 Masters not ACK is copied to ACKSTAT BF is automatically cleared after 8th falling edge of SCL 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9 ACK P FIGURE 21-18: SCL SDA Master sends Stop condition PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, TRANSMISSION (AHEN = 0) DS41452A-page 207 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.3.3 7-bit Transmission with Address Hold Enabled Setting the AHEN bit of the SSPCON3 register enables additional clock stretching and interrupt generation after the 8th falling edge of a received matching address. Once a matching address has been clocked in, CKP is cleared and the SSPIF interrupt is set. Figure 21-18 displays a standard waveform of a 7-bit Address Slave Transmission with AHEN enabled. 1. 2. Bus starts Idle. Master sends Start condition; the S bit of SSPSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is enabled. 3. Master sends matching address with R/W bit set. After the 8th falling edge of the SCL line the CKP bit is cleared and SSPIF interrupt is generated. 4. Slave software clears SSPIF. 5. Slave software reads ACKTIM bit of SSPCON3 register, and R/W and D/A of the SSPSTAT register to determine the source of the interrupt. 6. Slave reads the address value from the SSPBUF register clearing the BF bit. 7. Slave software decides from this information if it wishes to ACK or not ACK and sets ACKDT bit of the SSPCON2 register accordingly. 8. Slave sets the CKP bit releasing SCL. 9. Master clocks in the ACK value from the slave. 10. Slave hardware automatically clears the CKP bit and sets SSPIF after the ACK if the R/W bit is set. 11. Slave software clears SSPIF. 12. Slave loads value to transmit to the master into SSPBUF setting the BF bit. Note: SSPBUF cannot be loaded until after the ACK. 13. Slave sets CKP bit releasing the clock. 14. Master clocks out the data from the slave and sends an ACK value on the 9th SCL pulse. 15. Slave hardware copies the ACK value into the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. 16. Steps 10-15 are repeated for each byte transmitted to the master from the slave. 17. If the master sends a not ACK the slave releases the bus allowing the master to send a Stop and end the communication. Note: Master must send a not ACK on the last byte to ensure that the slave releases the SCL line to receive a Stop. DS41452A-page 208 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary D/A R/W ACKTIM CKP ACKSTAT ACKDT BF SSPIF S Receiving Address 2 4 5 6 7 8 Slave clears ACKDT to ACK address ACKTIM is set on 8th falling edge of SCL 9 ACK When R/W = 1; CKP is always cleared after ACK R/W = 1 Received address is read from SSPBUF 3 When AHEN = 1; CKP is cleared by hardware after receiving matching address. 1 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 3 4 5 6 Cleared by software 2 Set by software, releases SCL Data to transmit is loaded into SSPBUF 1 7 8 9 Transmitting Data Automatic D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK ACKTIM is cleared on 9th rising edge of SCL Automatic Transmitting Data 1 3 4 5 6 7 after not ACK CKP not cleared Master’s ACK response is copied to SSPSTAT BF is automatically cleared after 8th falling edge of SCL 2 8 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 9 ACK P Master sends Stop condition FIGURE 21-19: SCL SDA Master releases SDA to slave for ACK sequence PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 7-BIT ADDRESS, TRANSMISSION (AHEN = 1) DS41452A-page 209 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.4 21.5.5 SLAVE MODE 10-BIT ADDRESS RECEPTION This section describes a standard sequence of events for the MSSP module configured as an I2C slave in 10-bit Addressing mode. Figure 21-19 is used as a visual reference for this description. This is a step by step process of what must be done by slave software to accomplish I2C communication. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Bus starts Idle. Master sends Start condition; S bit of SSPSTAT is set; SSPIF is set if interrupt on Start detect is enabled. Master sends matching high address with R/W bit clear; UA bit of the SSPSTAT register is set. Slave sends ACK and SSPIF is set. Software clears the SSPIF bit. Software reads received address from SSPBUF clearing the BF flag. Slave loads low address into SSPADD, releasing SCL. Master sends matching low address byte to the slave; UA bit is set. 10-BIT ADDRESSING WITH ADDRESS OR DATA HOLD Reception using 10-bit addressing with AHEN or DHEN set is the same as with 7-bit modes. The only difference is the need to update the SSPADD register using the UA bit. All functionality, specifically when the CKP bit is cleared and SCL line is held low are the same. Figure 21-20 can be used as a reference of a slave in 10-bit addressing with AHEN set. Figure 21-21 shows a standard waveform for a slave transmitter in 10-bit Addressing mode. Note: Updates to the SSPADD register are not allowed until after the ACK sequence. 9. Slave sends ACK and SSPIF is set. Note: If the low address does not match, SSPIF and UA are still set so that the slave software can set SSPADD back to the high address. BF is not set because there is no match. CKP is unaffected. 10. Slave clears SSPIF. 11. Slave reads the received matching address from SSPBUF clearing BF. 12. Slave loads high address into SSPADD. 13. Master clocks a data byte to the slave and clocks out the slaves ACK on the 9th SCL pulse; SSPIF is set. 14. If SEN bit of SSPCON2 is set, CKP is cleared by hardware and the clock is stretched. 15. Slave clears SSPIF. 16. Slave reads the received byte from SSPBUF clearing BF. 17. If SEN is set the slave sets CKP to release the SCL. 18. Steps 13-17 repeat for each received byte. 19. Master sends Stop to end the transmission. DS41452A-page 210 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary CKP UA BF SSPIF S 1 1 2 1 5 6 7 0 A9 A8 8 Set by hardware on 9th falling edge 4 1 When UA = 1; SCL is held low If address matches SSPADD it is loaded into SSPBUF 3 1 Receive First Address Byte 9 ACK 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 Software updates SSPADD and releases SCL 2 9 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK Receive Second Address Byte 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 3 4 5 6 7 Data is read from SSPBUF SCL is held low while CKP = 0 2 8 9 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK Receive Data Set by software, When SEN = 1; releasing SCL CKP is cleared after 9th falling edge of received byte Receive address is read from SSPBUF Cleared by software 2 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 ACK Receive Data P FIGURE 21-20: SCL SDA Master sends Stop condition PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 1, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0) DS41452A-page 211 DS41452A-page 212 Preliminary ACKTIM CKP UA ACKDT BF 2 1 5 0 6 A9 7 A8 Set by hardware on 9th falling edge 4 1 ACKTIM is set by hardware on 8th falling edge of SCL If when AHEN = 1; on the 8th falling edge of SCL of an address byte, CKP is cleared Slave software clears ACKDT to ACK the received byte 3 1 8 R/W = 0 9 ACK UA 2 A6 3 A5 4 A4 5 A3 6 A2 7 A1 Update to SSPADD is not allowed until 9th falling edge of SCL SSPBUF can be read anytime before the next received byte Cleared by software 1 A7 Receive Second Address Byte 8 A0 9 ACK UA 2 D6 3 D5 4 D4 6 D2 Set CKP with software releases SCL 7 D1 Update of SSPADD, clears UA and releases SCL 5 D3 Receive Data Cleared by software 1 D7 8 9 2 Received data is read from SSPBUF 1 D6 D5 Receive Data D0 ACK D7 FIGURE 21-21: SSPIF 1 SCL S 1 SDA Receive First Address Byte PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, RECEPTION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 1, DHEN = 0) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary D/A R/W ACKSTAT CKP UA BF SSPIF 4 5 6 7 Set by hardware 3 Indicates an address has been received UA indicates SSPADD must be updated SSPBUF loaded with received address 2 8 9 1 SCL S Receiving Address R/W = 0 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 ACK 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 After SSPADD is updated, UA is cleared and SCL is released Cleared by software 2 9 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0 ACK Receiving Second Address Byte 1 4 5 6 7 8 Set by hardware 2 3 R/W is copied from the matching address byte When R/W = 1; CKP is cleared on 9th falling edge of SCL High address is loaded back into SSPADD Received address is read from SSPBUF Sr 1 1 1 1 0 A9 A8 Receive First Address Byte 9 ACK 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Masters not ACK is copied Set by software releases SCL Data to transmit is loaded into SSPBUF 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 Transmitting Data Byte 9 P Master sends Stop condition ACK = 1 Master sends not ACK FIGURE 21-22: SDA Master sends Restart event PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C SLAVE, 10-BIT ADDRESS, TRANSMISSION (SEN = 0, AHEN = 0, DHEN = 0) DS41452A-page 213 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.6 CLOCK STRETCHING 21.5.6.2 Clock stretching occurs when a device on the bus holds the SCL line low effectively pausing communication. The slave may stretch the clock to allow more time to handle data or prepare a response for the master device. A master device is not concerned with stretching as anytime it is active on the bus and not transferring data it is stretching. Any stretching done by a slave is invisible to the master software and handled by the hardware that generates SCL. The CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register is used to control stretching in software. Any time the CKP bit is cleared, the module will wait for the SCL line to go low and then hold it. Setting CKP will release SCL and allow more communication. 21.5.6.1 Normal Clock Stretching Following an ACK if the R/W bit of SSPSTAT is set, a read request, the slave hardware will clear CKP. This allows the slave time to update SSPBUF with data to transfer to the master. If the SEN bit of SSPCON2 is set, the slave hardware will always stretch the clock after the ACK sequence. Once the slave is ready; CKP is set by software and communication resumes. Note 1: The BF bit has no effect on if the clock will be stretched or not. This is different than previous versions of the module that would not stretch the clock, clear CKP, if SSPBUF was read before the 9th falling edge of SCL. 2: Previous versions of the module did not stretch the clock for a transmission if SSPBUF was loaded before the 9th falling edge of SCL. It is now always cleared for read requests. FIGURE 21-23: 10-bit Addressing Mode In 10-bit Addressing mode, when the UA bit is set the clock is always stretched. This is the only time, the SCL is stretched without CKP being cleared. SCL is released immediately after a write to SSPADD. Note: Previous versions of the module did not stretch the clock if the second address byte did not match. 21.5.6.3 Byte NACKing When AHEN bit of SSPCON3 is set; CKP is cleared by hardware after the 8th falling edge of SCL for a received matching address byte. When DHEN bit of SSPCON3 is set; CKP is cleared after the 8th falling edge of SCL for received data. Stretching after the 8th falling edge of SCL allows the slave to look at the received address or data and decide if it wants to ACK the received data. 21.5.7 CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION AND THE CKP BIT Any time the CKP bit is cleared, the module will wait for the SCL line to go low and then hold it. However, clearing the CKP bit will not assert the SCL output low until the SCL output is already sampled low. Therefore, the CKP bit will not assert the SCL line until an external I2C master device has already asserted the SCL line. The SCL output will remain low until the CKP bit is set and all other devices on the I2C bus have released SCL. This ensures that a write to the CKP bit will not violate the minimum high time requirement for SCL (see Figure 21-22). CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 SDA DX ‚ – 1 DX SCL CKP Master device asserts clock Master device releases clock WR SSPCON1 DS41452A-page 214 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.5.8 GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SUPPORT In 10-bit Address mode, the UA bit will not be set on the reception of the general call address. The slave will prepare to receive the second byte as data, just as it would in 7-bit mode. The addressing procedure for the I2C bus is such that the first byte after the Start condition usually determines which device will be the slave addressed by the master device. The exception is the general call address which can address all devices. When this address is used, all devices should, in theory, respond with an Acknowledge. If the AHEN bit of the SSPCON3 register is set, just as with any other address reception, the slave hardware will stretch the clock after the 8th falling edge of SCL. The slave must then set its ACKDT value and release the clock with communication progressing as it would normally. The general call address is a reserved address in the I2C protocol, defined as address 0x00. When the GCEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is set, the slave module will automatically ACK the reception of this address regardless of the value stored in SSPADD. After the slave clocks in an address of all zeros with the R/W bit clear, an interrupt is generated and slave software can read SSPBUF and respond. Figure 21-23 shows a general gall reception sequence. FIGURE 21-24: SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE Address is compared to General Call Address after ACK, set interrupt R/W = 0 ACK D7 General Call Address SDA SCL S 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Receiving Data ACK D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 SSPIF BF (SSPSTAT<0>) Cleared by software SSPBUF is read GCEN (SSPCON2<7>) ’1’ 21.5.9 SSP MASK REGISTER An SSP Mask (SSPMSK) register (Register 21-5) is available in I2C Slave mode as a mask for the value held in the SSPSR register during an address comparison operation. A zero (‘0’) bit in the SSPMSK register has the effect of making the corresponding bit of the received address a “don’t care”. This register is reset to all ‘1’s upon any Reset condition and, therefore, has no effect on standard SSP operation until written with a mask value. The SSP Mask register is active during: • 7-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:1>. • 10-bit Address mode: address compare of A<7:0> only. The SSP mask has no effect during the reception of the first (high) byte of the address. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 215 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6 I2C MASTER MODE 21.6.1 Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the appropriate SSPM bits in the SSPCON1 register and by setting the SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines must be set as inputs and are manipulated by the MSSP hardware. Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt generation on the detection of the Start and Stop conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I 2C bus may be taken when the P bit is set, or the bus is Idle. In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code conducts all I 2C bus operations based on Start and Stop bit condition detection. Start and Stop condition detection is the only active circuitry in this mode. All other communication is done by the user software directly manipulating the SDA and SCL lines. The following events will cause the SSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF, to be set (SSP interrupt, if enabled): • • • • • Start condition detected Stop condition detected Data transfer byte transmitted/received Acknowledge transmitted/received Repeated Start generated Note 1: The MSSP module, when configured in I2C Master mode, does not allow queueing of events. For instance, the user is not allowed to initiate a Start condition and immediately write the SSPBUF register to initiate transmission before the Start condition is complete. In this case, the SSPBUF will not be written to and the WCOL bit will be set, indicating that a write to the SSPBUF did not occur I2C MASTER MODE OPERATION The master device generates all of the serial clock pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is ended with a Stop condition or with a Repeated Start condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I2C bus will not be released. In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output through SDA, while SCL outputs the serial clock. The first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘0’. Serial data is transmitted 8 bits at a time. After each byte is transmitted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and Stop conditions are output to indicate the beginning and the end of a serial transfer. In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the transmitting device (7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be logic ‘1’. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave address followed by a ‘1’ to indicate the receive bit. Serial data is received via SDA, while SCL outputs the serial clock. Serial data is received 8 bits at a time. After each byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is transmitted. Start and Stop conditions indicate the beginning and end of transmission. A Baud Rate Generator is used to set the clock frequency output on SCL. See Section 21.7 “Baud Rate Generator” for more detail. 2: When in Master mode, Start/Stop detection is masked and an interrupt is generated when the SEN/PEN bit is cleared and the generation is complete. DS41452A-page 216 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.2 CLOCK ARBITRATION Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition, releases the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high). When the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud Rate Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting until the SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the SCL pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<7:0> and begins counting. This ensures that the SCL high time will always be at least one BRG rollover count in the event that the clock is held low by an external device (Figure 21-25). FIGURE 21-25: BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION SDA DX ‚ – 1 DX SCL deasserted but slave holds SCL low (clock arbitration) SCL allowed to transition high SCL BRG decrements on Q2 and Q4 cycles BRG Value 03h 02h 01h 00h (hold off) 03h 02h SCL is sampled high, reload takes place and BRG starts its count BRG Reload 21.6.3 WCOL STATUS FLAG If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Start, Restart, Stop, Receive or Transmit sequence is in progress, the WCOL is set and the contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur). Any time the WCOL bit is set it indicates that an action on SSPBUF was attempted while the module was not Idle. Note: Because queueing of events is not allowed, writing to the lower 5 bits of SSPCON2 is disabled until the Start condition is complete. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 217 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.4 I2C MASTER MODE START ister will be automatically cleared by hardware; the Baud Rate Generator is suspended, leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is complete. CONDITION TIMING To initiate a Start condition, the user sets the Start Enable bit, SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. If the SDA and SCL pins are sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<7:0> and starts its count. If SCL and SDA are both sampled high when the Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG), the SDA pin is driven low. The action of the SDA being driven low while SCL is high is the Start condition and causes the S bit of the SSPSTAT1 register to be set. Following this, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<7:0> and resumes its count. When the Baud Rate Generator times out (TBRG), the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 reg- FIGURE 21-26: Note 1: If at the beginning of the Start condition, the SDA and SCL pins are already sampled low, or if during the Start condition, the SCL line is sampled low before the SDA line is driven low, a bus collision occurs, the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF, is set, the Start condition is aborted and the I2C module is reset into its Idle state. 2: The Philips I2C Specification states that a bus collision cannot occur on a Start. FIRST START BIT TIMING Set S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) Write to SEN bit occurs here At completion of Start bit, hardware clears SEN bit and sets SSPIF bit SDA = 1, SCL = 1 TBRG TBRG Write to SSPBUF occurs here SDA 1st bit 2nd bit TBRG SCL S DS41452A-page 218 Preliminary TBRG 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.5 I2C MASTER MODE REPEATED SSPCON2 register will be automatically cleared and the Baud Rate Generator will not be reloaded, leaving the SDA pin held low. As soon as a Start condition is detected on the SDA and SCL pins, the S bit of the SSPSTAT register will be set. The SSPIF bit will not be set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out. START CONDITION TIMING A Repeated Start condition occurs when the RSEN bit of the SSPCON2 register is programmed high and the Master state machine is no longer active. When the RSEN bit is set, the SCL pin is asserted low. When the SCL pin is sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded and begins counting. The SDA pin is released (brought high) for one Baud Rate Generator count (TBRG). When the Baud Rate Generator times out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL pin will be deasserted (brought high). When SCL is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and begins counting. SDA and SCL must be sampled high for one TBRG. This action is then followed by assertion of the SDA pin (SDA = 0) for one TBRG while SCL is high. SCL is asserted low. Following this, the RSEN bit of the FIGURE 21-27: Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other event is in progress, it will not take effect. 2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start condition occurs if: • SDA is sampled low when SCL goes from low-to-high. • SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low. This may indicate that another master is attempting to transmit a data ‘1’. REPEAT START CONDITION WAVEFORM S bit set by hardware Write to SSPCON2 occurs here SDA = 1, SCL (no change) At completion of Start bit, hardware clears RSEN bit and sets SSPIF SDA = 1, SCL = 1 TBRG TBRG TBRG 1st bit SDA Write to SSPBUF occurs here TBRG SCL Sr TBRG Repeated Start 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 219 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.6 I2C MASTER MODE TRANSMISSION 21.6.6.3 Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply writing a value to the SSPBUF register. This action will set the Buffer Full flag bit, BF and allow the Baud Rate Generator to begin counting and start the next transmission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted out onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is asserted. SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator rollover count (TBRG). Data should be valid before SCL is released high. When the SCL pin is released high, it is held that way for TBRG. The data on the SDA pin must remain stable for that duration and some hold time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock), the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA. This allows the slave device being addressed to respond with an ACK bit during the ninth bit time if an address match occurred, or if data was received properly. The status of ACK is written into the ACKSTAT bit on the rising edge of the ninth clock. If the master receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge Status bit, ACKSTAT, is cleared. If not, the bit is set. After the ninth clock, the SSPIF bit is set and the master clock (Baud Rate Generator) is suspended until the next data byte is loaded into the SSPBUF, leaving SCL low and SDA unchanged (Figure 21-27). After the write to the SSPBUF, each bit of the address will be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all seven address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On the falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will release the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond with an Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth clock, the master will sample the SDA pin to see if the address was recognized by a slave. The status of the ACK bit is loaded into the ACKSTAT Status bit of the SSPCON2 register. Following the falling edge of the ninth clock transmission of the address, the SSPIF is set, the BF flag is cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is turned off until another write to the SSPBUF takes place, holding SCL low and allowing SDA to float. 21.6.6.1 ACKSTAT Status Flag In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register is cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowledge (ACK = 0) and is set when the slave does not Acknowledge (ACK = 1). A slave sends an Acknowledge when it has recognized its address (including a general call), or when the slave has properly received its data. 21.6.6.4 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. BF Status Flag Typical transmit sequence: The user generates a Start condition by setting the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. SSPIF is set by hardware on completion of the Start. SSPIF is cleared by software. The MSSP module will wait the required start time before any other operation takes place. The user loads the SSPBUF with the slave address to transmit. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as soon as SSPBUF is written to. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the slave device and writes its value into the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF bit. The user loads the SSPBUF with eight bits of data. Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are transmitted. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the slave device and writes its value into the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. Steps 8-11 are repeated for all transmitted data bytes. The user generates a Stop or Restart condition by setting the PEN or RSEN bits of the SSPCON2 register. Interrupt is generated once the Stop/Restart condition is complete. In Transmit mode, the BF bit of the SSPSTAT register is set when the CPU writes to SSPBUF and is cleared when all 8 bits are shifted out. 21.6.6.2 WCOL Status Flag If the user writes the SSPBUF when a transmit is already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting out a data byte), the WCOL is set and the contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur). WCOL must be cleared by software before the next transmission. DS41452A-page 220 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. S Preliminary R/W PEN SEN BF (SSPSTAT<0>) SSPIF SCL SDA A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 3 4 5 Cleared by software 2 6 7 8 9 After Start condition, SEN cleared by hardware SSPBUF written 1 D7 1 SCL held low while CPU responds to SSPIF ACK = 0 R/W = 0 SSPBUF written with 7-bit address and R/W start transmit A7 Transmit Address to Slave 3 D5 4 D4 5 D3 6 D2 7 D1 8 D0 SSPBUF is written by software Cleared by software service routine from SSP interrupt 2 D6 Transmitting Data or Second Half of 10-bit Address From slave, clear ACKSTAT bit SSPCON2<6> P Cleared by software 9 ACK ACKSTAT in SSPCON2 = 1 FIGURE 21-28: SEN = 0 Write SSPCON2<0> SEN = 1 Start condition begins PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS) DS41452A-page 221 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.7 I2C MASTER MODE RECEPTION 21.6.7.4 Master mode reception is enabled by programming the Receive Enable bit, RCEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. Note: The MSSP module must be in an Idle state before the RCEN bit is set or the RCEN bit will be disregarded. The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes (high-to-low/low-to-high) and data is shifted into the SSPSR. After the falling edge of the eighth clock, the receive enable flag is automatically cleared, the contents of the SSPSR are loaded into the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is set, the SSPIF flag bit is set and the Baud Rate Generator is suspended from counting, holding SCL low. The MSSP is now in Idle state awaiting the next command. When the buffer is read by the CPU, the BF flag bit is automatically cleared. The user can then send an Acknowledge bit at the end of reception by setting the Acknowledge Sequence Enable, ACKEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. 21.6.7.1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. BF Status Flag In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address or data byte is loaded into SSPBUF from SSPSR. It is cleared when the SSPBUF register is read. 11. 21.6.7.2 12. SSPOV Status Flag In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when 8 bits are received into the SSPSR and the BF flag bit is already set from a previous reception. 13. 14. 21.6.7.3 15. WCOL Status Flag If the user writes the SSPBUF when a receive is already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting in a data byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur). DS41452A-page 222 Preliminary Typical Receive Sequence: The user generates a Start condition by setting the SEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. SSPIF is set by hardware on completion of the Start. SSPIF is cleared by software. User writes SSPBUF with the slave address to transmit and the R/W bit set. Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are transmitted. Transmission begins as soon as SSPBUF is written to. The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the slave device and writes its value into the ACKSTAT bit of the SSPCON2 register. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF bit. User sets the RCEN bit of the SSPCON2 register and the master clocks in a byte from the slave. After the 8th falling edge of SCL, SSPIF and BF are set. Master clears SSPIF and reads the received byte from SSPUF, clears BF. Master sets ACK value sent to slave in ACKDT bit of the SSPCON2 register and initiates the ACK by setting the ACKEN bit. Masters ACK is clocked out to the slave and SSPIF is set. User clears SSPIF. Steps 8-13 are repeated for each received byte from the slave. Master sends a not ACK or Stop to end communication. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary RCEN ACKEN SSPOV BF (SSPSTAT<0>) SDA = 0, SCL = 1 while CPU responds to SSPIF SSPIF S 1 A7 2 4 5 6 Cleared by software 3 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 Transmit Address to Slave 7 8 9 ACK 2 3 5 6 7 8 D0 9 ACK 2 3 4 RCEN cleared automatically 5 6 7 Cleared by software Set SSPIF interrupt at end of Acknowledge sequence Data shifted in on falling edge of CLK 1 ACK from Master SDA = ACKDT = 0 Cleared in software Set SSPIF at end of receive 9 ACK is not sent ACK P Set SSPIF interrupt at end of Acknowledge sequence Bus master terminates transfer Set P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) and SSPIF PEN bit = 1 written here SSPOV is set because SSPBUF is still full 8 D0 RCEN cleared automatically D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 RCEN cleared automatically Set ACKEN, start Acknowledge sequence SDA = ACKDT = 1 Receiving Data from Slave RCEN = 1, start next receive ACK from Master SDA = ACKDT = 0 Last bit is shifted into SSPSR and contents are unloaded into SSPBUF Cleared by software Set SSPIF interrupt at end of receive 4 Cleared by software 1 D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 Receiving Data from Slave RCEN cleared automatically Master configured as a receiver by programming SSPCON2<3> (RCEN = 1) A1 R/W ACK from Slave Master configured as a receiver by programming SSPCON2<3> (RCEN = 1) FIGURE 21-29: SCL SDA SEN = 0 Write to SSPBUF occurs here, start XMIT Write to SSPCON2<0> (SEN = 1), begin Start condition Write to SSPCON2<4> to start Acknowledge sequence SDA = ACKDT (SSPCON2<5>) = 0 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 I2C MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS) DS41452A-page 223 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.8 ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE TIMING 21.6.9 A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable bit, PEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. At the end of a receive/transmit, the SCL line is held low after the falling edge of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set, the master will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA line is sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and counts down to ‘0’. When the Baud Rate Generator times out, the SCL pin will be brought high and one TBRG (Baud Rate Generator rollover count) later, the SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high while SCL is high, the P bit of the SSPSTAT register is set. A TBRG later, the PEN bit is cleared and the SSPIF bit is set (Figure 21-30). An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN bit of the SSPCON2 register. When this bit is set, the SCL pin is pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to generate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should be cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit before starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud Rate Generator then counts for one rollover period (TBRG) and the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high). When the SCL pin is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud Rate Generator counts for TBRG. The SCL pin is then pulled low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is automatically cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is turned off and the MSSP module then goes into Idle mode (Figure 21-29). 21.6.8.1 21.6.9.1 WCOL Status Flag If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Stop sequence is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur). WCOL Status Flag If the user writes the SSPBUF when an Acknowledge sequence is in progress, then WCOL is set and the contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write does not occur). FIGURE 21-30: STOP CONDITION TIMING ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM Acknowledge sequence starts here, write to SSPCON2 ACKEN = 1, ACKDT = 0 ACKEN automatically cleared TBRG TBRG SDA ACK D0 SCL 8 9 SSPIF SSPIF set at the end of receive Cleared in software SSPIF set at the end of Acknowledge sequence Cleared in software Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period. FIGURE 21-31: STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE SCL = 1 for TBRG, followed by SDA = 1 for TBRG after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set. Write to SSPCON2, set PEN PEN bit (SSPCON2<2>) is cleared by hardware and the SSPIF bit is set Falling edge of 9th clock TBRG SCL SDA ACK P TBRG TBRG TBRG SCL brought high after TBRG SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock to setup Stop condition Note: TBRG = one Baud Rate Generator period. DS41452A-page 224 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.10 SLEEP OPERATION 21.6.13 2 While in Sleep mode, the I C slave module can receive addresses or data and when an address match or complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled). 21.6.11 EFFECTS OF A RESET A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the current transfer. 21.6.12 MULTI-MASTER MODE In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I 2C bus may be taken when the P bit of the SSPSTAT register is set, or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear. When the bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will generate the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs. In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be monitored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the expected output level. This check is performed by hardware with the result placed in the BCLIF bit. The states where arbitration can be lost are: • • • • • Address Transfer Data Transfer A Start Condition A Repeated Start Condition An Acknowledge Condition MULTI -MASTER COMMUNICATION, BUS COLLISION AND BUS ARBITRATION Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitration. When the master outputs address/data bits onto the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the master outputs a ‘1’ on SDA, by letting SDA float high and another master asserts a ‘0’. When the SCL pin floats high, data should be stable. If the expected data on SDA is a ‘1’ and the data sampled on the SDA pin is ‘0’, then a bus collision has taken place. The master will set the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF and reset the I2C port to its Idle state (Figure 21-31). If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the SSPBUF can be written to. When the user services the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C bus is free, the user can resume communication by asserting a Start condition. If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge condition was in progress when the bus collision occurred, the condition is aborted, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the respective control bits in the SSPCON2 register are cleared. When the user services the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I2C bus is free, the user can resume communication by asserting a Start condition. The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPIF bit will be set. A write to the SSPBUF will start the transmission of data at the first data bit, regardless of where the transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred. In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the determination of when the bus is free. Control of the I2C bus can be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPSTAT register, or the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are cleared. FIGURE 21-32: BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE Data changes while SCL = 0 SDA line pulled low by another source SDA released by master Sample SDA. While SCL is high, data does not match what is driven by the master. Bus collision has occurred. SDA SCL Set bus collision interrupt (BCLIF) BCLIF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 225 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.13.1 Bus Collision During a Start Condition During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if: a) b) SDA or SCL are sampled low at the beginning of the Start condition (Figure 21-32). SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low (Figure 21-33). During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL pins are monitored. If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early (Figure 21-34). If, however, a ‘1’ is sampled on the SDA pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and counts down to zero; if the SCL pin is sampled as ‘0’ during this time, a bus collision does not occur. At the end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low. Note: If the SDA pin is already low, or the SCL pin is already low, then all of the following occur: • the Start condition is aborted, • the BCLIF flag is set and • the MSSP module is reset to its Idle state (Figure 21-32). The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded and counts down. If the SCL pin is sampled low while SDA is high, a bus collision occurs because it is assumed that another master is attempting to drive a data ‘1’ during the Start condition. FIGURE 21-33: The reason that bus collision is not a factor during a Start condition is that no two bus masters can assert a Start condition at the exact same time. Therefore, one master will always assert SDA before the other. This condition does not cause a bus collision because the two masters must be allowed to arbitrate the first address following the Start condition. If the address is the same, arbitration must be allowed to continue into the data portion, Repeated Start or Stop conditions. BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY) SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set. Set BCLIF, S bit and SSPIF set because SDA = 0, SCL = 1. SDA SCL Set SEN, enable Start condition if SDA = 1, SCL = 1 SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision. SSP module reset into Idle state. SEN BCLIF SDA sampled low before Start condition. Set BCLIF. S bit and SSPIF set because SDA = 0, SCL = 1. SSPIF and BCLIF are cleared by software S SSPIF SSPIF and BCLIF are cleared by software DS41452A-page 226 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 21-34: BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL = 0) SDA = 0, SCL = 1 TBRG TBRG SDA Set SEN, enable Start sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1 SCL SCL = 0 before SDA = 0, bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF. SEN SCL = 0 before BRG time-out, bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF. BCLIF Interrupt cleared by software S ’0’ ’0’ SSPIF ’0’ ’0’ FIGURE 21-35: BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION SDA = 0, SCL = 1 Set S Less than TBRG SDA Set SSPIF TBRG SDA pulled low by other master. Reset BRG and assert SDA. SCL S SCL pulled low after BRG time-out SEN BCLIF Set SEN, enable Start sequence if SDA = 1, SCL = 1 ’0’ S SSPIF SDA = 0, SCL = 1, set SSPIF 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary Interrupts cleared by software DS41452A-page 227 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.13.2 Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another master is attempting to transmit a data ‘0’, Figure 21-35). If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is reloaded and begins counting. If SDA goes from high-to-low before the BRG times out, no bus collision occurs because no two masters can assert SDA at exactly the same time. During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision occurs if: a) b) A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes from low level to high level. SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low, indicating that another master is attempting to transmit a data ‘1’. If SCL goes from high-to-low before the BRG times out and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to transmit a data ‘1’ during the Repeated Start condition, see Figure 21-36. When the user releases SDA and the pin is allowed to float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPADD and counts down to zero. The SCL pin is then deasserted and when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled. FIGURE 21-36: If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count, regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is driven low and the Repeated Start condition is complete. BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1) SDA SCL Sample SDA when SCL goes high. If SDA = 0, set BCLIF and release SDA and SCL. RSEN BCLIF Cleared by software S ’0’ SSPIF ’0’ FIGURE 21-37: BUS COLLISION DURING REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2) TBRG TBRG SDA SCL BCLIF SCL goes low before SDA, set BCLIF. Release SDA and SCL. Interrupt cleared by software RSEN ’0’ S SSPIF DS41452A-page 228 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.6.13.3 Bus Collision During a Stop Condition The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low. When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPADD and counts down to 0. After the BRG times out, SDA is sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has occurred. This is due to another master attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 21-37). If the SCL pin is sampled low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus collision occurs. This is another case of another master attempting to drive a data ‘0’ (Figure 21-38). Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if: a) b) After the SDA pin has been deasserted and allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after the BRG has timed out. After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled low before SDA goes high. FIGURE 21-38: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1) TBRG TBRG TBRG SDA SDA sampled low after TBRG, set BCLIF SDA asserted low SCL PEN BCLIF P ’0’ SSPIF ’0’ FIGURE 21-39: BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2) TBRG TBRG TBRG SDA SCL goes low before SDA goes high, set BCLIF Assert SDA SCL PEN BCLIF P ’0’ SSPIF ’0’ 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 229 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 21-3: Name INTCON SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH I2C™ OPERATION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Reset Values on Page GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIE2 OSFIE — — — BCLIE — — CCP2IE 82 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 PIR2 OSFIF — — — BCLIF — — CCP2IF 84 SSPADD ADD<7:0> SSPBUF Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register SSPCON1 236 189* WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP SSPCON2 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN 234 SSPCON3 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN 235 MSK7 MSK6 MSK5 MSK4 MSK3 MSK2 MSK1 MSK0 236 SSPMSK SSPSTAT TRISA Legend: * SSPM<3:0> 233 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF 232 TRISA7 TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 116 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP module in Page provides register information. DS41452A-page 230 Preliminary I2C™ mode. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.7 BAUD RATE GENERATOR The MSSP module has a Baud Rate Generator available for clock generation in both I2C and SPI Master modes. The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) reload value is placed in the SSPADD register (Register 21-6). When a write occurs to SSPBUF, the Baud Rate Generator will automatically begin counting down. Once the given operation is complete, the internal clock will automatically stop counting and the clock pin will remain in its last state. clock line. The logic dictating when the reload signal is asserted depends on the mode the MSSP is being operated in. Table 21-4 demonstrates clock rates based on instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into SSPADD. EQUATION 21-1: FOSC FCLOCK = --------------------------------------------- SSPADD + 1 4 An internal signal “Reload” in Figure 21-39 triggers the value from SSPADD to be loaded into the BRG counter. This occurs twice for each oscillation of the module FIGURE 21-40: BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM SSPM<3:0> SSPM<3:0> Reload SSPADD<7:0> Reload Control SCL SSPCLK BRG Down Counter FOSC/2 Note: Values of 0x00, 0x01 and 0x02 are not valid for SSPADD when used as a Baud Rate Generator for I2C. This is an implementation limitation. TABLE 21-4: Note 1: MSSP CLOCK RATE W/BRG FOSC FCY BRG Value FCLOCK (2 Rollovers of BRG) 16 MHz 4 MHz 09h 400 kHz(1) 16 MHz 4 MHz 0Ch 308 kHz 16 MHz 4 MHz 27h 100 kHz 4 MHz 1 MHz 09h 100 kHz The I2C interface does not conform to the 400 kHz I2C specification (which applies to rates greater than 100 kHz) in all details, but may be used with care where higher rates are required by the application. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 231 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 21.8 MSSP Control Registers REGISTER 21-1: SSPSTAT: SSP STATUS REGISTER R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 SMP CKE D/A P S R/W UA BF bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 SMP: SPI Data Input Sample bit SPI Master mode: 1 = Input data sampled at end of data output time 0 = Input data sampled at middle of data output time SPI Slave mode: SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode In I2 C Master or Slave mode: 1 = Slew rate control disabled for standard speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz) 0 = Slew rate control enabled for high speed mode (400 kHz) bit 6 CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit (SPI mode only) In SPI Master or Slave mode: 1 = Transmit occurs on transition from active to Idle clock state 0 = Transmit occurs on transition from Idle to active clock state In I2 C™ mode only: 1 = Enable input logic so that thresholds are compliant with SMbus specification 0 = Disable SMbus specific inputs bit 5 bit 4 D/A: Data/Address bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data 0 = Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address P: Stop bit (I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.) 1 = Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset) 0 = Stop bit was not detected last bit 3 S: Start bit (I2C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is cleared.) 1 = Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last (this bit is ‘0’ on Reset) 0 = Start bit was not detected last bit 2 R/W: Read/Write bit information (I2C mode only) This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is only valid from the address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit, or not ACK bit. In I2 C Slave mode: 1 = Read 0 = Write In I2 C Master mode: 1 = Transmit is in progress 0 = Transmit is not in progress OR-ing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSP is in Idle mode. bit 1 UA: Update Address bit (10-bit I2C mode only) 1 = Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register 0 = Address does not need to be updated bit 0 BF: Buffer Full Status bit Receive (SPI and I2 C modes): 1 = Receive complete, SSPBUF is full 0 = Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty Transmit (I2 C mode only): 1 = Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is full 0 = Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is empty DS41452A-page 232 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 21-2: SSPCON1: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 R/C/HS-0/0 R/C/HS-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 WCOL SSPOV SSPEN CKP R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 SSPM<3:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HS = Bit is set by hardware C = User cleared bit 7 WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit Master mode: 1 = A write to the SSPBUF register was attempted while the I2C conditions were not valid for a transmission to be started 0 = No collision Slave mode: 1 = The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be cleared in software) 0 = No collision bit 6 SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit(1) In SPI mode: 1 = A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode. In Slave mode, the user must read the SSPBUF, even if only transmitting data, to avoid setting overflow. In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register (must be cleared in software). 0 = No overflow 2 In I C mode: 1 = A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte. SSPOV is a “don’t care” in Transmit mode (must be cleared in software). 0 = No overflow bit 5 SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit In both modes, when enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output In SPI mode: 1 = Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI and SS as the source of the serial port pins(2) 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins In I2C mode: 1 = Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the source of the serial port pins(3) 0 = Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins bit 4 CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit In SPI mode: 1 = Idle state for clock is a high level 0 = Idle state for clock is a low level In I2C Slave mode: SCL release control 1 = Enable clock 0 = Holds clock low (clock stretch). (Used to ensure data setup time.) In I2C Master mode: Unused in this mode bit 3-0 SSPM<3:0>: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits 0000 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/4 0001 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/16 0010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/64 0011 = SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2 0100 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled 0101 = SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin 0110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address 0111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address 1000 = I2C Master mode, clock = FOSC / (4 * (SSPADD+1))(4) 1001 = Reserved 1010 = SPI Master mode, clock = FOSC/(4 * (SSPADD+1))(5) 1011 = I2C firmware controlled Master mode (Slave idle) 1100 = Reserved 1101 = Reserved 1110 = I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled 1111 = I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register. When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output. When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be configured as inputs. SSPADD values of 0, 1 or 2 are not supported for I2C Mode. SSPADD value of ‘0’ is not supported. Use SSPM = 0000 instead. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 233 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 21-3: SSPCON2: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 2 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/S/HS-0/0 R/W/HS-0/0 GCEN ACKSTAT ACKDT ACKEN RCEN PEN RSEN SEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared HC = Cleared by hardware S = User set bit 7 GCEN: General Call Enable bit (in I2C Slave mode only) 1 = Enable interrupt when a general call address (0x00 or 00h) is received in the SSPSR 0 = General call address disabled bit 6 ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (in I2C mode only) 1 = Acknowledge was not received 0 = Acknowledge was received bit 5 ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (in I2C mode only) In Receive mode: Value transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at the end of a receive 1 = Not Acknowledge 0 = Acknowledge bit 4 ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only) In Master Receive mode: 1 = Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins, and transmit ACKDT data bit. Automatically cleared by hardware. 0 = Acknowledge sequence Idle bit 3 RCEN: Receive Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only) 1 = Enables Receive mode for I2C 0 = Receive Idle bit 2 PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (in I2C Master mode only) SCKMSSP Release Control: 1 = Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware. 0 = Stop condition Idle bit 1 RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enabled bit (in I2C Master mode only) 1 = Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware. 0 = Repeated Start condition Idle bit 0 SEN: Start Condition Enabled bit (in I2C Master mode only) In Master mode: 1 = Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware. 0 = Start condition Idle In Slave mode: 1 = Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled) 0 = Clock stretching is disabled Note 1: For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I2C module is not in the Idle mode, this bit may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPBUF may not be written (or writes to the SSPBUF are disabled). DS41452A-page 234 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 21-4: SSPCON3: SSP CONTROL REGISTER 3 R-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ACKTIM PCIE SCIE BOEN SDAHT SBCDE AHEN DHEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 ACKTIM: Acknowledge Time Status bit (I2C mode only)(3) 1 = Indicates the I2C bus is in an Acknowledge sequence, set on 8TH falling edge of SCL clock 0 = Not an Acknowledge sequence, cleared on 9TH rising edge of SCL clock bit 6 PCIE: Stop Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Stop condition 0 = Stop detection interrupts are disabled(2) bit 5 SCIE: Start Condition Interrupt Enable bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Enable interrupt on detection of Start or Restart conditions 0 = Start detection interrupts are disabled(2) bit 4 BOEN: Buffer Overwrite Enable bit In SPI Slave mode:(1) 1 = SSPBUF updates every time that a new data byte is shifted in ignoring the BF bit 0 = If new byte is received with BF bit of the SSPSTAT register already set, SSPOV bit of the SSPCON1 register is set, and the buffer is not updated In I2C Master mode and SPI Master mode: This bit is ignored. In I2C Slave mode: 1 = SSPBUF is updated and ACK is generated for a received address/data byte, ignoring the state of the SSPOV bit only if the BF bit = 0. 0 = SSPBUF is only updated when SSPOV is clear bit 3 SDAHT: SDA Hold Time Selection bit (I2C mode only) 1 = Minimum of 300 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL 0 = Minimum of 100 ns hold time on SDA after the falling edge of SCL bit 2 SBCDE: Slave Mode Bus Collision Detect Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only) If on the rising edge of SCL, SDA is sampled low when the module is outputting a high state, the BCLIF bit of the PIR2 register is set, and bus goes Idle 1 = Enable slave bus collision interrupts 0 = Slave bus collision interrupts are disabled bit 1 AHEN: Address Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only) 1 = Following the 8th falling edge of SCL for a matching received address byte; CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register will be cleared and the SCL will be held low. 0 = Address holding is disabled bit 0 DHEN: Data Hold Enable bit (I2C Slave mode only) 1 = Following the 8th falling edge of SCL for a received data byte; slave hardware clears the CKP bit of the SSPCON1 register and SCL is held low. 0 = Data holding is disabled Note 1: 2: 3: For daisy-chained SPI operation; allows the user to ignore all but the last received byte. SSPOV is still set when a new byte is received and BF = 1, but hardware continues to write the most recent byte to SSPBUF. This bit has no effect in Slave modes that Start and Stop condition detection is explicitly listed as enabled. The ACKTIM Status bit is only active when the AHEN bit or DHEN bit is set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 235 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 21-5: R/W-1/1 SSPMSK: SSP MASK REGISTER R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 R/W-1/1 MSK<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7-1 MSK<7:1>: Mask bits 1 = The received address bit n is compared to SSPADD<n> to detect I2C address match 0 = The received address bit n is not used to detect I2C address match bit 0 MSK<0>: Mask bit for I2C Slave mode, 10-bit Address I2C Slave mode, 10-bit address (SSPM<3:0> = 0111 or 1111): 1 = The received address bit 0 is compared to SSPADD<0> to detect I2C address match 0 = The received address bit 0 is not used to detect I2C address match I2C Slave mode, 7-bit address: The bit is ignored. REGISTER 21-6: R/W-0/0 SSPADD: MSSP ADDRESS AND BAUD RATE REGISTER (I2C MODE) R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ADD<7:0> bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared Master mode: bit 7-0 ADD<7:0>: Baud Rate Clock Divider bits SCL pin clock period = ((ADD<7:0> + 1) *4)/FOSC 10-Bit Slave mode — Most Significant Address byte: bit 7-3 Not used: Unused for Most Significant Address byte. Bit state of this register is a “don’t care”. Bit pattern sent by master is fixed by I2C specification and must be equal to ‘11110’. However, those bits are compared by hardware and are not affected by the value in this register. bit 2-1 ADD<2:1>: Two Most Significant bits of 10-bit address bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”. 10-Bit Slave mode — Least Significant Address byte: bit 7-0 ADD<7:0>: Eight Least Significant bits of 10-bit address 7-Bit Slave mode: bit 7-1 ADD<7:1>: 7-bit address bit 0 Not used: Unused in this mode. Bit state is a “don’t care”. DS41452A-page 236 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.0 The EUSART module includes the following capabilities: ENHANCED UNIVERSAL SYNCHRONOUS ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (EUSART) • • • • • • • • • • Full-duplex asynchronous transmit and receive Two-character input buffer One-character output buffer Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit character length Address detection in 9-bit mode Input buffer overrun error detection Received character framing error detection Half-duplex synchronous master Half-duplex synchronous slave Programmable clock polarity in synchronous modes • Sleep operation The Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART) module is a serial I/O communications peripheral. It contains all the clock generators, shift registers and data buffers necessary to perform an input or output serial data transfer independent of device program execution. The EUSART, also known as a Serial Communications Interface (SCI), can be configured as a full-duplex asynchronous system or half-duplex synchronous system. Full-Duplex mode is useful for communications with peripheral systems, such as CRT terminals and personal computers. Half-Duplex Synchronous mode is intended for communications with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated circuits, serial EEPROMs or other microcontrollers. These devices typically do not have internal clocks for baud rate generation and require the external clock signal provided by a master synchronous device. FIGURE 22-1: The EUSART module implements the following additional features, making it ideally suited for use in Local Interconnect Network (LIN) bus systems: • Automatic detection and calibration of the baud rate • Wake-up on Break reception • 13-bit Break character transmit Block diagrams of the EUSART transmitter and receiver are shown in Figure 22-1 and Figure 22-2. EUSART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM Data Bus TXIE Interrupt TXIF TXREG Register 8 MSb TX/CK pin LSb (8) • • • 0 Pin Buffer and Control TRMT SPEN Transmit Shift Register (TSR) TXEN Baud Rate Generator FOSC TX9 n BRG16 +1 SPBRGH ÷n SPBRGL Multiplier x4 x16 x64 SYNC 1 X 0 0 0 BRGH X 1 1 0 0 BRG16 X 1 0 1 0 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. TX9D Preliminary DS41452A-page 237 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 22-2: EUSART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM SPEN CREN RX/DT pin Baud Rate Generator Data Recovery FOSC SPBRGH SPBRGL x4 x16 x64 SYNC 1 X 0 0 0 BRGH X 1 1 0 0 BRG16 X 1 0 1 0 (8) ••• 7 1 LSb 0 Start RX9 ÷n BRG16 Multiplier Stop RCIDL RSR Register MSb Pin Buffer and Control +1 OERR n FERR RX9D RCREG Register 8 FIFO Data Bus RCIF RCIE Interrupt The operation of the EUSART module is controlled through three registers: • Transmit Status and Control (TXSTA) • Receive Status and Control (RCSTA) • Baud Rate Control (BAUDCON) These registers are detailed in Register 22-1, Register 22-2 and Register 22-3, respectively. When the receiver or transmitter section is not enabled then the corresponding RX or TX pin may be used for general purpose input and output. DS41452A-page 238 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.1 22.1.1.2 EUSART Asynchronous Mode The EUSART transmits and receives data using the standard non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format. NRZ is implemented with two levels: a VOH mark state which represents a ‘1’ data bit, and a VOL space state which represents a ‘0’ data bit. NRZ refers to the fact that consecutively transmitted data bits of the same value stay at the output level of that bit without returning to a neutral level between each bit transmission. An NRZ transmission port idles in the mark state. Each character transmission consists of one Start bit followed by eight or nine data bits and is always terminated by one or more Stop bits. The Start bit is always a space and the Stop bits are always marks. The most common data format is 8 bits. Each transmitted bit persists for a period of 1/(Baud Rate). An on-chip dedicated 8-bit/16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the system oscillator. See Table 22-5 for examples of baud rate configurations. The EUSART transmits and receives the LSb first. The EUSART’s transmitter and receiver are functionally independent, but share the same data format and baud rate. Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can be implemented in software and stored as the ninth data bit. 22.1.1 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMITTER The EUSART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 22-1. The heart of the transmitter is the serial Transmit Shift Register (TSR), which is not directly accessible by software. The TSR obtains its data from the transmit buffer, which is the TXREG register. 22.1.1.1 Enabling the Transmitter The EUSART transmitter is enabled for asynchronous operations by configuring the following three control bits: Transmitting Data A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the TXREG register. If this is the first character, or the previous character has been completely flushed from the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately transferred to the TSR register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a previous character, the new character data is held in the TXREG until the Stop bit of the previous character has been transmitted. The pending character in the TXREG is then transferred to the TSR in one TCY immediately following the Stop bit transmission. The transmission of the Start bit, data bits and Stop bit sequence commences immediately following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the TXREG. 22.1.1.3 Transmit Interrupt Flag The TXIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set whenever the EUSART transmitter is enabled and no character is being held for transmission in the TXREG. In other words, the TXIF bit is only clear when the TSR is busy with a character and a new character has been queued for transmission in the TXREG. The TXIF flag bit is not cleared immediately upon writing TXREG. TXIF becomes valid in the second instruction cycle following the write execution. Polling TXIF immediately following the TXREG write will return invalid results. The TXIF bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software. The TXIF interrupt can be enabled by setting the TXIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register. However, the TXIF flag bit will be set whenever the TXREG is empty, regardless of the state of TXIE enable bit. To use interrupts when transmitting data, set the TXIE bit only when there is more data to send. Clear the TXIE interrupt enable bit upon writing the last character of the transmission to the TXREG. • TXEN = 1 • SYNC = 0 • SPEN = 1 All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in their default state. Setting the TXEN bit of the TXSTA register enables the transmitter circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the EUSART for asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the EUSART and automatically configures the TX/CK I/O pin as an output. If the TX/CK pin is shared with an analog peripheral, the analog I/O function must be disabled by clearing the corresponding ANSEL bit. Note 1: The TXIF Transmitter Interrupt flag is set when the TXEN enable bit is set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 239 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.1.1.4 TSR Status 22.1.1.6 The TRMT bit of the TXSTA register indicates the status of the TSR register. This is a read-only bit. The TRMT bit is set when the TSR register is empty and is cleared when a character is transferred to the TSR register from the TXREG. The TRMT bit remains clear until all bits have been shifted out of the TSR register. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit to determine the TSR status. Note: 22.1.1.5 1. 2. 3. The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 4. Transmitting 9-Bit Characters The EUSART supports 9-bit character transmissions. When the TX9 bit of the TXSTA register is set, the EUSART will shift 9 bits out for each character transmitted. The TX9D bit of the TXSTA register is the ninth, and Most Significant, data bit. When transmitting 9-bit data, the TX9D data bit must be written before writing the 8 Least Significant bits into the TXREG. All nine bits of data will be transferred to the TSR shift register immediately after the TXREG is written. 5. 6. 7. Asynchronous Transmission Set-up: Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired baud rate (see Section 22.4 “EUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 control bit. A set ninth data bit will indicate that the 8 Least Significant data bits are an address when the receiver is set for address detection. Enable the transmission by setting the TXEN control bit. This will cause the TXIF interrupt bit to be set. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE interrupt enable bit of the PIE1 register. An interrupt will occur immediately provided that the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register are also set. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded into the TX9D data bit. Load 8-bit data into the TXREG register. This will start the transmission. A special 9-bit Address mode is available for use with multiple receivers. See Section 22.1.2.7 “Address Detection” for more information on the address mode. FIGURE 22-3: Write to TXREG BRG Output (Shift Clock) ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Word 1 TX/CK pin Start bit FIGURE 22-4: bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Word 1 TXIF bit (Transmit Buffer Reg. Empty Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) bit 0 1 TCY Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg. ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK-TO-BACK) Write to TXREG BRG Output (Shift Clock) Word 1 TX/CK pin TXIF bit (Transmit Buffer Reg. Empty Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Reg. Empty Flag) Note: Word 2 Start bit bit 0 1 TCY bit 1 Word 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 0 Word 2 1 TCY Word 1 Transmit Shift Reg. Word 2 Transmit Shift Reg. This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions. DS41452A-page 240 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-1: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 247 Name BAUDCON INTCON RCSTA SPBRGL BRG<7:0> 249* SPBRGH BRG<15:8> 249* TRISC TXREG TXSTA TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 EUSART Transmit Data Register CSRC TX9 TXEN 123 239* SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Transmission. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 241 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.1.2 EUSART ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER 22.1.2.2 The Asynchronous mode is typically used in RS-232 systems. The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 22-2. The data is received on the RX/DT pin and drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a high-speed shifter operating at 16 times the baud rate, whereas the serial Receive Shift Register (RSR) operates at the bit rate. When all 8 or 9 bits of the character have been shifted in, they are immediately transferred to a two character First-In-First-Out (FIFO) memory. The FIFO buffering allows reception of two complete characters and the start of a third character before software must start servicing the EUSART receiver. The FIFO and RSR registers are not directly accessible by software. Access to the received data is via the RCREG register. 22.1.2.1 Enabling the Receiver The EUSART receiver is enabled for asynchronous operation by configuring the following three control bits: • CREN = 1 • SYNC = 0 • SPEN = 1 All other EUSART control bits are assumed to be in their default state. Setting the CREN bit of the RCSTA register enables the receiver circuitry of the EUSART. Clearing the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the EUSART for asynchronous operation. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the EUSART. The programmer must set the corresponding TRIS bit to configure the RX/DT I/O pin as an input. Note 1: If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin, the corresponding ANSEL bit must be cleared for the receiver to function. Receiving Data The receiver data recovery circuit initiates character reception on the falling edge of the first bit. The first bit, also known as the Start bit, is always a zero. The data recovery circuit counts one-half bit time to the center of the Start bit and verifies that the bit is still a zero. If it is not a zero then the data recovery circuit aborts character reception, without generating an error, and resumes looking for the falling edge of the Start bit. If the Start bit zero verification succeeds then the data recovery circuit counts a full bit time to the center of the next bit. The bit is then sampled by a majority detect circuit and the resulting ‘0’ or ‘1’ is shifted into the RSR. This repeats until all data bits have been sampled and shifted into the RSR. One final bit time is measured and the level sampled. This is the Stop bit, which is always a ‘1’. If the data recovery circuit samples a ‘0’ in the Stop bit position then a framing error is set for this character, otherwise the framing error is cleared for this character. See Section 22.1.2.4 “Receive Framing Error” for more information on framing errors. Immediately after all data bits and the Stop bit have been received, the character in the RSR is transferred to the EUSART receive FIFO and the RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set. The top character in the FIFO is transferred out of the FIFO by reading the RCREG register. Note: 22.1.2.3 If the receive FIFO is overrun, no additional characters will be received until the overrun condition is cleared. See Section 22.1.2.5 “Receive Overrun Error” for more information on overrun errors. Receive Interrupts The RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register is set whenever the EUSART receiver is enabled and there is an unread character in the receive FIFO. The RCIF interrupt flag bit is read-only, it cannot be set or cleared by software. RCIF interrupts are enabled by setting all of the following bits: • RCIE Interrupt Enable bit of the PIE1 register • PEIE Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit of the INTCON register • GIE Global Interrupt Enable bit of the INTCON register The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when there is an unread character in the FIFO, regardless of the state of interrupt enable bits. DS41452A-page 242 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.1.2.4 Receive Framing Error 22.1.2.7 Each character in the receive FIFO buffer has a corresponding framing error Status bit. A framing error indicates that a Stop bit was not seen at the expected time. The framing error status is accessed via the FERR bit of the RCSTA register. The FERR bit represents the status of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. Therefore, the FERR bit must be read before reading the RCREG. The FERR bit is read-only and only applies to the top unread character in the receive FIFO. A framing error (FERR = 1) does not preclude reception of additional characters. It is not necessary to clear the FERR bit. Reading the next character from the FIFO buffer will advance the FIFO to the next character and the next corresponding framing error. The FERR bit can be forced clear by clearing the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register which resets the EUSART. Clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register does not affect the FERR bit. A framing error by itself does not generate an interrupt. Note: 22.1.2.5 Address Detection A special Address Detection mode is available for use when multiple receivers share the same transmission line, such as in RS-485 systems. Address detection is enabled by setting the ADDEN bit of the RCSTA register. Address detection requires 9-bit character reception. When address detection is enabled, only characters with the ninth data bit set will be transferred to the receive FIFO buffer, thereby setting the RCIF interrupt bit. All other characters will be ignored. Upon receiving an address character, user software determines if the address matches its own. Upon address match, user software must disable address detection by clearing the ADDEN bit before the next Stop bit occurs. When user software detects the end of the message, determined by the message protocol used, software places the receiver back into the Address Detection mode by setting the ADDEN bit. If all receive characters in the receive FIFO have framing errors, repeated reads of the RCREG will not clear the FERR bit. Receive Overrun Error The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its entirety, is received before the FIFO is accessed. When this happens the OERR bit of the RCSTA register is set. The characters already in the FIFO buffer can be read but no additional characters will be received until the error is cleared. The error must be cleared by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by resetting the EUSART by clearing the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register. 22.1.2.6 Receiving 9-bit Characters The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set the EUSART will shift 9 bits into the RSR for each character received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the ninth and Most Significant data bit of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must be read before reading the 8 Least Significant bits from the RCREG. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 243 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.1.2.8 Asynchronous Reception Set-up: 22.1.2.9 1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired baud rate (see Section 22.4 “EUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). 2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable). 3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit. The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous operation. 4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit. 6. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit. 7. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a character is transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit was also set. 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags and, if 9-bit data reception is enabled, the ninth data bit. 9. Get the received 8 Least Significant data bits from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG register. 10. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by clearing the CREN receiver enable bit. FIGURE 22-5: Rcv Shift Reg Rcv Buffer Reg. RCIDL This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems. To set up an Asynchronous Reception with Address Detect Enable: 1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired baud rate (see Section 22.4 “EUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). 2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable). 3. Enable the serial port by setting the SPEN bit. The SYNC bit must be clear for asynchronous operation. 4. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. 5. Enable 9-bit reception by setting the RX9 bit. 6. Enable address detection by setting the ADDEN bit. 7. Enable reception by setting the CREN bit. 8. The RCIF interrupt flag bit will be set when a character with the ninth bit set is transferred from the RSR to the receive buffer. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE interrupt enable bit was also set. 9. Read the RCSTA register to get the error flags. The ninth data bit will always be set. 10. Get the received 8 Least Significant data bits from the receive buffer by reading the RCREG register. Software determines if this is the device’s address. 11. If an overrun occurred, clear the OERR flag by clearing the CREN receiver enable bit. 12. If the device has been addressed, clear the ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the receive buffer and generate interrupts. ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Start bit bit 0 RX/DT pin 9-bit Address Detection Mode Set-up bit 1 bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 0 Word 1 RCREG bit 7/8 Stop bit Start bit bit 7/8 Stop bit Word 2 RCREG Read Rcv Buffer Reg. RCREG RCIF (Interrupt Flag) OERR bit CREN Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word, causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set. DS41452A-page 244 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-2: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 SPEN RX9 SREN OERR RX9D Name BAUDCON INTCON RCREG RCSTA EUSART Receive Data Register SPBRGL CREN ADDEN FERR 242* BRG<7:0> SPBRGH 249* BRG<15:8> TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN 247 249* TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 123 SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Reception. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 245 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.2 Clock Accuracy with Asynchronous Operation The factory calibrates the internal oscillator block output (INTOSC). However, the INTOSC frequency may drift as VDD or temperature changes, and this directly affects the asynchronous baud rate. The baud rate clock can be adjusted, but requires a reference clock source of some kind. 22.3 The method to adjust the value in the Baud Rate Generator can be done automatically with the Auto-Baud Detect feature (see Section 22.4.1 “Auto-Baud Detect”). There may not be fine enough resolution when adjusting the Baud Rate Generator to compensate for a gradual change in the peripheral clock frequency. EUSART Control Registers REGISTER 22-1: TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER R/W-/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-1/1 R/W-0/0 CSRC TX9 TXEN(1) SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 CSRC: Clock Source Select bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode: 1 = Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG) 0 = Slave mode (clock from external source) bit 6 TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit transmission 0 = Selects 8-bit transmission bit 5 TXEN: Transmit Enable bit(1) 1 = Transmit enabled 0 = Transmit disabled bit 4 SYNC: EUSART Mode Select bit 1 = Synchronous mode 0 = Asynchronous mode bit 3 SENDB: Send Break Character bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Send Sync Break on next transmission (cleared by hardware upon completion) 0 = Sync Break transmission completed Synchronous mode: Don’t care bit 2 BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = High speed 0 = Low speed Synchronous mode: Unused in this mode bit 1 TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit 1 = TSR empty 0 = TSR full bit 0 TX9D: Ninth bit of Transmit Data Can be address/data bit or a parity bit. Note 1: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode. DS41452A-page 246 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER(1) REGISTER 22-2: R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 R-0/0 R-0/0 R-x/x SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit 1 = Serial port enabled (configures RX/DT and TX/CK pins as serial port pins) 0 = Serial port disabled (held in Reset) bit 6 RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit reception 0 = Selects 8-bit reception bit 5 SREN: Single Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: Don’t care Synchronous mode – Master: 1 = Enables single receive 0 = Disables single receive This bit is cleared after reception is complete. Synchronous mode – Slave Don’t care bit 4 CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Enables receiver 0 = Disables receiver Synchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN) 0 = Disables continuous receive bit 3 ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1): 1 = Enables address detection, enable interrupt and load the receive buffer when RSR<8> is set 0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit Asynchronous mode 8-bit (RX9 = 0): Don’t care bit 2 FERR: Framing Error bit 1 = Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte) 0 = No framing error bit 1 OERR: Overrun Error bit 1 = Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN) 0 = No overrun error bit 0 RX9D: Ninth bit of Received Data This can be address/data bit or a parity bit and must be calculated by user firmware. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 247 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 REGISTER 22-3: BAUDCON: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER R-0/0 R-1/1 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 U-0 R/W-0/0 R/W-0/0 ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN bit 7 bit 0 Legend: R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as ‘0’ u = Bit is unchanged x = Bit is unknown -n/n = Value at POR and BOR/Value at all other Resets ‘1’ = Bit is set ‘0’ = Bit is cleared bit 7 ABDOVF: Auto-Baud Detect Overflow bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Auto-baud timer overflowed 0 = Auto-baud timer did not overflow Synchronous mode: Don’t care bit 6 RCIDL: Receive Idle Flag bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Receiver is Idle 0 = Start bit has been received and the receiver is receiving Synchronous mode: Don’t care bit 5 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 4 SCKP: Synchronous Clock Polarity Select bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Transmit inverted data to the TX/CK pin 0 = Transmit non-inverted data to the TX/CK pin Synchronous mode: 1 = Data is clocked on rising edge of the clock 0 = Data is clocked on falling edge of the clock bit 3 BRG16: 16-bit Baud Rate Generator bit 1 = 16-bit Baud Rate Generator is used 0 = 8-bit Baud Rate Generator is used bit 2 Unimplemented: Read as ‘0’ bit 1 WUE: Wake-up Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Receiver is waiting for a falling edge. No character will be received, byte RCIF will be set. WUE will automatically clear after RCIF is set. 0 = Receiver is operating normally Synchronous mode: Don’t care bit 0 ABDEN: Auto-Baud Detect Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Auto-Baud Detect mode is enabled (clears when auto-baud is complete) 0 = Auto-Baud Detect mode is disabled Synchronous mode: Don’t care DS41452A-page 248 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.4 EXAMPLE 22-1: EUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG) The Baud Rate Generator (BRG) is an 8-bit or 16-bit timer that is dedicated to the support of both the asynchronous and synchronous EUSART operation. By default, the BRG operates in 8-bit mode. Setting the BRG16 bit of the BAUDCON register selects 16-bit mode. For a device with FOSC of 16 MHz, desired baud rate of 9600, Asynchronous mode, 8-bit BRG: F OS C Desired Baud Rate = -----------------------------------------------------------------------64 [SPBRGH:SPBRGL] + 1 Solving for SPBRGH:SPBRGL: FOSC --------------------------------------------Desired Baud Rate X = --------------------------------------------- – 1 64 The SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair determines the period of the free running baud rate timer. In Asynchronous mode the multiplier of the baud rate period is determined by both the BRGH bit of the TXSTA register and the BRG16 bit of the BAUDCON register. In Synchronous mode, the BRGH bit is ignored. Table 22-3 contains the formulas for determining the baud rate. Example 22-1 provides a sample calculation for determining the baud rate and baud rate error. CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR 16000000 -----------------------9600 = ------------------------ – 1 64 = 25.042 = 25 16000000 Calculated Baud Rate = --------------------------64 25 + 1 Typical baud rates and error values for various asynchronous modes have been computed for your convenience and are shown in Table 22-3. It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1), or the 16-bit BRG (BRG16 = 1) to reduce the baud rate error. The 16-bit BRG mode is used to achieve slow baud rates for fast oscillator frequencies. = 9615 Calc. Baud Rate – Desired Baud Rate Error = -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Desired Baud Rate 9615 – 9600 = ---------------------------------- = 0.16% 9600 Writing a new value to the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures that the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate. If the system clock is changed during an active receive operation, a receive error or data loss may result. To avoid this problem, check the status of the RCIDL bit to make sure that the receive operation is Idle before changing the system clock. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 249 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-3: BAUD RATE FORMULAS Configuration Bits BRG/EUSART Mode Baud Rate Formula 0 8-bit/Asynchronous FOSC/[64 (n+1)] 0 1 8-bit/Asynchronous 0 1 0 16-bit/Asynchronous 0 1 1 16-bit/Asynchronous 1 0 x 8-bit/Synchronous 1 x 16-bit/Synchronous SYNC BRG16 BRGH 0 0 0 1 Legend: FOSC/[4 (n+1)] x = Don’t care, n = value of SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair. TABLE 22-4: Name BAUDCON RCSTA FOSC/[16 (n+1)] SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE BAUD RATE GENERATOR Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 247 SPBRGL BRG<7:0> 249* SPBRGH BRG<15:8> 249* TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for the Baud Rate Generator. * Page provides register information. DS41452A-page 250 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 18.432 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 16.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 11.0592 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1200 1221 1.73 255 1200 0.00 239 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 143 2400 2404 0.16 129 2400 0.00 119 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 71 9600 9470 -1.36 32 9600 0.00 29 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 17 10417 10417 0.00 29 10286 -1.26 27 10417 0.00 23 10165 -2.42 16 19.2k 19.53k 1.73 15 19.20k 0.00 14 19.23k 0.16 12 19.20k 0.00 8 57.6k — — — 57.60k 0.00 7 — — — 57.60k 0.00 2 115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — — SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 4.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 3.6864 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 1.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — 300 0.16 207 300 0.00 191 300 0.16 51 1200 1202 0.16 103 1202 0.16 51 1200 0.00 47 1202 0.16 12 2400 2404 0.16 51 2404 0.16 25 2400 0.00 23 — — — 9600 9615 0.16 12 — — — 9600 0.00 5 — — — 10417 10417 0.00 11 10417 0.00 5 — — — — — — 19.2k — — — — — — 19.20k 0.00 2 — — — 57.6k — — — — — — 57.60k 0.00 0 — — — 115.2k — — — — — — — — — — — — SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 18.432 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 16.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 11.0592 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 — — — — — — — — — — — — 1200 — — — — — — — — — — — — 2400 — — — — — — — — — — — — 9600 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 71 10417 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 65 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 35 57.6k 56.82k -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 58.82k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 11 115.2k 113.64k -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 111.1k -3.55 8 115.2k 0.00 5 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 251 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED) SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 0 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 4.000 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) FOSC = 3.6864 MHz Actual Rate FOSC = 1.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 1200 — — — — — — — 1202 — 0.16 — 207 — 1200 — 0.00 — 191 300 1202 0.16 0.16 207 51 2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25 — 9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23 — — 10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5 19.2k 19231 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.2k 0.00 11 — — — 57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 — — — 57.60k 0.00 3 — — — 115.2k — — — — — — 115.2k 0.00 1 — — — SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz Actual Rate FOSC = 18.432 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 16.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 11.0592 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 300.0 -0.01 4166 300.0 0.00 3839 300.03 0.01 3332 300.0 0.00 2303 1200 1200 -0.03 1041 1200 0.00 959 1200.5 0.04 832 1200 0.00 575 2400 2399 -0.03 520 2400 0.00 479 2398 -0.08 416 2400 0.00 287 9600 9615 0.16 129 9600 0.00 119 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 71 10417 10417 0.00 119 10378 -0.37 110 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 65 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 64 19.20k 0.00 59 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 35 57.6k 56.818 -1.36 21 57.60k 0.00 19 58.82k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 11 115.2k 113.636 -1.36 10 115.2k 0.00 9 111.11k -3.55 8 115.2k 0.00 5 SYNC = 0, BRGH = 0, BRG16 = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate FOSC = 4.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 3.6864 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 1.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 299.9 -0.02 1666 300.1 0.04 832 300.0 0.00 767 300.5 0.16 207 1200 1199 -0.08 416 1202 0.16 207 1200 0.00 191 1202 0.16 51 2400 2404 0.16 207 2404 0.16 103 2400 0.00 95 2404 0.16 25 9600 9615 0.16 51 9615 0.16 25 9600 0.00 23 — — — 10417 10417 0.00 47 10417 0.00 23 10473 0.53 21 10417 0.00 5 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 25 19.23k 0.16 12 19.20k 0.00 11 — — — 57.6k 55556 -3.55 8 — — — 57.60k 0.00 3 — — — 115.2k — — — — — — 115.2k 0.00 1 — — — DS41452A-page 252 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 22-5: BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODES (CONTINUED) SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 20.000 MHz FOSC = 18.432 MHz FOSC = 16.000 MHz FOSC = 11.0592 MHz Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 1200 300.0 1200 0.00 -0.01 16665 4166 300.0 1200 0.00 0.00 15359 3839 300.0 1200.1 0.00 0.01 13332 3332 300.0 1200 0.00 0.00 9215 2303 2400 2400 0.02 2082 2400 0.00 1919 2399.5 -0.02 1666 2400 0.00 1151 9600 9597 -0.03 520 9600 0.00 479 9592 -0.08 416 9600 0.00 287 10417 10417 0.00 479 10425 0.08 441 10417 0.00 383 10433 0.16 264 Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 259 19.20k 0.00 239 19.23k 0.16 207 19.20k 0.00 143 57.6k 57.47k -0.22 86 57.60k 0.00 79 57.97k 0.64 68 57.60k 0.00 47 115.2k 116.3k 0.94 42 115.2k 0.00 39 114.29k -0.79 34 115.2k 0.00 23 SYNC = 0, BRGH = 1, BRG16 = 1 or SYNC = 1, BRG16 = 1 BAUD RATE FOSC = 8.000 MHz Actual Rate FOSC = 4.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 3.6864 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate FOSC = 1.000 MHz % Error SPBRG value (decimal) Actual Rate % Error SPBRG value (decimal) 300 300.0 0.00 6666 300.0 0.01 3332 300.0 0.00 3071 300.1 0.04 832 1200 1200 -0.02 1666 1200 0.04 832 1200 0.00 767 1202 0.16 207 2400 2401 0.04 832 2398 0.08 416 2400 0.00 383 2404 0.16 103 9600 9615 0.16 207 9615 0.16 103 9600 0.00 95 9615 0.16 25 10417 10417 0 191 10417 0.00 95 10473 0.53 87 10417 0.00 23 19.2k 19.23k 0.16 103 19.23k 0.16 51 19.20k 0.00 47 19.23k 0.16 12 57.6k 57.14k -0.79 34 58.82k 2.12 16 57.60k 0.00 15 — — — 115.2k 117.6k 2.12 16 111.1k -3.55 8 115.2k 0.00 7 — — — 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 253 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.4.1 AUTO-BAUD DETECT The EUSART module supports automatic detection and calibration of the baud rate. In the Auto-Baud Detect (ABD) mode, the clock to the BRG is reversed. Rather than the BRG clocking the incoming RX signal, the RX signal is timing the BRG. The Baud Rate Generator is used to time the period of a received 55h (ASCII “U”) which is the Sync character for the LIN bus. The unique feature of this character is that it has five rising edges including the Stop bit edge. Setting the ABDEN bit of the BAUDCON register starts the auto-baud calibration sequence (Figure 22-6). While the ABD sequence takes place, the EUSART state machine is held in Idle. On the first rising edge of the receive line, after the Start bit, the SPBRG begins counting up using the BRG counter clock as shown in Table 22-6. The fifth rising edge will occur on the RX pin at the end of the eighth bit period. At that time, an accumulated value totaling the proper BRG period is left in the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair, the ABDEN bit is automatically cleared and the RCIF interrupt flag is set. The value in the RCREG needs to be read to clear the RCIF interrupt. RCREG content should be discarded. When calibrating for modes that do not use the SPBRGH register the user can verify that the SPBRGL register did not overflow by checking for 00h in the SPBRGH register. The BRG auto-baud clock is determined by the BRG16 and BRGH bits as shown in Table 22-6. During ABD, both the SPBRGH and SPBRGL registers are used as a 16-bit counter, independent of the BRG16 bit setting. While calibrating the baud rate period, the SPBRGH FIGURE 22-6: Note 1: If the WUE bit is set with the ABDEN bit, auto-baud detection will occur on the byte following the Break character (see Section 22.4.3 “Auto-Wake-up on Break”). 2: It is up to the user to determine that the incoming character baud rate is within the range of the selected BRG clock source. Some combinations of oscillator frequency and EUSART baud rates are not possible. 3: During the auto-baud process, the auto-baud counter starts counting at 1. Upon completion of the auto-baud sequence, to achieve maximum accuracy, subtract 1 from the SPBRGH:SPBRGL register pair. TABLE 22-6: BRG COUNTER CLOCK RATES BRG16 BRGH BRG Base Clock BRG ABD Clock 0 0 FOSC/64 FOSC/512 0 1 FOSC/16 FOSC/128 1 0 FOSC/16 FOSC/128 1 FOSC/4 FOSC/32 1 Note: During the ABD sequence, SPBRGL and SPBRGH registers are both used as a 16-bit counter, independent of BRG16 setting. AUTOMATIC BAUD RATE CALIBRATION XXXXh BRG Value and SPBRGL registers are clocked at 1/8th the BRG base clock rate. The resulting byte measurement is the average bit time when clocked at full speed. RX pin 0000h 001Ch Start Edge #1 bit 1 bit 0 Edge #2 bit 3 bit 2 Edge #3 bit 5 bit 4 Edge #4 bit 7 bit 6 Edge #5 Stop bit BRG Clock Auto Cleared Set by User ABDEN bit RCIDL RCIF bit (Interrupt) Read RCREG SPBRGL XXh 1Ch SPBRGH XXh 00h Note 1: The ABD sequence requires the EUSART module to be configured in Asynchronous mode. DS41452A-page 254 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.4.2 AUTO-BAUD OVERFLOW 22.4.3.1 During the course of automatic baud detection, the ABDOVF bit of the BAUDCON register will be set if the baud rate counter overflows before the fifth rising edge is detected on the RX pin. The ABDOVF bit indicates that the counter has exceeded the maximum count that can fit in the 16 bits of the SPBRGH:SPBRGL register pair. After the ABDOVF has been set, the counter continues to count until the fifth rising edge is detected on the RX pin. Upon detecting the fifth RX edge, the hardware will set the RCIF interrupt flag and clear the ABDEN bit of the BAUDCON register. The RCIF flag can be subsequently cleared by reading the RCREG register. The ABDOVF flag of the BAUDCON register can be cleared by software directly. To terminate the auto-baud process before the RCIF flag is set, clear the ABDEN bit then clear the ABDOVF bit of the BAUDCON register. The ABDOVF bit will remain set if the ABDEN bit is not cleared first. 22.4.3 AUTO-WAKE-UP ON BREAK During Sleep mode, all clocks to the EUSART are suspended. Because of this, the Baud Rate Generator is inactive and a proper character reception cannot be performed. The Auto-Wake-up feature allows the controller to wake-up due to activity on the RX/DT line. This feature is available only in Asynchronous mode. The Auto-Wake-up feature is enabled by setting the WUE bit of the BAUDCON register. Once set, the normal receive sequence on RX/DT is disabled, and the EUSART remains in an Idle state, monitoring for a wake-up event independent of the CPU mode. A wake-up event consists of a high-to-low transition on the RX/DT line. (This coincides with the start of a Sync Break or a wake-up signal character for the LIN protocol.) The EUSART module generates an RCIF interrupt coincident with the wake-up event. The interrupt is generated synchronously to the Q clocks in normal CPU operating modes (Figure 22-7), and asynchronously if the device is in Sleep mode (Figure 22-8). The interrupt condition is cleared by reading the RCREG register. Special Considerations Break Character To avoid character errors or character fragments during a wake-up event, the wake-up character must be all zeros. When the wake-up is enabled the function works independent of the low time on the data stream. If the WUE bit is set and a valid non-zero character is received, the low time from the Start bit to the first rising edge will be interpreted as the wake-up event. The remaining bits in the character will be received as a fragmented character and subsequent characters can result in framing or overrun errors. Therefore, the initial character in the transmission must be all ‘0’s. This must be 10 or more bit times, 13-bit times recommended for LIN bus, or any number of bit times for standard RS-232 devices. Oscillator Start-up Time Oscillator start-up time must be considered, especially in applications using oscillators with longer start-up intervals (i.e., LP, XT or HS mode). The Sync Break (or wake-up signal) character must be of sufficient length, and be followed by a sufficient interval, to allow enough time for the selected oscillator to start and provide proper initialization of the EUSART. WUE Bit The wake-up event causes a receive interrupt by setting the RCIF bit. The WUE bit is cleared in hardware by a rising edge on RX/DT. The interrupt condition is then cleared in software by reading the RCREG register and discarding its contents. To ensure that no actual data is lost, check the RCIDL bit to verify that a receive operation is not in process before setting the WUE bit. If a receive operation is not occurring, the WUE bit may then be set just prior to entering the Sleep mode. The WUE bit is automatically cleared by the low-to-high transition on the RX line at the end of the Break. This signals to the user that the Break event is over. At this point, the EUSART module is in Idle mode waiting to receive the next character. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 255 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 22-7: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMING DURING NORMAL OPERATION Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Auto Cleared Bit set by user WUE bit RX/DT Line RCIF Note 1: Cleared due to User Read of RCREG The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set. FIGURE 22-8: AUTO-WAKE-UP BIT (WUE) TIMINGS DURING SLEEP Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 Auto Cleared Bit Set by User WUE bit RX/DT Line Note 1 RCIF Sleep Command Executed Note 1: 2: Sleep Ends Cleared due to User Read of RCREG If the wake-up event requires long oscillator warm-up time, the automatic clearing of the WUE bit can occur while the stposc signal is still active. This sequence should not depend on the presence of Q clocks. The EUSART remains in Idle while the WUE bit is set. DS41452A-page 256 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.4.4 BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE The EUSART module has the capability of sending the special Break character sequences that are required by the LIN bus standard. A Break character consists of a Start bit, followed by 12 ‘0’ bits and a Stop bit. To send a Break character, set the SENDB and TXEN bits of the TXSTA register. The Break character transmission is then initiated by a write to the TXREG. The value of data written to TXREG will be ignored and all ‘0’s will be transmitted. The SENDB bit is automatically reset by hardware after the corresponding Stop bit is sent. This allows the user to preload the transmit FIFO with the next transmit byte following the Break character (typically, the Sync character in the LIN specification). The TRMT bit of the TXSTA register indicates when the transmit operation is active or Idle, just as it does during normal transmission. See Figure 22-9 for the timing of the Break character sequence. 22.4.4.1 Break and Sync Transmit Sequence The following sequence will start a message frame header made up of a Break, followed by an auto-baud Sync byte. This sequence is typical of a LIN bus master. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 22.4.5 RECEIVING A BREAK CHARACTER The Enhanced EUSART module can receive a Break character in two ways. The first method to detect a Break character uses the FERR bit of the RCSTA register and the Received data as indicated by RCREG. The Baud Rate Generator is assumed to have been initialized to the expected baud rate. A Break character has been received when; • RCIF bit is set • FERR bit is set • RCREG = 00h The second method uses the Auto-Wake-up feature described in Section 22.4.3 “Auto-Wake-up on Break”. By enabling this feature, the EUSART will sample the next two transitions on RX/DT, cause an RCIF interrupt, and receive the next data byte followed by another interrupt. Note that following a Break character, the user will typically want to enable the Auto-Baud Detect feature. For both methods, the user can set the ABDEN bit of the BAUDCON register before placing the EUSART in Sleep mode. Configure the EUSART for the desired mode. Set the TXEN and SENDB bits to enable the Break sequence. Load the TXREG with a dummy character to initiate transmission (the value is ignored). Write ‘55h’ to TXREG to load the Sync character into the transmit FIFO buffer. After the Break has been sent, the SENDB bit is reset by hardware and the Sync character is then transmitted. When the TXREG becomes empty, as indicated by the TXIF, the next data byte can be written to TXREG. FIGURE 22-9: Write to TXREG SEND BREAK CHARACTER SEQUENCE Dummy Write BRG Output (Shift Clock) TX (pin) Start bit bit 0 bit 1 bit 11 Stop bit Break TXIF bit (Transmit Interrupt Flag) TRMT bit (Transmit Shift Empty Flag) SENDB (send Break control bit) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. SENDB Sampled Here Preliminary Auto Cleared DS41452A-page 257 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.5 EUSART Synchronous Mode Synchronous serial communications are typically used in systems with a single master and one or more slaves. The master device contains the necessary circuitry for baud rate generation and supplies the clock for all devices in the system. Slave devices can take advantage of the master clock by eliminating the internal clock generation circuitry. There are two signal lines in Synchronous mode: a bidirectional data line and a clock line. Slaves use the external clock supplied by the master to shift the serial data into and out of their respective receive and transmit shift registers. Since the data line is bidirectional, synchronous operation is half-duplex only. Half-duplex refers to the fact that master and slave devices can receive and transmit data but not both simultaneously. The EUSART can operate as either a master or slave device. Start and Stop bits are not used in synchronous transmissions. 22.5.1 SYNCHRONOUS MASTER MODE Clearing the SCKP bit sets the Idle state as low. When the SCKP bit is cleared, the data changes on the rising edge of each clock. 22.5.1.3 Data is transferred out of the device on the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT and TX/CK pin output drivers are automatically enabled when the EUSART is configured for synchronous master transmit operation. A transmission is initiated by writing a character to the TXREG register. If the TSR still contains all or part of a previous character the new character data is held in the TXREG until the last bit of the previous character has been transmitted. If this is the first character, or the previous character has been completely flushed from the TSR, the data in the TXREG is immediately transferred to the TSR. The transmission of the character commences immediately following the transfer of the data to the TSR from the TXREG. Each data bit changes on the leading edge of the master clock and remains valid until the subsequent leading clock edge. Note: The TSR register is not mapped in data memory, so it is not available to the user. 22.5.1.4 Synchronous Master Transmission Set-up: The following bits are used to configure the EUSART for Synchronous Master operation: • • • • • SYNC = 1 CSRC = 1 SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive) CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive) SPEN = 1 1. Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device for synchronous operation. Setting the CSRC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device as a master. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA register ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the EUSART. 22.5.1.1 22.5.1.2 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Master Clock Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line, which is synchronous with the data. A device configured as a master transmits the clock on the TX/CK line. The TX/CK pin output driver is automatically enabled when the EUSART is configured for synchronous transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge of each clock. One clock cycle is generated for each data bit. Only as many clock cycles are generated as there are data bits. Synchronous Master Transmission 7. 8. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair and the BRGH and BRG16 bits to achieve the desired baud rate (see Section 22.4 “EUSART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)”). Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. Disable Receive mode by clearing bits SREN and CREN. Enable Transmit mode by setting the TXEN bit. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in the TX9D bit. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register. Clock Polarity A clock polarity option is provided for Microwire compatibility. Clock polarity is selected with the SCKP bit of the BAUDCON register. Setting the SCKP bit sets the clock Idle state as high. When the SCKP bit is set, the data changes on the falling edge of each clock. DS41452A-page 258 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 22-10: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 Word 1 bit 2 bit 7 bit 0 bit 1 Word 2 bit 7 TX/CK pin (SCKP = 0) TX/CK pin (SCKP = 1) Write to TXREG Reg Write Word 1 Write Word 2 TXIF bit (Interrupt Flag) TRMT bit TXEN bit ‘1’ Note: ‘1’ Sync Master mode, SPBRGL = 0, continuous transmission of two 8-bit words. FIGURE 22-11: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN) RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 2 bit 1 bit 6 bit 7 TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg TXIF bit TRMT bit TXEN bit TABLE 22-7: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 ABDOVF GIE PIE1 PIR1 BAUDCON INTCON RCSTA Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 247 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 RCIDL — SCKP PEIE TMR0IE INTE TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF SPEN RX9 SREN SPBRGL BRG<7:0> SPBRGH BRG<15:8> TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 Legend: * TRISC4 TRISC3 249* TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 EUSART Transmit Data Register TXREG TXSTA TRISC5 249* CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH 123 239* TRMT TX9D 246 — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Transmission. Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 259 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.5.1.5 Synchronous Master Reception Data is received at the RX/DT pin. The RX/DT pin output driver is automatically disabled when the EUSART is configured for synchronous master receive operation. In Synchronous mode, reception is enabled by setting either the Single Receive Enable bit (SREN of the RCSTA register) or the Continuous Receive Enable bit (CREN of the RCSTA register). When SREN is set and CREN is clear, only as many clock cycles are generated as there are data bits in a single character. The SREN bit is automatically cleared at the completion of one character. When CREN is set, clocks are continuously generated until CREN is cleared. If CREN is cleared in the middle of a character the CK clock stops immediately and the partial character is discarded. If SREN and CREN are both set, then SREN is cleared at the completion of the first character and CREN takes precedence. To initiate reception, set either SREN or CREN. Data is sampled at the RX/DT pin on the trailing edge of the TX/CK clock pin and is shifted into the Receive Shift Register (RSR). When a complete character is received into the RSR, the RCIF bit is set and the character is automatically transferred to the two character receive FIFO. The Least Significant eight bits of the top character in the receive FIFO are available in RCREG. The RCIF bit remains set as long as there are unread characters in the receive FIFO. Note: 22.5.1.6 If the RX/DT function is on an analog pin, the corresponding ANSEL bit must be cleared for the receiver to function. Slave Clock Synchronous data transfers use a separate clock line, which is synchronous with the data. A device configured as a slave receives the clock on the TX/CK line. The TX/CK pin output driver is automatically disabled when the device is configured for synchronous slave transmit or receive operation. Serial data bits change on the leading edge to ensure they are valid at the trailing edge of each clock. One data bit is transferred for each clock cycle. Only as many clock cycles should be received as there are data bits. Note: 22.5.1.7 If the device is configured as a slave and the TX/CK function is on an analog pin, the corresponding ANSEL bit must be cleared. buffer can be read, however, no additional characters will be received until the error is cleared. The OERR bit can only be cleared by clearing the overrun condition. If the overrun error occurred when the SREN bit is set and CREN is clear then the error is cleared by reading RCREG. If the overrun occurred when the CREN bit is set then the error condition is cleared by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets the EUSART. 22.5.1.8 Receiving 9-bit Characters The EUSART supports 9-bit character reception. When the RX9 bit of the RCSTA register is set the EUSART will shift 9-bits into the RSR for each character received. The RX9D bit of the RCSTA register is the ninth, and Most Significant, data bit of the top unread character in the receive FIFO. When reading 9-bit data from the receive FIFO buffer, the RX9D data bit must be read before reading the 8 Least Significant bits from the RCREG. 22.5.1.9 Synchronous Master Reception Set-up: 1. Initialize the SPBRGH, SPBRGL register pair for the appropriate baud rate. Set or clear the BRGH and BRG16 bits, as required, to achieve the desired baud rate. 2. Clear the ANSEL bit for the RX pin (if applicable). 3. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC. 4. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. 5. If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. 6. If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9. 7. Start reception by setting the SREN bit or for continuous reception, set the CREN bit. 8. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception of a character is complete. An interrupt will be generated if the enable bit RCIE was set. 9. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 10. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 11. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets the EUSART. Receive Overrun Error The receive FIFO buffer can hold two characters. An overrun error will be generated if a third character, in its entirety, is received before RCREG is read to access the FIFO. When this happens the OERR bit of the RCSTA register is set. Previous data in the FIFO will not be overwritten. The two characters in the FIFO DS41452A-page 260 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 22-12: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN) RX/DT pin bit 0 bit 1 bit 2 bit 3 bit 4 bit 5 bit 6 bit 7 TX/CK pin (SCKP = 0) TX/CK pin (SCKP = 1) Write to bit SREN SREN bit CREN bit ‘0’ ‘0’ RCIF bit (Interrupt) Read RCREG Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN = 1 and bit BRGH = 0. TABLE 22-8: Name SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION Bit 7 Bit 6 ABDOVF GIE PIE1 PIR1 BAUDCON INTCON Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 Bit 4 Bit 3 RCIDL — SCKP PEIE TMR0IE INTE TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF RCREG RCSTA Bit 2 Bit 5 EUSART Receive Data Register SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR 242* OERR RX9D 247 SPBRGL BRG<7:0> 249* SPBRGH BRG<15:8> 249* TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 123 TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Reception. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 261 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.5.2 SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE MODE The following bits are used to configure the EUSART for Synchronous slave operation: • • • • • SYNC = 1 CSRC = 0 SREN = 0 (for transmit); SREN = 1 (for receive) CREN = 0 (for transmit); CREN = 1 (for receive) SPEN = 1 1. 2. 3. 4. Setting the SYNC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device for synchronous operation. Clearing the CSRC bit of the TXSTA register configures the device as a slave. Clearing the SREN and CREN bits of the RCSTA register ensures that the device is in the Transmit mode, otherwise the device will be configured to receive. Setting the SPEN bit of the RCSTA register enables the EUSART. 22.5.2.1 If two words are written to the TXREG and then the SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: 5. 22.5.2.2 1. EUSART Synchronous Slave Transmit The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes are identical (see Section 22.5.1.3 “Synchronous Master Transmission”), except in the case of the Sleep mode. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. TABLE 22-9: The first character will immediately transfer to the TSR register and transmit. The second word will remain in TXREG register. The TXIF bit will not be set. After the first character has been shifted out of TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second character to the TSR and the TXIF bit will now be set. If the PEIE and TXIE bits are set, the interrupt will wake the device from Sleep and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the program will call the Interrupt Service Routine. Synchronous Slave Transmission Set-up: Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the CSRC bit. Clear the ANSEL bit for the CK pin (if applicable). Clear the CREN and SREN bits. If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit transmission is desired, set the TX9 bit. Enable transmission by setting the TXEN bit. If 9-bit transmission is selected, insert the Most Significant bit into the TX9D bit. Start transmission by writing the Least Significant 8 bits to the TXREG register. SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page ABDOVF RCIDL — SCKP BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 GIE PEIE TMR0IE INTE IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 81 PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 83 RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 247 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 123 Name BAUDCON INTCON TXREG TXSTA EUSART Transmit Data Register CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH 239* TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Transmission. * Page provides register information. DS41452A-page 262 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.5.2.3 EUSART Synchronous Slave Reception 22.5.2.4 The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave modes is identical (Section 22.5.1.5 “Synchronous Master Reception”), with the following exceptions: • Sleep • CREN bit is always set, therefore the receiver is never Idle • SREN bit, which is a “don’t care” in Slave mode 1. 2. 3. A character may be received while in Sleep mode by setting the CREN bit prior to entering Sleep. Once the word is received, the RSR register will transfer the data to the RCREG register. If the RCIE enable bit is set, the interrupt generated will wake the device from Sleep and execute the next instruction. If the GIE bit is also set, the program will branch to the interrupt vector. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Synchronous Slave Reception Set-up: Set the SYNC and SPEN bits and clear the CSRC bit. Clear the ANSEL bit for both the CK and DT pins (if applicable). If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. If 9-bit reception is desired, set the RX9 bit. Set the CREN bit to enable reception. The RCIF bit will be set when reception is complete. An interrupt will be generated if the RCIE bit was set. If 9-bit mode is enabled, retrieve the Most Significant bit from the RX9D bit of the RCSTA register. Retrieve the 8 Least Significant bits from the receive FIFO by reading the RCREG register. If an overrun error occurs, clear the error by either clearing the CREN bit of the RCSTA register or by clearing the SPEN bit which resets the EUSART. TABLE 22-10: SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION Name BAUDCON Bit 7 Bit 6 ABDOVF Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Register on Page BRG16 — WUE ABDEN 248 IOCIE TMR0IF INTF IOCIF 80 81 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 RCIDL — SCKP INTE GIE PEIE TMR0IE PIE1 TMR1GIE ADIE RCIE TXIE SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE PIR1 TMR1GIF ADIF RCIF TXIF SSPIF CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF INTCON RCREG EUSART Receive Data Register 83 242* RCSTA SPEN RX9 SREN CREN ADDEN FERR OERR RX9D 247 TRISC TRISC7 TRISC6 TRISC5 TRISC4 TRISC3 TRISC2 TRISC1 TRISC0 123 TXSTA CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC SENDB BRGH TRMT TX9D 246 Legend: — = unimplemented location, read as ‘0’. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Reception. * Page provides register information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 263 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 22.6 EUSART Operation During Sleep The EUSART will remain active during Sleep only in the Synchronous Slave mode. All other modes require the system clock and therefore cannot generate the necessary signals to run the Transmit or Receive Shift registers during Sleep. Synchronous Slave mode uses an externally generated clock to run the Transmit and Receive Shift registers. 22.6.1 SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE DURING SLEEP To receive during Sleep, all the following conditions must be met before entering Sleep mode: • RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be configured for Synchronous Slave Reception (see Section 22.5.2.4 “Synchronous Slave Reception Set-up:”). • If interrupts are desired, set the RCIE bit of the PIE1 register and the GIE and PEIE bits of the INTCON register. • The RCIF interrupt flag must be cleared by reading RCREG to unload any pending characters in the receive buffer. Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to accept data and clocks on the RX/DT and TX/CK pins, respectively. When the data word has been completely clocked in by the external device, the RCIF interrupt flag bit of the PIR1 register will be set. Thereby, waking the processor from Sleep. 22.6.2 SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMIT DURING SLEEP To transmit during Sleep, all the following conditions must be met before entering Sleep mode: • RCSTA and TXSTA Control registers must be configured for Synchronous Slave Transmission (see Section 22.5.2.2 “Synchronous Slave Transmission Set-up:”). • The TXIF interrupt flag must be cleared by writing the output data to the TXREG, thereby filling the TSR and transmit buffer. • If interrupts are desired, set the TXIE bit of the PIE1 register and the PEIE bit of the INTCON register. • Interrupt enable bits TXIE of the PIE1 register and PEIE of the INTCON register must set. Upon entering Sleep mode, the device will be ready to accept clocks on TX/CK pin and transmit data on the RX/DT pin. When the data word in the TSR has been completely clocked out by the external device, the pending byte in the TXREG will transfer to the TSR and the TXIF flag will be set. Thereby, waking the processor from Sleep. At this point, the TXREG is available to accept another character for transmission, which will clear the TXIF flag. Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit is also set then the Interrupt Service Routine at address 0004h will be called. Upon waking from Sleep, the instruction following the SLEEP instruction will be executed. If the Global Interrupt Enable (GIE) bit of the INTCON register is also set, then the Interrupt Service Routine at address 004h will be called. DS41452A-page 264 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 23.0 IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING™ (ICSP™) ICSP™ programming allows customers to manufacture circuit boards with unprogrammed devices. Programming can be done after the assembly process allowing the device to be programmed with the most recent firmware or a custom firmware. Five pins are needed for ICSP™ programming: • ICSPCLK • ICSPDAT • MCLR/VPP • VDD • VSS In Program/Verify mode the program memory, user IDs and the Configuration Words are programmed through serial communications. The ICSPDAT pin is a bidirectional I/O used for transferring the serial data and the ICSPCLK pin is the clock input. For more information on ICSP™ refer to the “PIC16(L)F151X/152X Memory Programming Specification”, (DS41442). 23.1 High-Voltage Programming Entry Mode The device is placed into High-Voltage Programming Entry mode by holding the ICSPCLK and ICSPDAT pins low then raising the voltage on MCLR/VPP to VIHH. Some programmers produce VPP greater than VIHH (9.0V), an external circuit is required to limit the VPP voltage. See Figure 23-1 for example circuit. FIGURE 23-1: VPP LIMITER EXAMPLE CIRCUIT RJ11-6PIN 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 VPP 2 VDD 3 VSS 4 ICSP_DATA 5 ICSP_CLOCK 6 NC RJ11-6PIN ® To MPLAB ICD 2 R1 To Target Board 270 Ohm LM431BCMX 1 2 A K 3 A U1 6 A NC 4 7 A NC 5 R2 VREF 8 10k 1% Note: R3 24k 1% The MPLAB® ICD 2 produces a VPP voltage greater than the maximum VPP specification of the PIC16(L)F151X. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 265 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 23.2 FIGURE 23-2: Low-Voltage Programming Entry Mode The Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode allows the PIC16(L)F151X devices to be programmed using VDD only, without high voltage. When the LVP bit of Configuration Word 2 is set to ‘1’, the low-voltage ICSP programming entry is enabled. To disable the Low-Voltage ICSP mode, the LVP bit must be programmed to ‘0’. VDD Entry into the Low-Voltage Programming Entry mode requires the following steps: 1. 2. ICSPDAT NC 2 4 6 ICSPCLK 1 3 5 VPP/MCLR MCLR is brought to VIL. A 32-bit key sequence is presented on ICSPDAT, while clocking ICSPCLK. VSS Target PC Board Bottom Side Pin Description* 1 = VPP/MCLR Once the key sequence is complete, MCLR must be held at VIL for as long as Program/Verify mode is to be maintained. 2 = VDD Target 3 = VSS (ground) 4 = ICSPDAT If low-voltage programming is enabled (LVP = 1), the MCLR Reset function is automatically enabled and cannot be disabled. See Section 6.3 “Ultra Low-Power Brown-out Reset (ULPBOR)” for more information. 5 = ICSPCLK 6 = No Connect The LVP bit can only be reprogrammed to ‘0’ by using the High-Voltage Programming mode. 23.3 ICD RJ-11 STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE Another connector often found in use with the PICkit™ programmers is a standard 6-pin header with 0.1 inch spacing. Refer to Figure 23-3. Common Programming Interfaces Connection to a target device is typically done through an ICSP™ header. A commonly found connector on development tools is the RJ-11 in the 6P6C (6 pin, 6 connector) configuration. See Figure 23-2. FIGURE 23-3: PICkit™ STYLE CONNECTOR INTERFACE Pin 1 Indicator Pin Description* 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 = VPP/MCLR 2 = VDD Target 3 = VSS (ground) 4 = ICSPDAT 5 = ICSPCLK 6 = No Connect * DS41452A-page 266 The 6-pin header (0.100" spacing) accepts 0.025" square pins. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 For additional interface recommendations, refer to your specific device programmer manual prior to PCB design. It is recommended that isolation devices be used to separate the programming pins from other circuitry. The type of isolation is highly dependent on the specific application and may include devices such as resistors, diodes, or even jumpers. See Figure 23-4 for more information. FIGURE 23-4: TYPICAL CONNECTION FOR ICSP™ PROGRAMMING External Programming Signals Device to be Programmed VDD VDD VDD VPP MCLR/VPP VSS VSS Data ICSPDAT Clock ICSPCLK * * * To Normal Connections * Isolation devices (as required). 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 267 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 268 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 24.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY 24.1 Read-Modify-Write Operations • Byte Oriented • Bit Oriented • Literal and Control Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W) operation. The register is read, the data is modified, and the result is stored according to either the instruction, or the destination designator ‘d’. A read operation is performed on a register even if the instruction writes to that register. The literal and control category contains the most varied instruction word format. TABLE 24-1: Each PIC16 instruction is a 14-bit word containing the operation code (opcode) and all required operands. The opcodes are broken into three broad categories. Table 24-3 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASMTM assembler. All instructions are executed within a single instruction cycle, with the following exceptions, which may take two or three cycles: • Subroutine takes two cycles (CALL, CALLW) • Returns from interrupts or subroutines take two cycles (RETURN, RETLW, RETFIE) • Program branching takes two cycles (GOTO, BRA, BRW, BTFSS, BTFSC, DECFSZ, INCSFZ) • One additional instruction cycle will be used when any instruction references an indirect file register and the file select register is pointing to program memory. One instruction cycle consists of 4 oscillator cycles; for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, this gives a nominal instruction execution rate of 1 MHz. All instruction examples use the format ‘0xhh’ to represent a hexadecimal number, where ‘h’ signifies a hexadecimal digit. OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS Field f Description Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) W Working register (accumulator) b Bit address within an 8-bit file register k Literal field, constant data or label x Don’t care location (= 0 or 1). The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. d Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1. n FSR or INDF number. (0-1) mm Pre-post increment-decrement mode selection TABLE 24-2: ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTIONS Field Program Counter TO Time-out bit C DC Z PD 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Description PC Preliminary Carry bit Digit carry bit Zero bit Power-down bit DS41452A-page 269 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 24-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS Byte-oriented file register operations 13 8 7 6 OPCODE d f (FILE #) 0 d = 0 for destination W d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 7 6 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) 0 b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address Literal and control operations General 13 OPCODE 8 7 0 k (literal) k = 8-bit immediate value CALL and GOTO instructions only 13 11 10 OPCODE 0 k (literal) k = 11-bit immediate value MOVLP instruction only 13 OPCODE 7 6 0 k (literal) k = 7-bit immediate value MOVLB instruction only 13 OPCODE 5 4 0 k (literal) k = 5-bit immediate value BRA instruction only 13 OPCODE 9 8 0 k (literal) k = 9-bit immediate value FSR Offset instructions 13 OPCODE 7 6 n 5 0 k (literal) n = appropriate FSR k = 6-bit immediate value FSR Increment instructions 13 OPCODE 3 2 1 0 n m (mode) n = appropriate FSR m = 2-bit mode value OPCODE only 13 0 OPCODE DS41452A-page 270 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 24-3: INSTRUCTION SET 14-Bit Opcode Mnemonic, Operands Description Cycles MSb LSb Status Affected Notes BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ADDWFC ANDWF ASRF LSLF LSRF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF INCF IORWF MOVF MOVWF RLF RRF SUBWF SUBWFB SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f – f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f Add with Carry W and f AND W with f Arithmetic Right Shift Logical Left Shift Logical Right Shift Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Increment f Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Subtract with Borrow W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 11 00 11 11 11 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 00 00 0111 1101 0101 0111 0101 0110 0001 0001 1001 0011 1010 0100 1000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1011 1110 0110 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0000 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff 1fff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 00xx ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff C, DC, Z C, DC, Z Z C, Z C, Z C, Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z C C C, DC, Z C, DC, Z Z 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 BYTE ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS DECFSZ INCFSZ f, d f, d Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f, Skip if 0 BCF BSF f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f 1(2) 1(2) 00 00 1, 2 1, 2 1011 dfff ffff 1111 dfff ffff BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS 1 1 01 01 00bb bfff ffff 01bb bfff ffff 2 2 1, 2 1, 2 BIT-ORIENTED SKIP OPERATIONS BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 10bb bfff ffff 11bb bfff ffff 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11 11 11 00 11 11 11 11 1110 1001 1000 0000 0001 0000 1100 1010 LITERAL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW IORLW MOVLB MOVLP MOVLW SUBLW XORLW k k k k k k k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to BSR Move literal to PCLATH Move literal to W Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W kkkk kkkk kkkk 001k 1kkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk C, DC, Z Z Z C, DC, Z Z Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP. 2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require one additional instruction cycle. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 271 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 24-3: INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED) Mnemonic, Operands 14-Bit Opcode Description Cycles MSb LSb Status Affected Notes CONTROL OPERATIONS BRA BRW CALL CALLW GOTO RETFIE RETLW RETURN k – k – k k k – Relative Branch Relative Branch with W Call Subroutine Call Subroutine with W Go to address Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CLRWDT NOP OPTION RESET SLEEP TRIS – – – – – f Clear Watchdog Timer No Operation Load OPTION_REG register with W Software device Reset Go into Standby mode Load TRIS register with W ADDFSR MOVIW n, k n mm MOVWI k[n] n mm Add Literal k to FSRn Move Indirect FSRn to W with pre/post inc/dec modifier, mm Move INDFn to W, Indexed Indirect. Move W to Indirect FSRn with pre/post inc/dec modifier, mm Move W to INDFn, Indexed Indirect. 11 00 10 00 10 00 11 00 001k 0000 0kkk 0000 1kkk 0000 0100 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 kkkk 1011 kkkk 1010 kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 00 00 00 00 00 00 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0110 0000 0110 0000 0110 0110 0100 TO, PD 0000 0010 0001 0011 TO, PD 0fff INHERENT OPERATIONS 1 1 1 1 1 1 C-COMPILER OPTIMIZED k[n] 1 1 11 00 0001 0nkk kkkk 0000 0001 0nmm Z 2, 3 1 1 11 00 1111 0nkk kkkk Z 0000 0001 1nmm 2 2, 3 1 11 1111 1nkk kkkk 2 Note 1: If the Program Counter (PC) is modified, or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP. 2: If this instruction addresses an INDF register and the MSb of the corresponding FSR is set, this instruction will require one additional instruction cycle. 3: See Table in the MOVIW and MOVWI instruction descriptions. DS41452A-page 272 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 24.2 Instruction Descriptions ADDFSR Add Literal to FSRn ANDLW AND literal with W Syntax: [ label ] ADDFSR FSRn, k Syntax: [ label ] ANDLW Operands: -32 k 31 n [ 0, 1] Operands: 0 k 255 Operation: FSR(n) + k FSR(n) Status Affected: None Description: The signed 6-bit literal ‘k’ is added to the contents of the FSRnH:FSRnL register pair. k Operation: (W) .AND. (k) (W) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of W register are AND’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. ANDWF AND W with f FSRn is limited to the range 0000h FFFFh. Moving beyond these bounds will cause the FSR to wrap-around. ADDLW Add literal and W Syntax: [ label ] ADDLW k Operands: 0 k 255 Operation: (W) + k (W) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: The contents of the W register are added to the eight-bit literal ‘k’ and the result is placed in the W register. ADDWF Add W and f Syntax: [ label ] ANDWF Operands: 0 f 127 d 0,1 f,d Operation: (W) .AND. (f) (destination) Status Affected: Z Description: AND the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. ASRF Arithmetic Right Shift Syntax: [ label ] ADDWF Syntax: [ label ] ASRF Operands: 0 f 127 d 0,1 Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (W) + (f) (destination) Operation: (f<7>) dest<7> (f<7:1>) dest<6:0>, (f<0>) C, f,d Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: Add the contents of the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. ADDWFC ADD W and CARRY bit to f Syntax: [ label ] ADDWFC Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Status Affected: C, Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted one bit to the right through the Carry flag. The MSb remains unchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. register f C f {,d} Operation: (W) + (f) + (C) dest Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: Add W, the Carry flag and data memory location ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in data memory location ‘f’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. f {,d} Preliminary DS41452A-page 273 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 BCF Bit Clear f Syntax: [ label ] BCF BTFSC f,b Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Syntax: [ label ] BTFSC f,b 0 f 127 0b7 Operands: 0 f 127 0b7 Operands: Operation: 0 (f<b>) Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 0 Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is cleared. Description: If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ‘b’, in register ‘f’, is ‘0’, the next instruction is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction. BRA Relative Branch BTFSS Bit Test f, Skip if Set Syntax: [ label ] BRA label [ label ] BRA $+k Syntax: [ label ] BTFSS f,b Operands: Operands: -256 label - PC + 1 255 -256 k 255 0 f 127 0b<7 Operation: skip if (f<b>) = 1 Operation: (PC) + 1 + k PC Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: Description: Add the signed 9-bit literal ‘k’ to the PC. Since the PC will have incremented to fetch the next instruction, the new address will be PC + 1 + k. This instruction is a two-cycle instruction. This branch has a limited range. If bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is ‘0’, the next instruction is executed. If bit ‘b’ is ‘1’, then the next instruction is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a 2-cycle instruction. BRW Relative Branch with W Syntax: [ label ] BRW Operands: None Operation: (PC) + (W) PC Status Affected: None Description: Add the contents of W (unsigned) to the PC. Since the PC will have incremented to fetch the next instruction, the new address will be PC + 1 + (W). This instruction is a two-cycle instruction. BSF Bit Set f Syntax: [ label ] BSF Operands: 0 f 127 0b7 Operation: 1 (f<b>) Status Affected: None Description: Bit ‘b’ in register ‘f’ is set. DS41452A-page 274 f,b Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 CALL Call Subroutine CLRWDT Clear Watchdog Timer Syntax: [ label ] CALL k Syntax: [ label ] CLRWDT Operands: 0 k 2047 Operands: None Operation: (PC)+ 1 TOS, k PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<6:3>) PC<14:11> Operation: Status Affected: None 00h WDT 0 WDT prescaler, 1 TO 1 PD Description: Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC + 1) is pushed onto the stack. The eleven-bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two-cycle instruction. Status Affected: TO, PD Description: CLRWDT instruction resets the Watchdog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set. CALLW Subroutine Call With W COMF Complement f Syntax: [ label ] CALLW Syntax: [ label ] COMF Operands: None Operands: Operation: (PC) +1 TOS, (W) PC<7:0>, (PCLATH<6:0>) PC<14:8> 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f) (destination) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are complemented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. DECF Decrement f Syntax: [ label ] DECF f,d Status Affected: None Description: Subroutine call with W. First, the return address (PC + 1) is pushed onto the return stack. Then, the contents of W is loaded into PC<7:0>, and the contents of PCLATH into PC<14:8>. CALLW is a two-cycle instruction. CLRF Clear f Syntax: [ label ] CLRF f f,d Operands: 0 f 127 Operands: Operation: 00h (f) 1Z 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are cleared and the Z bit is set. Description: Decrement register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. CLRW Clear W Syntax: [ label ] CLRW Operands: None Operation: 00h (W) 1Z Status Affected: Z Description: W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 275 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 DECFSZ Decrement f, Skip if 0 INCFSZ Increment f, Skip if 0 Syntax: [ label ] DECFSZ f,d Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f) - 1 (destination); skip if result = 0 Operation: (f) + 1 (destination), skip if result = 0 Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are decremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If the result is ‘0’, then a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. If the result is ‘1’, the next instruction is executed. If the result is ‘0’, a NOP is executed instead, making it a 2-cycle instruction. GOTO Unconditional Branch IORLW Inclusive OR literal with W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] GOTO k INCFSZ f,d IORLW k Operands: 0 k 2047 Operands: 0 k 255 Operation: k PC<10:0> PCLATH<6:3> PC<14:11> Operation: (W) .OR. k (W) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: None Description: Description: GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven-bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a two-cycle instruction. The contents of the W register are OR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. INCF Increment f IORWF Inclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f) + 1 (destination) Operation: (W) .OR. (f) (destination) Status Affected: Z Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are incremented. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. Description: Inclusive OR the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. DS41452A-page 276 INCF f,d Preliminary IORWF f,d 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 LSLF Logical Left Shift MOVF f {,d} Move f Syntax: [ label ] LSLF Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f<7>) C (f<6:0>) dest<7:1> 0 dest<0> Operation: (f) (dest) Status Affected: C, Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted one bit to the left through the Carry flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the LSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. C register f 0 Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of register f is moved to a destination dependent upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register since status flag Z is affected. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: Logical Right Shift Syntax: [ label ] LSLF Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: 0 dest<7> (f<7:1>) dest<6:0>, (f<0>) C, Status Affected: C, Z Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are shifted one bit to the right through the Carry flag. A ‘0’ is shifted into the MSb. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. f {,d} register f MOVF FSR, 0 After Instruction W = value in FSR register Z = 1 LSRF 0 MOVF f,d C Preliminary DS41452A-page 277 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 MOVIW Move INDFn to W Syntax: [ label ] MOVIW ++FSRn [ label ] MOVIW --FSRn [ label ] MOVIW FSRn++ [ label ] MOVIW FSRn-[ label ] MOVIW k[FSRn] MOVLP Operands: n [0,1] mm [00,01, 10, 11] -32 k 31 Operation: INDFn W Effective address is determined by • FSR + 1 (preincrement) • FSR - 1 (predecrement) • FSR + k (relative offset) After the Move, the FSR value will be either: • FSR + 1 (all increments) • FSR - 1 (all decrements) • Unchanged Status Affected: Syntax: [ label ] MOVLP k Operands: 0 k 127 Operation: k PCLATH Status Affected: None Description: The seven-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the PCLATH register. MOVLW Move literal to W Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 k 255 k (W) Status Affected: None Description: The eight-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into W register. The “don’t cares” will assemble as ‘0’s. Words: 1 1 Mode Syntax mm Cycles: Preincrement ++FSRn 00 Example: --FSRn 01 Postincrement FSRn++ 10 Postdecrement FSRn-- 11 Description: Note: The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the FSRn. Syntax: [ label ] MOVLB k Operands: 0 k 15 Operation: k BSR Status Affected: None Description: The five-bit literal ‘k’ is loaded into the Bank Select Register (BSR). DS41452A-page 278 0x5A MOVWF Move W to f Syntax: [ label ] MOVWF Operands: 0 f 127 Operation: (W) (f) 0x5A f Status Affected: None Description: Move data from W register to register ‘f’. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: FSRn is limited to the range 0000h FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap around. Move literal to BSR MOVLW After Instruction W = This instruction is used to move data between W and one of the indirect registers (INDFn). Before/after this move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by pre/post incrementing/decrementing it. MOVLB MOVLW k Operation: Z Predecrement Move literal to PCLATH Preliminary MOVWF OPTION_REG Before Instruction OPTION_REG = 0xFF W = 0x4F After Instruction OPTION_REG = 0x4F W = 0x4F 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 MOVWI Move W to INDFn Syntax: [ label ] MOVWI ++FSRn [ label ] MOVWI --FSRn [ label ] MOVWI FSRn++ [ label ] MOVWI FSRn-[ label ] MOVWI k[FSRn] Operands: Operation: Status Affected: n [0,1] mm [00,01, 10, 11] -32 k 31 W INDFn Effective address is determined by • FSR + 1 (preincrement) • FSR - 1 (predecrement) • FSR + k (relative offset) After the Move, the FSR value will be either: • FSR + 1 (all increments) • FSR - 1 (all decrements) Unchanged None No Operation Syntax: [ label ] Operands: None Operation: No operation Status Affected: None No operation. Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: NOP OPTION Load OPTION_REG Register with W Syntax: [ label ] OPTION Operands: None Operation: (W) OPTION_REG Status Affected: None Description: Move data from W register to OPTION_REG register. 1 Syntax Preincrement ++FSRn 00 Predecrement --FSRn 01 Postincrement FSRn++ 10 Words: Postdecrement FSRn-- 11 Cycles: 1 Example: OPTION Before Instruction OPTION_REG = 0xFF W = 0x4F After Instruction OPTION_REG = 0x4F W = 0x4F This instruction is used to move data between W and one of the indirect registers (INDFn). Before/after this move, the pointer (FSRn) is updated by pre/post incrementing/decrementing it. Note: The INDFn registers are not physical registers. Any instruction that accesses an INDFn register actually accesses the register at the address specified by the FSRn. FSRn is limited to the range 0000h FFFFh. Incrementing/decrementing it beyond these bounds will cause it to wrap-around. The increment/decrement operation on FSRn WILL NOT affect any Status bits. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. NOP Description: Mode Description: mm NOP RESET Software Reset Syntax: [ label ] RESET Operands: None Operation: Execute a device Reset. Resets the nRI flag of the PCON register. Status Affected: None Description: This instruction provides a way to execute a hardware Reset by software. Preliminary DS41452A-page 279 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 RETFIE Return from Interrupt Syntax: [ label ] RETFIE RETURN Return from Subroutine Syntax: [ label ] None RETURN Operands: None Operands: Operation: TOS PC, 1 GIE Operation: TOS PC Status Affected: None Status Affected: None Description: Description: Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded in the PC. Interrupts are enabled by setting Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle instruction. Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter. This is a two-cycle instruction. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 Example: RETFIE After Interrupt PC = GIE = TOS 1 Return with literal in W RLF Rotate Left f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 k 255 Operands: Operation: k (W); TOS PC 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: None Status Affected: C Description: The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal ‘k’. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two-cycle instruction. Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. Words: 1 Cycles: 2 RETLW Example: TABLE RETLW k C CALL TABLE;W contains table ;offset value • ;W now has table value • • ADDWF PC ;W = offset RETLW k1 ;Begin table RETLW k2 ; • • • RETLW kn ; End of table Before Instruction W = After Instruction W = DS41452A-page 280 RLF Words: 1 Cycles: 1 Example: RLF f,d Register f REG1,0 Before Instruction REG1 C After Instruction REG1 W C = = 1110 0110 0 = = = 1110 0110 1100 1100 1 0x07 value of k8 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 SUBLW Subtract W from literal Syntax: [ label ] RRF Rotate Right f through Carry Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: See description below Status Affected: C, DC, Z Status Affected: C Description: Description: The contents of register ‘f’ are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry flag. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed back in register ‘f’. The W register is subtracted (2’s complement method) from the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. RRF f,d C SUBLW k Operands: 0 k 255 Operation: k - (W) W) Register f C=0 Wk C=1 Wk DC = 0 W<3:0> k<3:0> DC = 1 W<3:0> k<3:0> SLEEP Enter Sleep mode SUBWF Subtract W from f Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] SLEEP Operands: None Operation: 00h WDT, 0 WDT prescaler, 1 TO, 0 PD Status Affected: TO, PD Description: The power-down Status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out Status bit, TO is set. Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into Sleep mode with the oscillator stopped. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. SUBWF f,d Operation: (f) - (W) destination) Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: Subtract (2’s complement method) W register from register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f. C=0 Wf C=1 Wf DC = 0 W<3:0> f<3:0> DC = 1 W<3:0> f<3:0> SUBWFB Subtract W from f with Borrow Syntax: SUBWFB Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operation: (f) – (W) – (B) dest f {,d} Status Affected: C, DC, Z Description: Subtract W and the BORROW flag (CARRY) from register ‘f’ (2’s complement method). If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in W. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. Preliminary DS41452A-page 281 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 SWAPF Swap Nibbles in f XORLW Exclusive OR literal with W Syntax: [ label ] Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operands: 0 k 255 (f<3:0>) (destination<7:4>), (f<7:4>) (destination<3:0>) Operation: (W) .XOR. k W) Status Affected: Z Description: The contents of the W register are XOR’ed with the eight-bit literal ‘k’. The result is placed in the W register. Operation: SWAPF f,d XORLW k Status Affected: None Description: The upper and lower nibbles of register ‘f’ are exchanged. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is placed in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is placed in register ‘f’. TRIS Load TRIS Register with W XORWF Exclusive OR W with f Syntax: [ label ] TRIS f Syntax: [ label ] Operands: 0 f 127 d [0,1] Operands: 5f7 Operation: (W) TRIS register ‘f’ Status Affected: None Description: DS41452A-page 282 Move data from W register to TRIS register. When ‘f’ = 5, TRISA is loaded. When ‘f’ = 6, TRISB is loaded. When ‘f’ = 7, TRISC is loaded. XORWF f,d Operation: (W) .XOR. (f) destination) Status Affected: Z Description: Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register ‘f’. If ‘d’ is ‘0’, the result is stored in the W register. If ‘d’ is ‘1’, the result is stored back in register ‘f’. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Absolute Maximum Ratings(†) Ambient temperature under bias....................................................................................................... -40°C to +125°C Storage temperature ........................................................................................................................ -65°C to +150°C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16F151X ............................................................................. -0.3V to +6.5V Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS, PIC16LF151X ........................................................................... -0.3V to +4.0V Voltage on MCLR with respect to Vss ................................................................................................. -0.3V to +9.0V Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ........................................................................... -0.3V to (VDD + 0.3V) Total power dissipation(1) ............................................................................................................................... 800 mW Maximum current out of VSS pin, -40°C TA +85°C for industrial............................................................... 340 mA Maximum current out of VSS pin, -40°C TA +125°C for extended ............................................................ 140 mA Maximum current into VDD pin, -40°C TA +85°C for industrial.................................................................. 255 mA Maximum current into VDD pin, -40°C TA +125°C for extended ............................................................... 105 mA Clamp current, IK (VPIN < 0 or VPIN > VDD)20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin.................................................................................................... 25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin .............................................................................................. 25 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: PDIS = VDD x {IDD – IOH} + {(VDD – VOH) x IOH} + (VOl x IOL). † NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure above maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 283 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 PIC16F151X VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C TA +125°C FIGURE 25-1: VDD (V) 5.5 2.5 2.3 0 4 10 16 20 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: Refer to Table 25-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies. PIC16LF151X VOLTAGE FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40°C TA +125°C VDD (V) FIGURE 25-2: 3.6 2.5 1.8 0 4 10 16 20 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 2: Refer to Table 25-1 for each Oscillator mode’s supported frequencies. DS41452A-page 284 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.1 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param. No. D001 Sym. VDD Characteristic VDR Typ† Max. Units Conditions PIC16LF151X 1.8 2.5 — — 3.6 3.6 V V FOSC 16 MHz: FOSC 20 MHz PIC16F151X 2.3 2.5 — — 5.5 5.5 V V FOSC 16 MHz: FOSC 20 MHz Supply Voltage D001 D002* Min. RAM Data Retention Voltage(1) D002* PIC16LF151X 1.5 — — V Device in Sleep mode PIC16F151X 1.7 — — V Device in Sleep mode — 1.6 — V PIC16LF151X — 0.8 — V Device in Sleep mode PIC16F151X — 1.7 — V Device in Sleep mode VPOR* Power-on Reset Release Voltage VPORR* Power-on Reset Rearm Voltage D003 VADFVR Fixed Voltage Reference Voltage for ADC, Initial Accuracy -7 -8 -7 -8 -7 -8 6 6 6 6 6 6 % 1.024V, VDD 2.5V, 85°C (NOTE 2) 1.024V, VDD 2.5V, 125°C (NOTE 2) 2.048V, VDD 2.5V, 85°C 2.048V, VDD 2.5V, 125°C 4.096V, VDD 4.75V, 85°C 4.096V, VDD 4.75V, 125°C D003A VCDAFVR Fixed Voltage Reference Voltage for Comparator and DAC, Initial Accuracy -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 -11 7 7 7 7 7 7 % 1.024V, VDD 2.5V, 85°C 1.024V, VDD 2.5V, 125°C 2.048V, VDD 2.5V, 85°C 2.048V, VDD 2.5V, 125°C 4.096V, VDD 4.75V, 85°C 4.096V, VDD 4.75V, 125°C D004* SVDD VDD Rise Rate to ensure internal Power-on Reset signal 0.05 — V/ms — See Section 6.1 “Power-on Reset (POR)” for details. * † Note These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 1: This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in Sleep mode without losing RAM data. 2: For proper operation, the minimum value of the ADC positive voltage reference must be 1.8V or greater. When selecting the FVR or the VREF+ pin as the source of the ADC positive voltage reference, be aware that the voltage must be 1.8V or greater. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 285 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-3: POR AND POR REARM WITH SLOW RISING VDD VDD VPOR VPORR VSS NPOR POR REARM VSS TVLOW(2) Note 1: 2: 3: DS41452A-page 286 TPOR(3) When NPOR is low, the device is held in Reset. TPOR 1 s typical. TVLOW 2.7 s typical. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Conditions Min. Typ† Max. Units Note VDD Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) D010 D010 D011 D011 D012 D012 D014 D014 D015 D015 — 8.0 — A 1.8 — 12.0 — A 3.0 — 11 — A 2.3 — 13 — A 3.0 — 14 — A 5.0 — 60 — A 1.8 — 110 — A 3.0 — 92 — A 2.3 — 135 — A 3.0 — 170 — A 5.0 — 145 — A 1.8 — 260 — A 3.0 — 190 — A 2.3 — 305 — A 3.0 — 365 — A 5.0 — 118 — A 1.8 — 210 — A 3.0 — 156 — A 2.3 — 260 — A 3.0 — 330 — A 5.0 — 2.0 — A 1.8 — 4.0 — A 3.0 — 18 — A 2.3 — 24 — A 3.0 — 25 — A 5.0 FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode FOSC = 32 kHz LP Oscillator mode FOSC = 1 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 1 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode, Medium-power mode FOSC = 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode Medium-power mode FOSC = 31 kHz LFINTOSC mode FOSC = 31 kHz LFINTOSC mode * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. 3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in k. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 287 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Industrial, Extended) (Continued) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Conditions Min. Typ† Max. Units VDD Note Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) D016 D016 D017* D017* D018 D018 — 110 — A 1.8 — 150 — A 3.0 — 150 — A 2.3 — 210 — A 3.0 — 335 — A 5.0 — 0.25 — mA 1.8 — 0.45 — mA 3.0 — 0.35 — mA 2.3 — 0.69 — mA 3.0 — 0.75 — mA 5.0 — 0.47 — mA 1.8 — 0.84 — mA 3.0 — 0.70 — mA 2.3 — 1.00 — mA 3.0 FOSC = 500 kHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 500 kHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 8 MHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 8 MHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 16 MHz HFINTOSC mode FOSC = 16 MHz HFINTOSC mode — 1.17 — mA 5.0 D019A — 1.15 — mA 3.0 FOSC = 20 MHz ECH mode D019A — 1.15 — mA 3.0 — 1.3 — mA 5.0 FOSC = 20 MHz ECH mode — 8 — A 1.8 — 10 — A 3.0 — 10 — A 3.0 — 11 — A 5.0 — 25 — A 1.8 — 35 — A 3.0 — 35 — A 3.0 — 40 — A 5.0 D019B D019B D019C D019C FOSC = 32 kHz ECL mode FOSC = 32 kHz ECL mode FOSC = 500 kHz ECL mode FOSC = 500 kHz ECL mode * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. 3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in k. DS41452A-page 288 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.2 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Industrial, Extended) (Continued) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Conditions Min. Typ† Max. Units VDD Note Supply Current (IDD)(1, 2) D020 D020 D021 D021 — 1.0 — mA 3.0 — 1.2 — mA 3.6 — 1.4 — mA 3.0 — 1.7 — mA 5.0 — 300 — A 1.8 — 500 — A 3.0 — 165 — A 2.3 — 280 — A 3.0 — 350 — A 5.0 FOSC = 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode FOSC = 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode FOSC = 4 MHz EXTRC mode (Note 5) FOSC = 4 MHz EXTRC mode (Note 5) * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD; MCLR = VDD; WDT disabled. 2: The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have an impact on the current consumption. 3: For RC oscillator configurations, current through REXT is not included. The current through the resistor can be extended by the formula IR = VDD/2REXT (mA) with REXT in k. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 289 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.3 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Power-Down) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Power-down Base Current Min. Typ† Conditions Max. +85°C Max. +125°C Units VDD Note (IPD)(2) — 0.02 — — A 1.8 — 0.03 — — A 3.0 — 300 — — nA 3.0 — 470 — — nA 5.0 WDT, BOR, FVR, and SOSC disabled, all Peripherals Inactive — 0.3 — — A 1.8 LPWDT Current (Note 1) — 0.75 — — A 3.0 — 500 — — nA 2.3 — 770 — — nA 3.0 — 850 — — nA 5.0 — 8.5 — — A 1.8 — 8.5 — — A 3.0 — 18 — — A 2.3 — 18.5 — — A 3.0 — 19 — — A 5.0 D024 — 8.0 — — A 3.0 BOR Current (Note 1) D024 — 7 — — A 3.0 BOR Current (Note 1) — 9 — — A 5.0 D024A — 300 — — nA 3.0 ULPBOR Current D024A — 300 — — nA 3.0 ULPBOR Current — 450 — — nA 5.0 — 0.6 — — A 1.8 — 1.8 — — A 3.0 — 0.7 — — A 2.3 — 3 — — A 3.0 D022 D022 D023 D023 D023A D023A D025 D025 D026 D026 * † Note 1: 2: 3: — 6 — — A 5.0 — 0.1 — — A 1.8 — 0.1 — — A 3.0 — 160 — — nA 2.3 — 400 — — nA 3.0 — 500 — — nA 5.0 WDT, BOR, FVR, and SOSC disabled, all Peripherals Inactive LPWDT Current (Note 1) FVR current (Note 1) FVR current (Note 1) SOSC Current (Note 1) SOSC Current (Note 1) A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), no conversion in progress A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), no conversion in progress These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD. A/D oscillator source is FRC. DS41452A-page 290 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.3 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E (Power-Down) (Continued) PIC16LF151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended PIC16F151X Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Param No. Device Characteristics Min. Power-down Base Current (IPD) D026A* D026A* * † Note 1: 2: 3: Typ† Conditions Max. +85°C Max. +125°C Units VDD Note (2) — 250 — — A 1.8 — 250 — — A 3.0 — 280 — — A 2.3 — 280 — — A 3.0 — 280 — — A 5.0 A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), conversion in progress A/D Current (Note 1, Note 3), conversion in progress These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. The peripheral current is the sum of the base IDD or IPD and the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. The peripheral current can be determined by subtracting the base IDD or IPD current from this limit. Max values should be used when calculating total current consumption. The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to VDD. A/D oscillator source is FRC. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 291 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.4 DC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9-I/E DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym. VIL Characteristic Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +85°C for industrial -40°C TA +125°C for extended Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions Input Low Voltage I/O PORT: D030 with TTL buffer D030A D031 D032 D033 VIH — — 0.8 V 4.5V VDD 5.5V — — 0.15 VDD V 1.8V VDD 4.5V 2.0V VDD 5.5V with Schmitt Trigger buffer — — 0.2 VDD V with I2C™ levels — — 0.3 VDD V with SMBus levels — 0.8 V — — 0.2 VDD V OSC1 (HS mode) — — 0.3 VDD V — — 2.0 — — V 4.5V VDD 5.5V 0.25 VDD + 0.8 — — V 1.8V VDD 4.5V with Schmitt Trigger buffer 0.8 VDD — — V 2.0V VDD 5.5V with I2C™ levels 0.7 VDD — — V Input High Voltage I/O ports: D040 with TTL buffer D040A D041 with SMBus levels D042 2.7V VDD 5.5V — MCLR, OSC1 (RC mode)(1) MCLR 2.1 — — V 0.8 VDD — — V 2.7V VDD 5.5V D043A OSC1 (HS mode) 0.7 VDD — — V D043B OSC1 (RC mode) 0.9 VDD — — V (Note 1) nA IIL Input Leakage Current(2) D060 I/O ports — ±5 ± 125 ±5 ± 1000 nA VSS VPIN VDD, Pin at highimpedance at 85°C 125°C D061 MCLR(3) — ± 50 ± 200 nA VSS VPIN VDD at 85°C 25 25 100 140 200 300 A VDD = 3.3V, VPIN = VSS VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS — — 0.6 V IOL = 8mA, VDD = 5V IOL = 6mA, VDD = 3.3V IOL = 1.8mA, VDD = 1.8V VDD - 0.7 — — V IOH = 3.5mA, VDD = 5V IOH = 3mA, VDD = 3.3V IOH = 1mA, VDD = 1.8V — — 15 pF — — 50 pF IPUR Weak Pull-up Current D070* VOL D080 Output Low Voltage(4) I/O ports VOH D090 Output High Voltage(4) I/O ports Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins D101* COSC2 OSC2 pin D101A* CIO * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: All I/O pins In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock is used to drive OSC1 These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKIN pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended to use an external clock in RC mode. Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Including OSC2 in CLKOUT mode. DS41452A-page 292 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.5 Memory Programming Requirements Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C DC CHARACTERISTICS Param No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions Program Memory Programming Specifications D110 VIHH Voltage on MCLR/VPP/RA5 pin 8.0 — 9.0 V D111 IDDP Supply Current during Programming — — 10 mA VDD for Bulk Erase 2.7 — VDD max. V D112 D113 VPEW VDD for Write or Row Erase VDD min. — VDD max. V D114 IPPPGM Current on MCLR/VPP during Erase/ Write — — 1.0 mA D115 IDDPGM Current on VDD during Erase/Write — 5.0 mA D121 EP Cell Endurance 10K — — E/W D122 VPR VDD for Read VDD min. — VDD max. V D123 TIW Self-timed Write Cycle Time — 2 2.5 ms D124 TRETD Characteristic Retention 40 — — Year (Note 2, Note 3) Program Flash Memory -40C to +85C (Note 1) Provided no other specifications are violated † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Self-write and Block Erase. 2: Required only if single-supply programming is disabled. 3: The MPLAB® ICD 2 does not support variable VPP output. Circuitry to limit the ICD 2 VPP voltage must be placed between the ICD 2 and target system when programming or debugging with the ICD 2. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 293 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.6 Thermal Considerations Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. TH01 TH02 Sym. Characteristic Typ. Units JA Thermal Resistance Junction to Ambient TBD C/W 28-pin SOIC package TBD C/W 28-pin SPDIP package TBD C/W 28-pin SSOP package TBD C/W 28-pin UQFN package TBD C/W 40-pin PDIP package TBD C/W 40-pin UQFN package TBD C/W 44-pin TQFP package TBD C/W 28-pin SOIC package TBD C/W 28-pin SPDIP package TBD C/W 28-pin SSOP package TBD C/W 28-pin UQFN package TBD C/W 40-pin PDIP package TBD C/W 40-pin UQFN package TBD C/W 44-pin TQFP package 150 C — W PD = PINTERNAL + PI/O — W PINTERNAL = IDD x VDD(1) JC TH03 TJMAX TH04 PD TH05 Thermal Resistance Junction to Case Maximum Junction Temperature Power Dissipation PINTERNAL Internal Power Dissipation Conditions TH06 PI/O I/O Power Dissipation — W PI/O = (IOL * VOL) + (IOH * (VDD - VOH)) TH07 PDER Derated Power — W PDER = PDMAX (TJ - TA)/JA(2) Legend: TBD = To Be Determined Note 1: IDD is current to run the chip alone without driving any load on the output pins. 2: TA = Ambient Temperature. 3: TJ = Junction Temperature. DS41452A-page 294 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.7 Timing Parameter Symbology The timing parameter symbols have been created with one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings: pp cc CCP1 ck CLKOUT cs CS di SDIx do SDO dt Data in io I/O PORT mc MCLR Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall H High I Invalid (High-impedance) L Low FIGURE 25-4: T Time osc rd rw sc ss t0 t1 wr OSC1 RD RD or WR SCKx SS T0CKI T1CKI WR P R V Z Period Rise Valid High-impedance LOAD CONDITIONS Load Condition Pin CL VSS Legend: CL = 50 pF for all pins, 15 pF for OSC2 output 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 295 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 25.8 AC Characteristics: PIC16(L)F151X-I/E FIGURE 25-5: CLOCK TIMING Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 OSC1/CLKIN OS02 OS04 OS04 OS03 OSC2/CLKOUT (LP,XT,HS Modes) OSC2/CLKOUT (CLKOUT Mode) TABLE 25-1: CLOCK OSCILLATOR TIMING REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. OS01 Sym. FOSC Characteristic External CLKIN Frequency(1) Oscillator Frequency(1) OS02 TOSC External CLKIN Period(1) Oscillator Period(1) OS03 TCY Instruction Cycle Time(1) OS04* TosH, TosL External CLKIN High, External CLKIN Low TosR, TosF External CLKIN Rise, External CLKIN Fall OS05* Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions DC — 0.5 MHz EC Oscillator mode (low) DC — 4 MHz EC Oscillator mode (medium) DC — 20 MHz EC Oscillator mode (high) — 32.768 — kHz LP Oscillator mode 0.1 — 4 MHz XT Oscillator mode 1 — 4 MHz HS Oscillator mode, VDD 2.7V 1 — 20 MHz HS Oscillator mode, VDD > 2.7V RC Oscillator mode DC — 4 MHz 27 — s LP Oscillator mode 250 — ns XT Oscillator mode 50 — ns HS Oscillator mode 50 — ns EC Oscillator mode — 30.5 — s LP Oscillator mode 250 — 10,000 ns XT Oscillator mode 50 — 1,000 ns HS Oscillator mode 250 — — ns RC Oscillator mode 125 — DC ns TCY = FOSC/4 2 — — s LP oscillator 100 — — ns XT oscillator 20 — — ns HS oscillator 0 — ns LP oscillator 0 — ns XT oscillator 0 — ns HS oscillator * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. DS41452A-page 296 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-2: OSCILLATOR PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. OS08 Sym. HFOSC Characteristic Freq. Tolerance Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions 2% — 16.0 — MHz 0°C TA +60°C, VDD 2.5V 3% — 16.0 — MHz 60°C TA +85°C, VDD 2.5V 5% — 16.0 — MHz -40°C TA +125°C — — 31 — kHz -40°C TA +125°C — — 5 8 s Internal Calibrated HFINTOSC Frequency(2) Internal LFINTOSC Frequency OS09 LFOSC OS10* TIOSC ST HFINTOSC Wake-up from Sleep Start-up Time * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. 2: To ensure these oscillator frequency tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended. 3: By design. FIGURE 25-6: Cycle CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING Write Fetch Read Execute Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 FOSC OS12 OS11 OS20 OS21 CLKOUT OS19 OS16 OS13 OS18 OS17 I/O pin (Input) OS14 OS15 I/O pin (Output) New Value Old Value OS18, OS19 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 297 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-3: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions — — 70 ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V — — 72 ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V FOSC to CLKOUT (1) OS11 TosH2ckL OS12 TosH2ckH FOSC to CLKOUT (1) (1) OS13 TckL2ioV CLKOUT to Port out valid OS14 OS15 OS16 TioV2ckH TosH2ioV TosH2ioI OS17 TioV2osH OS18 TioR Port input valid before CLKOUT(1) Fosc (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid Fosc (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time) Port input valid to Fosc(Q2 cycle) (I/O in setup time) Port output rise time(2) OS19 TioF Port output fall time(2) — — 20 ns TOSC + 200 ns — 50 — 50 — — 70* — ns ns ns 20 — — ns — — — — 25 25 40 15 28 15 — — 72 32 55 30 — — ns OS20* Tinp OS21* Tioc INT pin input high or low time Interrupt-on-change new input level time * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated. Note 1: Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKOUT output is 4 x TOSC. 2: Includes OSC2 in CLKOUT mode. FIGURE 25-7: ns VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3-5.0V VDD = 1.8V VDD = 3.3-5.0V ns ns RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING VDD MCLR 30 Internal POR PWRT Time-out 33 32 OSC Start-Up Time Internal Reset(1) Watchdog Timer Reset(1) 34 31 34 I/O pins Note 1: Asserted low. DS41452A-page 298 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-8: BROWN-OUT RESET TIMING AND CHARACTERISTICS VDD VBOR and VHYST VBOR (Device in Brown-out Reset) (Device not in Brown-out Reset) 37 Reset 33(1) (due to BOR) Note 1: 64 ms delay only if PWRTE bit in the Configuration Word 1 is programmed to ‘0’. 2 ms delay if PWRTE = 0 and VREGEN = 1. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 299 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-4: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER AND BROWN-OUT RESET PARAMETERS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. Sym. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions 2 5 — — — — s s VDD = 3.3-5V, -40°C to +85°C VDD = 3.3-5V 10 16 27 ms VDD = 3.3V-5V, 1:16 Prescaler used 30 TMCL MCLR Pulse Width (low) 31 TWDTLP Low-Power Watchdog Timer Time-out Period 32 TOST Oscillator Start-up Timer Period(1), (2) — 1024 — Tosc (Note 3) 33* TPWRT Power-up Timer Period, PWRTE = 0 40 65 140 ms 34* TIOZ I/O high-impedance from MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer Reset — — 2.0 s 35 VBOR Brown-out Reset Voltage 2.38 1.80 2.5 1.9 2.65 2.05 V 36* VHYST Brown-out Reset Hysteresis 0 25 50 mV -40°C to +85°C 37* TBORDC Brown-out Reset DC Response Time 1 3 5 s VDD VBOR * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: BORV=2.5V BORV=1.9V These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Instruction cycle period (TCY) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at “min” values with an external clock applied to the OSC1 pin. When an external clock input is used, the “max” cycle time limit is “DC” (no clock) for all devices. By design. Period of the slower clock. To ensure these voltage tolerances, VDD and VSS must be capacitively decoupled as close to the device as possible. 0.1 F and 0.01 F values in parallel are recommended. FIGURE 25-9: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS T0CKI 40 41 42 T1CKI 45 46 47 49 TMR0 or TMR1 DS41452A-page 300 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-5: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. 40* Sym. TT0H Characteristic T0CKI High Pulse Width Min. No Prescaler TT0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width No Prescaler TT0P T0CKI Period 45* TT1H T1CKI High Synchronous, No Prescaler Time Synchronous, with Prescaler — — ns — — ns 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 10 — — ns Greater of: 20 or TCY + 40 N — — ns 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns 15 — — ns Asynchronous TT1L 46* T1CKI Low Time 30 — — ns Synchronous, No Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20 — — ns Synchronous, with Prescaler 15 — — ns Asynchronous 30 — — ns Greater of: 30 or TCY + 40 N — — ns 47* TT1P T1CKI Input Synchronous Period 48 FT1 Secondary Oscillator Input Frequency Range (oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) 49* TCKEZTMR1 Delay from External Clock Edge to Timer Increment Asynchronous * † Units 10 With Prescaler 42* Max. 0.5 TCY + 20 With Prescaler 41* Typ† 60 — — ns 32.4 32.768 33.1 kHz 2 TOSC — 7 TOSC — Conditions N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) Timers in Sync mode These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 25-10: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP) CCP (Capture mode) CC01 CC02 CC03 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. TABLE 25-6: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP) Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param Sym. No. CC01* TccL CC02* TccH CC03* TccP * † Characteristic CCP Input Low Time CCP Input High Time CCP Input Period Min. Typ† Max. Units No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns With Prescaler 20 — — ns No Prescaler 0.5TCY + 20 — — ns With Prescaler 20 — — ns 3TCY + 40 N — — ns Conditions N = prescale value (1, 4 or 16) These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 301 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-7: PIC16(L)F151X A/D CONVERTER (ADC) CHARACTERISTICS: Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param Sym. No. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions AD01 NR Resolution — — 10 AD02 EIL Integral Error — — ±1.7 AD03 EDL Differential Error — — ±1 LSb No missing codes VREF = 3.0V AD04 EOFF Offset Error — — ±2 LSb VREF = 3.0V AD05 EGN LSb VREF = 3.0V AD06 VREF Reference Voltage(3) AD07 VAIN Full-Scale Range AD08 ZAIN Recommended Impedance of Analog Voltage Source * † Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Gain Error bit LSb VREF = 3.0V — — ±1.5 1.8 — VDD V VSS — VREF V — — 10 k VREF = (VREF+ minus VREF-) (NOTE 5) Can go higher if external 0.01F capacitor is present on input pin. These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Total Absolute Error includes integral, differential, offset and gain errors. The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing codes. ADC VREF is from external VREF, VDD pin or FVREF, whichever is selected as reference input. When ADC is off, it will not consume any current other than leakage current. The power-down current specification includes any such leakage from the ADC module. FVR voltage selected must be 2.048V or 4.096V. TABLE 25-8: PIC16(L)F151X A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param No. Sym. AD130* TAD AD131 TCNV AD132* TACQ Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions A/D Clock Period 1.0 — 9.0 s TOSC-based A/D Internal RC Oscillator Period 1.0 1.6 6.0 s ADCS<1:0> = 11 (ADRC mode) Conversion Time (not including Acquisition Time)(1) — 11 — TAD Set GO/DONE bit to conversion complete Acquisition Time — 5.0 — s * † These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. Note 1: The ADRES register may be read on the following TCY cycle. DS41452A-page 302 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-11: PIC16(L)F151X A/D CONVERSION TIMING (NORMAL MODE) BSF ADCON0, GO AD134 1 TCY (TOSC/2(1)) AD131 Q4 AD130 A/D CLK 7 A/D Data 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 NEW_DATA OLD_DATA ADRES 1 TCY ADIF GO Sample DONE Sampling Stopped AD132 Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. FIGURE 25-12: PIC16(L)F151X A/D CONVERSION TIMING (SLEEP MODE) BSF ADCON0, GO AD134 (TOSC/2 + TCY(1)) 1 TCY AD131 Q4 AD130 A/D CLK 7 A/D Data 6 5 4 OLD_DATA ADRES 3 2 1 0 NEW_DATA ADIF 1 TCY GO DONE Sample AD132 Sampling Stopped Note 1: If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of TCY is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the SLEEP instruction to be executed. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 303 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-9: PIC16(L)F151X LOW DROPOUT (LDO) REGULATOR CHARACTERISTICS: Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param Sym. No. Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units LD001 LDO Regulation Voltage — 3.2 — V LD002 LDO External Capacitor 0.1 — 1 F * † Conditions These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 25-13: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING CK US121 US121 DT US122 US120 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. TABLE 25-10: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param. No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Max. Units US120 TCKH2DTV SYNC XMIT (Master and Slave) Clock high to data-out valid 3.0-5.5V — 80 ns 1.8-5.5V — 100 ns Clock out rise time and fall time (Master mode) 3.0-5.5V — 45 ns 1.8-5.5V — 50 ns Data-out rise time and fall time 3.0-5.5V — 45 ns 1.8-5.5V — 50 ns US121 TCKRF US122 TDTRF FIGURE 25-14: Conditions USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING CK US125 DT US126 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. DS41452A-page 304 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-11: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating Temperature -40°C TA +125°C Param. No. Symbol Characteristic US125 TDTV2CKL SYNC RCV (Master and Slave) Data-hold before CK (DT hold time) US126 TCKL2DTL Data-hold after CK (DT hold time) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary Min. Max. Units 10 — ns 15 — ns Conditions DS41452A-page 305 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-15: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 0, SMP = 0) SSx SP70 SCKx (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SP78 SP79 SP79 SP78 SCKx (CKP = 1) SP80 bit 6 - - - - - -1 MSb SDOx LSb SP75, SP76 SDIx MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 SP73 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. FIGURE 25-16: SPI MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) SSx SP81 SCKx (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SP79 SP73 SCKx (CKP = 1) SP80 SDOx MSb SP78 bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb SP75, SP76 SDIx MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. DS41452A-page 306 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-17: SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 0) SSx SP70 SCKx (CKP = 0) SP83 SP71 SP72 SP78 SP79 SP79 SP78 SCKx (CKP = 1) SP80 MSb SDOx LSb bit 6 - - - - - -1 SP77 SP75, SP76 SDIx MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 SP73 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. FIGURE 25-18: SSx SPI SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE = 1) SP82 SP70 SP83 SCKx (CKP = 0) SP71 SP72 SCKx (CKP = 1) SP80 MSb SDOx bit 6 - - - - - -1 LSb SP77 SP75, SP76 SDIx MSb In bit 6 - - - -1 LSb In SP74 Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 307 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-12: SPI MODE REQUIREMENTS Param No. Symbol Characteristic Min. Typ† Max. Units Conditions SP70* TSSL2SCH, SSx to SCKx or SCKx input TSSL2SCL TCY — — ns SP71* TSCH SCKx input high time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns SP72* TSCL SCKx input low time (Slave mode) TCY + 20 — — ns SP73* TDIV2SCH, Setup time of SDIx data input to SCKx edge TDIV2SCL 100 — — ns SP74* TSCH2DIL, TSCL2DIL Hold time of SDIx data input to SCKx edge 100 — — ns SP75* TDOR SDO data output rise time — 10 25 ns SP76* TDOF SDOx data output fall time 3.0-5.5V 1.8-5.5V — 25 50 ns — 10 25 ns SP77* TSSH2DOZ SSx to SDOx output high-impedance 10 — 50 ns SP78* TSCR SCKx output rise time (Master mode) — 10 25 ns SP79* TSCF SCKx output fall time (Master mode) 3.0-5.5V — 25 50 ns — 10 25 ns 3.0-5.5V — — 50 ns 1.8-5.5V — — 145 ns SP81* TDOV2SCH, SDOx data output setup to SCKx edge TDOV2SCL Tcy — — ns SP82* TSSL2DOV — — 50 ns 1.5TCY + 40 — — ns SP80* TSCH2DOV, SDOx data output valid after TSCL2DOV SCKx edge 1.8-5.5V SDOx data output valid after SS edge SP83* TSCH2SSH, SSx after SCKx edge TSCL2SSH * These parameters are characterized but not tested. † Data in “Typ” column is at 3.0V, 25°C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. FIGURE 25-19: I2C™ BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING SCLx SP93 SP91 SP90 SP92 SDAx Stop Condition Start Condition Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. DS41452A-page 308 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 FIGURE 25-20: I2C™ BUS DATA TIMING SP103 SCLx SP100 SP90 SP102 SP101 SP106 SP107 SP91 SDAx In SP92 SP110 SP109 SP109 SDAx Out Note: Refer to Figure 25-4 for load conditions. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 309 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TABLE 25-13: I2C™ BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS Param. No. Symbol SP100* THIGH Characteristic Clock high time Min. Max. Units 100 kHz mode 4.0 — s Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 0.6 — s Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz 1.5TCY — — 100 kHz mode 4.7 — s Device must operate at a minimum of 1.5 MHz 400 kHz mode 1.3 — s Device must operate at a minimum of 10 MHz SSP module SP101* TLOW Clock low time SSP module SP102* TR SP103* TF SP106* THD:DAT SP107* TSU:DAT SP109* TAA SP110* SP111 * Note 1: 2: TBUF CB 1.5TCY — — 100 kHz mode — 1000 ns 400 kHz mode 20 + 0.1CB 300 ns SDAx and SCLx fall 100 kHz mode time 400 kHz mode — 250 ns 20 + 0.1CB 250 ns SDAx and SCLx rise time Data input hold time 100 kHz mode 0 — ns 400 kHz mode 0 0.9 s Data input setup time 100 kHz mode 250 — ns 400 kHz mode 100 — ns Output valid from clock 100 kHz mode — 3500 ns 400 kHz mode — — ns Bus free time Conditions 100 kHz mode 4.7 — s 400 kHz mode 1.3 — s — 400 pF Bus capacitive loading CB is specified to be from 10-400 pF CB is specified to be from 10-400 pF (Note 2) (Note 1) Time the bus must be free before a new transmission can start These parameters are characterized but not tested. As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region (min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCLx to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions. A Fast mode (400 kHz) I2C™ bus device can be used in a Standard mode (100 kHz) I2C bus system, but the requirement TSU:DAT 250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the low period of the SCLx signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCLx signal, it must output the next data bit to the SDAx line TR max. + TSU:DAT = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard mode I2C bus specification), before the SCLx line is released. DS41452A-page 310 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 26.0 DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND CHARTS Graphs and charts are not available at this time. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 311 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 312 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 27.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT 27.1 The PIC® microcontrollers and dsPIC® digital signal controllers are supported with a full range of software and hardware development tools: • Integrated Development Environment - MPLAB® IDE Software • Compilers/Assemblers/Linkers - MPLAB C Compiler for Various Device Families - HI-TECH C for Various Device Families - MPASMTM Assembler - MPLINKTM Object Linker/ MPLIBTM Object Librarian - MPLAB Assembler/Linker/Librarian for Various Device Families • Simulators - MPLAB SIM Software Simulator • Emulators - MPLAB REAL ICE™ In-Circuit Emulator • In-Circuit Debuggers - MPLAB ICD 3 - PICkit™ 3 Debug Express • Device Programmers - PICkit™ 2 Programmer - MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer • Low-Cost Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8/16/32-bit microcontroller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows® operating system-based application that contains: • A single graphical interface to all debugging tools - Simulator - Programmer (sold separately) - In-Circuit Emulator (sold separately) - In-Circuit Debugger (sold separately) • A full-featured editor with color-coded context • A multiple project manager • Customizable data windows with direct edit of contents • High-level source code debugging • Mouse over variable inspection • Drag and drop variables from source to watch windows • Extensive on-line help • Integration of select third party tools, such as IAR C Compilers The MPLAB IDE allows you to: • Edit your source files (either C or assembly) • One-touch compile or assemble, and download to emulator and simulator tools (automatically updates all project information) • Debug using: - Source files (C or assembly) - Mixed C and assembly - Machine code MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a single development paradigm, from the cost-effective simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning curve when upgrading to tools with increased flexibility and power. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 313 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 27.2 MPLAB C Compilers for Various Device Families The MPLAB C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC18, PIC24 and PIC32 families of microcontrollers and the dsPIC30 and dsPIC33 families of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, superior code optimization and ease of use. For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. 27.3 HI-TECH C for Various Device Families For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE debugger. The compilers include a macro assembler, linker, preprocessor, and one-step driver, and can run on multiple platforms. MPASM Assembler The MPASM Assembler is a full-featured, universal macro assembler for PIC10/12/16/18 MCUs. The MPASM Assembler generates relocatable object files for the MPLINK Object Linker, Intel® standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, absolute LST files that contain source lines and generated machine code and COFF files for debugging. The MPASM Assembler features include: MPLINK Object Linker/ MPLIB Object Librarian The MPLINK Object Linker combines relocatable objects created by the MPASM Assembler and the MPLAB C18 C Compiler. It can link relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using directives from a linker script. The MPLIB Object Librarian manages the creation and modification of library files of precompiled code. When a routine from a library is called from a source file, only the modules that contain that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. The object linker/library features include: The HI-TECH C Compiler code development systems are complete ANSI C compilers for Microchip’s PIC family of microcontrollers and the dsPIC family of digital signal controllers. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities, omniscient code generation and ease of use. 27.4 27.5 • Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many smaller files • Enhanced code maintainability by grouping related modules together • Flexible creation of libraries with easy module listing, replacement, deletion and extraction 27.6 MPLAB Assembler, Linker and Librarian for Various Device Families MPLAB Assembler produces relocatable machine code from symbolic assembly language for PIC24, PIC32 and dsPIC devices. MPLAB C Compiler uses the assembler to produce its object file. The assembler generates relocatable object files that can then be archived or linked with other relocatable object files and archives to create an executable file. Notable features of the assembler include: • • • • • • Support for the entire device instruction set Support for fixed-point and floating-point data Command line interface Rich directive set Flexible macro language MPLAB IDE compatibility • Integration into MPLAB IDE projects • User-defined macros to streamline assembly code • Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source files • Directives that allow complete control over the assembly process DS41452A-page 314 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 27.7 MPLAB SIM Software Simulator 27.9 The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC-hosted environment by simulating the PIC MCUs and dsPIC® DSCs on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a comprehensive stimulus controller. Registers can be logged to files for further run-time analysis. The trace buffer and logic analyzer display extend the power of the simulator to record and track program execution, actions on I/O, most peripherals and internal registers. The MPLAB SIM Software Simulator fully supports symbolic debugging using the MPLAB C Compilers, and the MPASM and MPLAB Assemblers. The software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the hardware laboratory environment, making it an excellent, economical software development tool. 27.8 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System is Microchip’s next generation high-speed emulator for Microchip Flash DSC and MCU devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash MCUs and dsPIC® Flash DSCs with the easy-to-use, powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), included with each kit. The emulator is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with either a connector compatible with incircuit debugger systems (RJ11) or with the new highspeed, noise tolerant, Low-Voltage Differential Signal (LVDS) interconnection (CAT5). The emulator is field upgradable through future firmware downloads in MPLAB IDE. In upcoming releases of MPLAB IDE, new devices will be supported, and new features will be added. MPLAB REAL ICE offers significant advantages over competitive emulators including low-cost, full-speed emulation, run-time variable watches, trace analysis, complex breakpoints, a ruggedized probe interface and long (up to three meters) interconnection cables. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger System is Microchip’s most cost effective high-speed hardware debugger/programmer for Microchip Flash Digital Signal Controller (DSC) and microcontroller (MCU) devices. It debugs and programs PIC® Flash microcontrollers and dsPIC® DSCs with the powerful, yet easyto-use graphical user interface of MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB ICD 3 In-Circuit Debugger probe is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a high-speed USB 2.0 interface and is connected to the target with a connector compatible with the MPLAB ICD 2 or MPLAB REAL ICE systems (RJ-11). MPLAB ICD 3 supports all MPLAB ICD 2 headers. 27.10 PICkit 3 In-Circuit Debugger/ Programmer and PICkit 3 Debug Express The MPLAB PICkit 3 allows debugging and programming of PIC® and dsPIC® Flash microcontrollers at a most affordable price point using the powerful graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE). The MPLAB PICkit 3 is connected to the design engineer’s PC using a full speed USB interface and can be connected to the target via an Microchip debug (RJ-11) connector (compatible with MPLAB ICD 3 and MPLAB REAL ICE). The connector uses two device I/O pins and the reset line to implement in-circuit debugging and In-Circuit Serial Programming™. The PICkit 3 Debug Express include the PICkit 3, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. Preliminary DS41452A-page 315 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 27.11 PICkit 2 Development Programmer/Debugger and PICkit 2 Debug Express 27.13 Demonstration/Development Boards, Evaluation Kits, and Starter Kits The PICkit™ 2 Development Programmer/Debugger is a low-cost development tool with an easy to use interface for programming and debugging Microchip’s Flash families of microcontrollers. The full featured Windows® programming interface supports baseline (PIC10F, PIC12F5xx, PIC16F5xx), midrange (PIC12F6xx, PIC16F), PIC18F, PIC24, dsPIC30, dsPIC33, and PIC32 families of 8-bit, 16-bit, and 32-bit microcontrollers, and many Microchip Serial EEPROM products. With Microchip’s powerful MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) the PICkit™ 2 enables in-circuit debugging on most PIC® microcontrollers. In-Circuit-Debugging runs, halts and single steps the program while the PIC microcontroller is embedded in the application. When halted at a breakpoint, the file registers can be examined and modified. A wide variety of demonstration, development and evaluation boards for various PIC MCUs and dsPIC DSCs allows quick application development on fully functional systems. Most boards include prototyping areas for adding custom circuitry and provide application firmware and source code for examination and modification. The PICkit 2 Debug Express include the PICkit 2, demo board and microcontroller, hookup cables and CDROM with user’s guide, lessons, tutorial, compiler and MPLAB IDE software. 27.12 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer The MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer is a universal, CE compliant device programmer with programmable voltage verification at VDDMIN and VDDMAX for maximum reliability. It features a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error messages and a modular, detachable socket assembly to support various package types. The ICSP™ cable assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer can read, verify and program PIC devices without a PC connection. It can also set code protection in this mode. The MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-232 or USB cable. The MPLAB PM3 has high-speed communications and optimized algorithms for quick programming of large memory devices and incorporates an MMC card for file storage and data applications. DS41452A-page 316 The boards support a variety of features, including LEDs, temperature sensors, switches, speakers, RS-232 interfaces, LCD displays, potentiometers and additional EEPROM memory. The demonstration and development boards can be used in teaching environments, for prototyping custom circuits and for learning about various microcontroller applications. In addition to the PICDEM™ and dsPICDEM™ demonstration/development board series of circuits, Microchip has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software for analog filter design, KEELOQ® security ICs, CAN, IrDA®, PowerSmart battery management, SEEVAL® evaluation system, Sigma-Delta ADC, flow rate sensing, plus many more. Also available are starter kits that contain everything needed to experience the specified device. This usually includes a single application and debug capability, all on one board. Check the Microchip web page (www.microchip.com) for the complete list of demonstration, development and evaluation kits. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 28.0 PACKAGING INFORMATION 28.1 Package Marking Information 28-Lead SOIC (.300”) Example PIC16F1516-E/SO e3 1048017 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SPDIP (.300”) Example PIC16F1516-E/SP e3 1048017 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 28-Lead SSOP (.209”) Example XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN PIC16F1516 -E/SS e3 1048017 28-Lead UQFN (4x4x0.5 mm) Example XXXXX XXXXXX XXXXXX YWWNNN Legend: XX...X Y YY WW NNN e3 * Note: PIC16 F1516 E/MV e3 048017 Customer-specific information Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 317 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Package Marking Information (Continued) 40-Lead PDIP (.600”) Example XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN 40-Lead UQFN (5x5x0.5 mm) PIC16F1517-E/P e3 1048017 Example PIN 1 PIC16 LF1517 -E/MV e3 1048017 44-Lead TQFP (10x10x1 mm) Example XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX YYWWNNN PIC16F1517 -E/PT e3 1048017 Legend: XX...X Y YY WW NNN e3 * Note: DS41452A-page 318 Customer-specific information Year code (last digit of calendar year) Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week ‘01’) Alphanumeric traceability code Pb-free JEDEC designator for Matte Tin (Sn) This package is Pb-free. The Pb-free JEDEC designator ( e3 ) can be found on the outer packaging for this package. In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line, thus limiting the number of available characters for customer-specific information. Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 28.2 Package Details The following sections give the technical details of the packages. !"#$ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D N E E1 NOTE 1 1 2 3 e b h α h c φ A2 A L A1 6&! '! 7'&! 8"') %! β L1 77.. 8 8 89 : & 9 ;& < 1, < ##44!! / < < &# %%+ < - 9 >#& . ##4>#& . /1, 9 7& 1, =/ -1, ,'%? & @ / < / 3 &7& 7 < 3 && 7 .3 3 & A < A 7#4!! < -- 7#>#& ) - < / #%& /A < /A #%&1 && ' /A < /A %& !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#/''!# '! #& .0/ 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,/1 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 319 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS41452A-page 320 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 ' (" ) ! (" $ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 N NOTE 1 E1 1 2 3 D E A2 A L c b1 A1 b e eB 6&! '! 7'&! 8"') %! 8,;. 8 8 89 : & & & < < ##44!! -/ / 1!& & / < < "#& "#>#& . - --/ ##4>#& . / / 9 7& -/ -=/ & & 7 - / 7#4!! / ) / ) 1 < < 67#>#& 7 *7#>#& 9 *+ 1, - %& !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#B!# '! #& .0/ 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! * ,1 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 321 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 *+') ! $ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D N E E1 1 2 NOTE 1 b e c A2 A φ A1 L L1 6&! '! 7'&! 8"') %! 77.. 8 8 89 : & 9 ;& < =/1, < ##44!! =/ / / &# %% / < < 9 >#& . ##4>#& . / /- /= 9 7& / 3 &7& 7 // / / 3 && 7 /.3 7#4!! < 3 & A A / A 7#>#& ) < - %& !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#''!# - '! #& .0/ 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,-1 DS41452A-page 322 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 323 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS41452A-page 324 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 325 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 , (" - ! (" $ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 N NOTE 1 E1 1 2 3 D E A2 A L c b1 A1 b e eB 6&! '! 7'&! 8"') %! 8,;. 8 8 89 : & & & < < / ##44!! / < / 1!& & / < < "#& "#>#& . / < =/ ##4>#& . / < / 9 7& < / & & 7 / < 7#4!! < / ) - < ) < - 1 < < 67#>#& 7 *7#>#& 9 *+ 1, %& !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# +%&,&!& - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#B!# '! #& .0/ 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! * ,=1 DS41452A-page 326 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 327 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging DS41452A-page 328 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Note: For the most current package drawings, please see the Microchip Packaging Specification located at http://www.microchip.com/packaging 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 329 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 ,, .*/01' .23232 !./0 $ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 D D1 E e E1 N b NOTE 1 1 2 3 NOTE 2 α A φ c β A2 A1 L L1 6&! '! 7'&! 8"') %7#! 77.. 8 8 89 : 7#& 9 ;& < 1, < ##44!! / / &# %% / < / 3 &7& 7 / = / 3 && 7 .3 3 & 9 >#& . 1, 9 7& 1, ##4>#& . 1, ##47& 1, A -/A A 7#4!! < 7#>#& ) - - / #%& A A -A #%&1 && ' A A -A %& !"#$%&"' ()"&'"!&) &#*&&&# ,'%!& ! & Y!Z' - '! !#.# &"#' #%! &"! ! #%! &"! !! &$#/''!# '! #& .0/ 1,2 1!'! &$& "! **& "&& ! .32 %'! ("!"*& "&& (% % '& " !! * ,=1 DS41452A-page 330 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 ,, .*/01' .23232 !./0 $ %& 3 &' !&"&4#*!(!!& 4%& &#& &&255***' '54 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 331 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 332 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 APPENDIX A: DATA SHEET REVISION HISTORY Revision A Original release (12/2010) 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 333 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 NOTES: DS41452A-page 334 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 INDEX A A/D Specifications............................................................ 302 Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................. 283 AC Characteristics Industrial and Extended ............................................ 296 Load Conditions ........................................................ 295 ACKSTAT ......................................................................... 220 ACKSTAT Status Flag ...................................................... 220 ADC .................................................................................. 141 Acquisition Requirements ......................................... 151 Associated registers.................................................. 153 Block Diagram........................................................... 141 Calculating Acquisition Time..................................... 151 Channel Selection..................................................... 142 Configuration............................................................. 142 Configuring Interrupt ................................................. 146 Conversion Clock...................................................... 142 Conversion Procedure .............................................. 146 Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) IMPEDANCE .............. 151 Interrupts................................................................... 144 Operation .................................................................. 145 Operation During Sleep ............................................ 145 Port Configuration ..................................................... 142 Reference Voltage (VREF)......................................... 142 Source Impedance.................................................... 151 Special Event Trigger................................................ 145 Starting an A/D Conversion ...................................... 144 ADCON0 Register....................................................... 34, 147 ADCON1 Register....................................................... 34, 148 ADDFSR ........................................................................... 273 ADDWFC .......................................................................... 273 ADRESH Register............................................................... 34 ADRESH Register (ADFM = 0) ......................................... 149 ADRESH Register (ADFM = 1) ......................................... 150 ADRESL Register ............................................................... 34 ADRESL Register (ADFM = 0).......................................... 149 ADRESL Register (ADFM = 1).......................................... 150 Alternate Pin Function....................................................... 114 Analog-to-Digital Converter. See ADC ANSELA Register ............................................................. 117 ANSELB Register ............................................................. 121 ANSELC Register ............................................................. 124 ANSELD Register ............................................................. 127 ANSELE Register ............................................................. 130 APFCON Register....................................................... 35, 114 Assembler MPASM Assembler................................................... 314 B BAUDCON Register.......................................................... 248 BF ............................................................................. 220, 222 BF Status Flag .......................................................... 220, 222 Block Diagrams (CCP) Capture Mode Operation ............................... 176 ADC .......................................................................... 141 ADC Transfer Function ............................................. 152 Analog Input Model ................................................... 152 CCP PWM................................................................. 180 Clock Source............................................................... 52 Compare ................................................................... 178 Crystal Operation .................................................. 54, 55 EUSART Receive ..................................................... 238 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. EUSART Transmit .................................................... 237 External RC Mode ...................................................... 55 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)................................. 62 Generic I/O Port........................................................ 113 Interrupt Logic............................................................. 75 On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 67 Resonator Operation .................................................. 54 Timer0 ...................................................................... 155 Timer1 ...................................................................... 159 Timer1 Gate.............................................. 164, 165, 166 Timer2 ...................................................................... 171 Voltage Reference.................................................... 137 BORCON Register.............................................................. 69 BRA .................................................................................. 274 Break Character (12-bit) Transmit and Receive ............... 257 Brown-out Reset (BOR)...................................................... 69 Specifications ........................................................... 300 Timing and Characteristics ....................................... 299 C C Compilers MPLAB C18.............................................................. 314 CALL................................................................................. 275 CALLW ............................................................................. 275 Capture Module. See Capture/Compare/PWM(CCP) Capture/Compare/PWM ................................................... 175 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ........................................ 176 Associated Registers w/ PWM ................................. 183 Capture Mode........................................................... 176 CCPx Pin Configuration............................................ 176 Compare Mode......................................................... 178 CCPx Pin Configuration.................................... 178 Software Interrupt Mode ........................... 176, 178 Special Event Trigger ....................................... 178 Timer1 Mode Resource ............................ 176, 178 Prescaler .................................................................. 176 PWM Mode Duty Cycle ........................................................ 181 Effects of Reset ................................................ 183 Example PWM Frequencies and Resolutions, 20 MHZ................................ 182 Example PWM Frequencies and Resolutions, 8 MHz .................................. 182 Operation in Sleep Mode.................................. 183 Resolution ........................................................ 182 System Clock Frequency Changes .................. 183 PWM Operation ........................................................ 180 PWM Overview......................................................... 180 PWM Period ............................................................. 181 PWM Setup .............................................................. 181 Specifications ........................................................... 301 CCP. See Capture/Compare/PWM CCP1CON Register............................................................ 36 CCPR1H Register............................................................... 36 CCPR1L Register ............................................................... 36 CCPxCON (CCPx) Register ............................................. 184 Clock Accuracy with Asynchronous Operation ................. 246 Clock Sources External Modes........................................................... 53 EC ...................................................................... 53 HS ...................................................................... 53 LP ....................................................................... 53 OST .................................................................... 54 RC ...................................................................... 55 Preliminary DS41452A-page 335 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 XT ....................................................................... 53 Internal Modes ............................................................ 56 HFINTOSC.......................................................... 56 Internal Oscillator Clock Switch Timing............... 57 LFINTOSC .......................................................... 56 Clock Switching................................................................... 59 Code Examples A/D Conversion ......................................................... 146 Changing Between Capture Prescalers .................... 176 Initializing PORTA ..................................................... 115 Initializing PORTB ..................................................... 119 Initializing PORTC..................................................... 122 Initializing PORTD..................................................... 125 Initializing PORTE ..................................................... 128 Writing to Flash Program Memory ............................ 106 Comparators C2OUT as T1 Gate ................................................... 161 Compare Module. See Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) CONFIG1 Register.............................................................. 46 CONFIG2 Register.............................................................. 48 Core Function Register ....................................................... 33 Customer Change Notification Service ............................. 341 Customer Notification Service........................................... 341 Customer Support ............................................................. 341 D Data Memory....................................................................... 24 DC and AC Characteristics ............................................... 311 DC Characteristics Extended and Industrial ............................................ 292 Industrial and Extended ............................................ 285 Development Support ....................................................... 313 Device Configuration........................................................... 45 Code Protection .......................................................... 49 Configuration Word ..................................................... 45 User ID .................................................................. 49, 50 Device ID Register .............................................................. 50 Device Overview ........................................................... 13, 93 E Effects of Reset PWM mode ............................................................... 183 Electrical Specifications .................................................... 283 Enhanced Mid-range CPU .................................................. 19 Enhanced Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (EUSART)............................... 237 Errata .................................................................................. 11 EUSART............................................................................ 237 Associated Registers Baud Rate Generator........................................ 250 Asynchronous Mode ................................................. 239 12-bit Break Transmit and Receive................... 257 Associated Registers Receive ..................................................... 245 Transmit .................................................... 241 Auto-Wake-up on Break.................................... 255 Baud Rate Generator (BRG)............................. 249 Clock Accuracy ................................................. 246 Receiver............................................................ 242 Setting up 9-bit Mode with Address Detect....... 244 Transmitter........................................................ 239 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) Auto Baud Rate Detect ..................................... 254 Baud Rate Error, Calculating ............................ 249 Baud Rates, Asynchronous Modes................... 251 Formulas ........................................................... 250 DS41452A-page 336 High Baud Rate Select (BRGH Bit) .................. 249 Synchronous Master Mode............................... 258, 262 Associated Registers Receive .................................................... 261 Transmit.................................................... 259 Reception ......................................................... 260 Transmission .................................................... 258 Synchronous Slave Mode Associated Registers Receive .................................................... 263 Transmit.................................................... 262 Reception ......................................................... 263 Transmission .................................................... 262 Extended Instruction Set ADDFSR ................................................................... 273 F Fail-Safe Clock Monitor ...................................................... 62 Fail-Safe Condition Clearing....................................... 62 Fail-Safe Detection ..................................................... 62 Fail-Safe Operation..................................................... 62 Reset or Wake-up from Sleep .................................... 62 Firmware Instructions ....................................................... 269 Fixed Voltage Reference (FVR)........................................ 137 Associated Registers ................................................ 138 Flash Program Memory ...................................................... 97 Associated Registers ................................................ 112 Configuration Word w/ Flash Program Memory........ 112 Erasing ..................................................................... 101 Modifying .................................................................. 107 Write Verify ............................................................... 109 Writing ...................................................................... 103 FSR Register ...................................................................... 33 FVRCON (Fixed Voltage Reference Control) Register..... 138 I I2C Mode (MSSP) Acknowledge Sequence Timing ............................... 224 Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition................... 228 During a Stop Condition ................................... 229 Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 225 I2C Clock Rate w/BRG.............................................. 231 Master Mode Operation.......................................................... 216 Reception ......................................................... 222 Start Condition Timing .............................. 218, 219 Transmission .................................................... 220 Multi-Master Communication, Bus Collision and Arbitration ......................................................... 225 Multi-Master Mode .................................................... 225 Read/Write Bit Information (R/W Bit) ........................ 201 Slave Mode Transmission .................................................... 206 Sleep Operation........................................................ 225 Stop Condition Timing .............................................. 224 INDF Register ..................................................................... 33 Indirect Addressing ............................................................. 41 Instruction Format............................................................. 270 Instruction Set................................................................... 269 ADDLW..................................................................... 273 ADDWF..................................................................... 273 ADDWFC .................................................................. 273 ANDLW..................................................................... 273 ANDWF..................................................................... 273 BRA .......................................................................... 274 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 CALL ......................................................................... 275 CALLW...................................................................... 275 LSLF ......................................................................... 277 LSRF......................................................................... 277 MOVF........................................................................ 277 MOVIW ..................................................................... 278 MOVLB ..................................................................... 278 MOVWI ..................................................................... 279 OPTION .................................................................... 279 RESET ...................................................................... 279 SUBWFB................................................................... 281 TRIS.......................................................................... 282 BCF........................................................................... 274 BSF ........................................................................... 274 BTFSC ...................................................................... 274 BTFSS ...................................................................... 274 CALL ......................................................................... 275 CLRF......................................................................... 275 CLRW ....................................................................... 275 CLRWDT................................................................... 275 COMF ....................................................................... 275 DECF ........................................................................ 275 DECFSZ.................................................................... 276 GOTO ....................................................................... 276 INCF.......................................................................... 276 INCFSZ ..................................................................... 276 IORLW ...................................................................... 276 IORWF ...................................................................... 276 MOVLW .................................................................... 278 MOVWF .................................................................... 278 NOP .......................................................................... 279 RETFIE ..................................................................... 280 RETLW ..................................................................... 280 RETURN ................................................................... 280 RLF ........................................................................... 280 RRF........................................................................... 281 SLEEP ...................................................................... 281 SUBLW ..................................................................... 281 SUBWF ..................................................................... 281 SWAPF ..................................................................... 282 XORLW..................................................................... 282 XORWF..................................................................... 282 INTCON Register ................................................................ 80 Internal Oscillator Block INTOSC Specifications.................................................... 297 Internal Sampling Switch (RSS) IMPEDANCE ...................... 151 Internet Address................................................................ 341 Interrupt-On-Change ......................................................... 133 Associated Registers ................................................ 135 Interrupts ............................................................................. 75 ADC .......................................................................... 146 Associated registers w/ Interrupts............................... 85 Configuration Word w/ Clock Sources ........................ 65 Configuration Word w/ LDO ........................................ 91 TMR1 ........................................................................ 163 INTOSC Specifications ..................................................... 297 IOCAF Register................................................................. 134 IOCAN Register ................................................................ 134 IOCAP Register ................................................................ 134 L LATA Register........................................................... 117, 123 LATB Register................................................................... 120 LATD Register .................................................................. 126 LATE Register................................................................... 130 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Load Conditions................................................................ 295 LSLF ................................................................................. 277 LSRF ................................................................................ 277 M Master Synchronous Serial Port. See MSSP MCLR ................................................................................. 70 Internal........................................................................ 70 Memory Organization ......................................................... 21 Data ............................................................................ 24 Program...................................................................... 21 Microchip Internet Web Site.............................................. 341 MOVIW ............................................................................. 278 MOVLB ............................................................................. 278 MOVWI ............................................................................. 279 MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker, Librarian ................... 314 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software.. 313 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 316 MPLAB REAL ICE In-Circuit Emulator System ................ 315 MPLINK Object Linker/MPLIB Object Librarian ................ 314 MSSP ............................................................................... 185 I2C Mode .................................................................. 196 I2C Mode Operation.................................................. 198 SPI Mode.................................................................. 188 SSPBUF Register..................................................... 191 SSPSR Register ....................................................... 191 O OPCODE Field Descriptions............................................. 269 OPTION ............................................................................ 279 OPTION_REG Register.................................................... 157 OSCCON Register.............................................................. 64 Oscillator Associated Registers.................................................. 65 Oscillator Module ................................................................ 51 ECH ............................................................................ 51 ECL............................................................................. 51 ECM............................................................................ 51 HS............................................................................... 51 INTOSC ...................................................................... 51 LP ............................................................................... 51 RC .............................................................................. 51 XT ............................................................................... 51 Oscillator Parameters ....................................................... 297 Oscillator Specifications.................................................... 296 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) Specifications ........................................................... 300 Oscillator Switching Fail-Safe Clock Monitor .............................................. 62 Two-Speed Clock Start-up ......................................... 60 OSCSTAT Register ............................................................ 65 P Packaging ......................................................................... 317 Marking............................................................. 317, 318 PDIP Details ............................................................. 319 PCL and PCLATH............................................................... 20 PCL Register ...................................................................... 33 PCLATH Register ............................................................... 33 PCON Register ............................................................. 34, 73 PIE1 Register ............................................................... 34, 81 PIE2 Register ............................................................... 34, 82 Pinout Descriptions PIR1 Register ............................................................... 34, 83 PIR2 Register ............................................................... 34, 84 PMADR Registers............................................................... 97 Preliminary DS41452A-page 337 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 PMADRH Registers ............................................................ 97 PMADRL Register............................................................. 110 PMADRL Registers ............................................................. 97 PMCON1 Register ...................................................... 97, 111 PMCON2 Register ...................................................... 97, 112 PMDATH Register............................................................. 110 PORTA.............................................................................. 115 ANSELA Register ..................................................... 115 Associated Registers ................................................ 118 Configuration Word w/ PORTA ................................. 118 PORTA Register ................................................... 34, 35 Specifications ............................................................ 298 PORTA Register ............................................................... 116 PORTB.............................................................................. 119 ANSELB Register ..................................................... 119 Associated Registers ................................................ 121 PORTB Register ................................................... 34, 35 PORTB Register ............................................................... 120 PORTC.............................................................................. 122 ANSELC Register ..................................................... 122 Associated Registers ................................................ 124 PORTC Register ................................................... 34, 35 PORTC Register ............................................................... 123 PORTD.............................................................................. 125 ANSELD Register ..................................................... 125 Associated Registers ................................................ 127 PORTD Register ................................................... 34, 35 PORTD Register ............................................................... 126 PORTE.............................................................................. 128 ANSELE Register ..................................................... 128 Associated Registers ................................................ 131 Configuration Word w/PORTE .................................. 131 PORTE Register ................................................... 34, 35 PORTE Register ............................................................... 129 Power-Down Mode (Sleep) ................................................. 87 Associated Registers .................................................. 90 Power-on Reset .................................................................. 68 Power-up Time-out Sequence ............................................ 70 Power-up Timer (PWRT)..................................................... 68 Specifications ............................................................ 300 PR2 Register....................................................................... 34 Precision Internal Oscillator Parameters........................... 297 Program Memory ................................................................ 21 Programming, Device Instructions .................................... 269 R RCREG ............................................................................. 244 RCREG Register................................................................. 35 RCSTA Register.......................................................... 35, 247 Reader Response ............................................................. 342 Read-Modify-Write Operations.......................................... 269 Registers ADCON0 (ADC Control 0) ........................................ 147 ADCON1 (ADC Control 1) ........................................ 148 ADRESH (ADC Result High) with ADFM = 0)........... 149 ADRESH (ADC Result High) with ADFM = 1)........... 150 ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 0) ............ 149 ADRESL (ADC Result Low) with ADFM = 1) ............ 150 ANSELA (PORTA Analog Select) ............................. 117 ANSELB (PORTB Analog Select) ............................. 121 ANSELC (PORTC Analog Select) ............................ 124 ANSELD (PORTD Analog Select) ............................ 127 ANSELE (PORTE Analog Select) ............................. 130 APFCON (Alternate Pin Function Control)................ 114 BAUDCON (Baud Rate Control) ............................... 248 BORCON Brown-out Reset Control)........................... 69 DS41452A-page 338 CCPxCON (CCPx Control) ....................................... 184 Configuration Word 1.................................................. 46 Configuration Word 2.................................................. 48 Core Function, Summary............................................ 33 Device ID .................................................................... 50 FVRCON................................................................... 138 INTCON (Interrupt Control)......................................... 80 IOCAF (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Flag).............. 134 IOCAN (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Negative Edge) ................................................................ 134 IOCAP (Interrupt-on-Change PORTA Positive Edge) ................................................................ 134 LATA (Data Latch PORTA)....................................... 117 LATB (Data Latch PORTB)....................................... 120 LATC (Data Latch PORTC) ...................................... 123 LATD (Data Latch PORTD) ...................................... 126 LATE (Data Latch PORTE)....................................... 130 OPTION_REG (OPTION) ......................................... 157 OSCCON (Oscillator Control) ..................................... 64 OSCSTAT (Oscillator Status) ..................................... 65 PCON (Power Control) ............................................... 73 PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1)........................... 81 PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2)........................... 82 PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Register 1) ........................ 83 PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request 2) ........................ 84 PMADRL (Program Memory Address) ..................... 110 PMCON1 (Program Memory Control 1).................... 111 PMCON2 (Program Memory Control 2).................... 112 PMDATH (Program Memory Data)........................... 110 PORTA ..................................................................... 116 PORTB ..................................................................... 120 PORTC ..................................................................... 123 PORTD ..................................................................... 126 PORTE ..................................................................... 129 RCREG..................................................................... 254 RCSTA (Receive Status and Control) ...................... 247 SPBRGH .................................................................. 249 SPBRGL ................................................................... 249 Special Function, Summary........................................ 34 SSPADD (MSSP Address and Baud Rate, I2C Mode) ......................................................... 236 SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1) ................................... 233 SSPCON2 (SSP Control 2) ...................................... 234 SSPCON3 (SSP Control 3) ...................................... 235 SSPMSK (SSP Mask)............................................... 236 SSPSTAT (SSP Status)............................................ 232 STATUS ..................................................................... 25 T1CON (Timer1 Control) .......................................... 167 T1GCON (Timer1 Gate Control)............................... 168 T2CON ..................................................................... 173 TRISA (Tri-State PORTA)......................................... 116 TRISB (Tri-State PORTB)......................................... 120 TRISC (Tri-State PORTC) ........................................ 123 TRISD (Tri-State PORTD) ........................................ 126 TRISE (Tri-State PORTE)......................................... 129 TXSTA (Transmit Status and Control) ...................... 246 VREGCON (Voltage Regulator Control)..................... 89 WDTCON (Watchdog Timer Control) ......................... 95 WPUB (Weak Pull-up PORTB)................................. 121 RESET.............................................................................. 279 Reset .................................................................................. 67 Reset Instruction................................................................. 70 Resets................................................................................. 67 Associated Registers .................................................. 74 Revision History................................................................ 333 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 S Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM)..................................... 315 SPBRG Register ................................................................. 35 SPBRGH Register ............................................................ 249 SPBRGL Register ............................................................. 249 Special Event Trigger........................................................ 145 Special Function Registers (SFRs) ..................................... 34 SPI Mode (MSSP) Associated Registers ................................................ 195 SPI Clock .................................................................. 191 SSPADD Register ....................................................... 36, 236 SSPBUF Register ............................................................... 36 SSPCON Register .............................................................. 36 SSPCON1 Register .......................................................... 233 SSPCON2 Register .......................................................... 234 SSPCON3 Register .......................................................... 235 SSPMSK Register............................................................. 236 SSPOV.............................................................................. 222 SSPOV Status Flag .......................................................... 222 SSPSTAT Register ..................................................... 36, 232 R/W Bit...................................................................... 201 Stack ................................................................................... 39 Accessing.................................................................... 39 Reset........................................................................... 41 Stack Overflow/Underflow................................................... 70 STATUS Register ............................................................... 25 SUBWFB........................................................................... 281 T T1CON Register ......................................................... 34, 167 T1GCON Register............................................................. 168 T2CON (Timer2) Register ................................................. 173 T2CON Register ................................................................. 34 Temperature Indicator Module .......................................... 139 Thermal Considerations .................................................... 294 Timer0 ............................................................................... 155 Associated Registers ................................................ 157 Operation .................................................................. 155 Specifications............................................................ 301 Timer1 ............................................................................... 159 Associated registers.................................................. 169 Asynchronous Counter Mode ................................... 161 Reading and Writing ......................................... 161 Clock Source Selection............................................. 160 Interrupt..................................................................... 163 Operation .................................................................. 160 Operation During Sleep ............................................ 163 Prescaler................................................................... 161 Secondary Oscillator................................................. 161 Specifications............................................................ 301 Timer1 Gate Selecting Source............................................... 161 TMR1H Register ....................................................... 159 TMR1L Register........................................................ 159 Timer2 ............................................................................... 171 Associated registers.................................................. 174 Timer2/4/6 Associated registers.................................................. 174 Timers Timer1 T1CON.............................................................. 167 T1GCON ........................................................... 168 Timer2 T2CON.............................................................. 173 Timing Diagrams 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. A/D Conversion ........................................................ 303 A/D Conversion (Sleep Mode).................................. 303 Acknowledge Sequence ........................................... 224 Asynchronous Reception.......................................... 244 Asynchronous Transmission .................................... 240 Asynchronous Transmission (Back to Back) ............ 240 Auto Wake-up Bit (WUE) During Normal Operation. 256 Auto Wake-up Bit (WUE) During Sleep .................... 256 Automatic Baud Rate Calibration ............................. 254 Baud Rate Generator with Clock Arbitration............. 217 BRG Reset Due to SDA Arbitration During Start Condition .......................................................... 227 Brown-out Reset (BOR)............................................ 299 Brown-out Reset Situations ........................................ 69 Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition (Case 1)............................................................ 228 Bus Collision During a Repeated Start Condition (Case 2)............................................................ 228 Bus Collision During a Start Condition (SCL = 0) ..... 227 Bus Collision During a Stop Condition (Case 1)....... 229 Bus Collision During a Stop Condition (Case 2)....... 229 Bus Collision During Start Condition (SDA only) ...... 226 Bus Collision for Transmit and Acknowledge ........... 225 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ................................ 301 CLKOUT and I/O ...................................................... 297 Clock Synchronization .............................................. 214 Clock Timing............................................................. 296 Fail-Safe Clock Monitor (FSCM)................................. 63 First Start Bit Timing ................................................. 218 I2C Bus Data............................................................. 309 I2C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................. 308 I2C Master Mode (7 or 10-Bit Transmission) ............ 221 I2C Master Mode (7-Bit Reception) .......................... 223 I2C Stop Condition Receive or Transmit Mode......... 224 INT Pin Interrupt ......................................................... 78 Internal Oscillator Switch Timing ................................ 58 Repeat Start Condition ............................................. 219 Reset Start-up Sequence ........................................... 71 Reset, WDT, OST and Power-up Timer ................... 298 Send Break Character Sequence............................. 257 SPI Master Mode (CKE = 1, SMP = 1) ..................... 306 SPI Mode (Master Mode) ......................................... 191 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 0) ....................................... 307 SPI Slave Mode (CKE = 1) ....................................... 307 Synchronous Reception (Master Mode, SREN) ....... 261 Synchronous Transmission ...................................... 259 Synchronous Transmission (Through TXEN) ........... 259 Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock ........................... 300 Timer1 Incrementing Edge ....................................... 163 Two Speed Start-up.................................................... 61 USART Synchronous Receive (Master/Slave) ......... 304 USART Synchronous Transmission (Master/Slave). 304 Wake-up from Interrupt............................................... 88 Timing Parameter Symbology .......................................... 295 Timing Requirements I2C Bus Data............................................................. 310 SPI Mode.................................................................. 308 TMR0 Register.................................................................... 34 TMR1H Register ................................................................. 34 TMR1L Register.................................................................. 34 TMR2 Register.................................................................... 34 TRIS ................................................................................. 282 TRISA Register........................................................... 34, 116 TRISB ............................................................................... 119 TRISB Register........................................................... 34, 120 Preliminary DS41452A-page 339 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 TRISC ............................................................................... 122 TRISC Register ........................................................... 34, 123 TRISD ............................................................................... 125 TRISD Register ........................................................... 34, 126 TRISE................................................................................ 128 TRISE Register ........................................................... 34, 129 Two-Speed Clock Start-up Mode ........................................ 60 TXREG.............................................................................. 239 TXREG Register ................................................................. 35 TXSTA Register .......................................................... 35, 246 BRGH Bit .................................................................. 249 U USART Synchronous Master Mode Requirements, Synchronous Receive............... 304 Requirements, Synchronous Transmission ...... 304 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Receive............ 304 Timing Diagram, Synchronous Transmission ... 304 V VREF. SEE ADC Reference Voltage VREGCON Register............................................................ 89 W Wake-up on Break ............................................................ 255 Wake-up Using Interrupts ................................................... 88 Watchdog Timer (WDT) ...................................................... 70 Associated Registers .................................................. 96 Configuration Word w/ Watchdog Timer ..................... 96 Modes ......................................................................... 94 Specifications ............................................................ 300 WCOL ....................................................... 217, 220, 222, 224 WCOL Status Flag .................................... 217, 220, 222, 224 WDTCON Register.............................................................. 95 WPUB Register ................................................................. 121 Write Protection................................................................... 49 WWW Address.................................................................. 341 WWW, On-Line Support...................................................... 11 DS41452A-page 340 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 THE MICROCHIP WEB SITE CUSTOMER SUPPORT Microchip provides online support via our WWW site at www.microchip.com. This web site is used as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. Accessible by using your favorite Internet browser, the web site contains the following information: Users of Microchip products can receive assistance through several channels: • Product Support – Data sheets and errata, application notes and sample programs, design resources, user’s guides and hardware support documents, latest software releases and archived software • General Technical Support – Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ), technical support requests, online discussion groups, Microchip consultant program member listing • Business of Microchip – Product selector and ordering guides, latest Microchip press releases, listing of seminars and events, listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives • • • • • Distributor or Representative Local Sales Office Field Application Engineer (FAE) Technical Support Development Systems Information Line Customers should contact their distributor, representative or field application engineer (FAE) for support. Local sales offices are also available to help customers. A listing of sales offices and locations is included in the back of this document. Technical support is available through the web site at: http://support.microchip.com CUSTOMER CHANGE NOTIFICATION SERVICE Microchip’s customer notification service helps keep customers current on Microchip products. Subscribers will receive e-mail notification whenever there are changes, updates, revisions or errata related to a specified product family or development tool of interest. To register, access the Microchip web site at www.microchip.com. Under “Support”, click on “Customer Change Notification” and follow the registration instructions. 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. Preliminary DS41452A-page 341 PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 READER RESPONSE It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document. TO: Technical Publications Manager RE: Reader Response Total Pages Sent ________ From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ FAX: (______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Y N Device: PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 Literature Number: DS41452A Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? 2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs? 3. Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why? 4. What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject? 5. What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness? 6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)? 7. How would you improve this document? DS41452A-page 342 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. PIC16(L)F1516/7/8/9 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office. [X](1) PART NO. Device Device: - X Tape and Reel Temperature Option Range /XX XXX Package Pattern c) Tape and Reel Option: Blank T = Standard packaging (tube or tray) = Tape and Reel(1) Temperature Range: I E = -40C to +85C = -40C to +125C Package: MV P PT SO SP SS Pattern: QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements (blank otherwise) PIC16F1516T - I/MV 301 Tape and Reel, Industrial temperature, UQFN package, QTP pattern #301 PIC16F1519 - I/P Industrial temperature PDIP package PIC16F1518 - E/SS Extended temperature, SSOP package (Industrial) (Extended) Ultra Thin Quad Flat, no lead (UQFN) Plastic DIP (PDIP) TQFP SOIC Skinny Plastic DIP (SPDIP) SSOP 2010 Microchip Technology Inc. a) b) PIC16F1516, PIC16LF1516 PIC16F1517, PIC16LF1517 PIC16F1518, PIC16LF1518 PIC16F1519, PIC16LF1519 = = = = = = Examples: Preliminary Note 1: Tape and Reel identifier only appears in the catalog part number description. This identifier is used for ordering purposes and is not printed on the device package. Check with your Microchip Sales Office for package availability with the Tape and Reel option. DS41452A-page 343 Worldwide Sales and Service AMERICAS ASIA/PACIFIC ASIA/PACIFIC EUROPE Corporate Office 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-792-7200 Fax: 480-792-7277 Technical Support: http://support.microchip.com Web Address: www.microchip.com Asia Pacific Office Suites 3707-14, 37th Floor Tower 6, The Gateway Harbour City, Kowloon Hong Kong Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 India - Bangalore Tel: 91-80-3090-4444 Fax: 91-80-3090-4123 India - New Delhi Tel: 91-11-4160-8631 Fax: 91-11-4160-8632 Austria - Wels Tel: 43-7242-2244-39 Fax: 43-7242-2244-393 Denmark - Copenhagen Tel: 45-4450-2828 Fax: 45-4485-2829 India - Pune Tel: 91-20-2566-1512 Fax: 91-20-2566-1513 France - Paris Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79 Japan - Yokohama Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122 Germany - Munich Tel: 49-89-627-144-0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44 Atlanta Duluth, GA Tel: 678-957-9614 Fax: 678-957-1455 Boston Westborough, MA Tel: 774-760-0087 Fax: 774-760-0088 Chicago Itasca, IL Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075 Cleveland Independence, OH Tel: 216-447-0464 Fax: 216-447-0643 Dallas Addison, TX Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924 Detroit Farmington Hills, MI Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260 Kokomo Kokomo, IN Tel: 765-864-8360 Fax: 765-864-8387 Los Angeles Mission Viejo, CA Tel: 949-462-9523 Fax: 949-462-9608 Santa Clara Santa Clara, CA Tel: 408-961-6444 Fax: 408-961-6445 Toronto Mississauga, Ontario, Canada Tel: 905-673-0699 Fax: 905-673-6509 Australia - Sydney Tel: 61-2-9868-6733 Fax: 61-2-9868-6755 China - Beijing Tel: 86-10-8528-2100 Fax: 86-10-8528-2104 Korea - Daegu Tel: 82-53-744-4301 Fax: 82-53-744-4302 China - Chengdu Tel: 86-28-8665-5511 Fax: 86-28-8665-7889 China - Chongqing Tel: 86-23-8980-9588 Fax: 86-23-8980-9500 Korea - Seoul Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or 82-2-558-5934 China - Hong Kong SAR Tel: 852-2401-1200 Fax: 852-2401-3431 Malaysia - Kuala Lumpur Tel: 60-3-6201-9857 Fax: 60-3-6201-9859 China - Nanjing Tel: 86-25-8473-2460 Fax: 86-25-8473-2470 Malaysia - Penang Tel: 60-4-227-8870 Fax: 60-4-227-4068 China - Qingdao Tel: 86-532-8502-7355 Fax: 86-532-8502-7205 Philippines - Manila Tel: 63-2-634-9065 Fax: 63-2-634-9069 China - Shanghai Tel: 86-21-5407-5533 Fax: 86-21-5407-5066 Singapore Tel: 65-6334-8870 Fax: 65-6334-8850 China - Shenyang Tel: 86-24-2334-2829 Fax: 86-24-2334-2393 Taiwan - Hsin Chu Tel: 886-3-6578-300 Fax: 886-3-6578-370 China - Shenzhen Tel: 86-755-8203-2660 Fax: 86-755-8203-1760 Taiwan - Kaohsiung Tel: 886-7-213-7830 Fax: 886-7-330-9305 China - Wuhan Tel: 86-27-5980-5300 Fax: 86-27-5980-5118 Taiwan - Taipei Tel: 886-2-2500-6610 Fax: 886-2-2508-0102 China - Xian Tel: 86-29-8833-7252 Fax: 86-29-8833-7256 Thailand - Bangkok Tel: 66-2-694-1351 Fax: 66-2-694-1350 Italy - Milan Tel: 39-0331-742611 Fax: 39-0331-466781 Netherlands - Drunen Tel: 31-416-690399 Fax: 31-416-690340 Spain - Madrid Tel: 34-91-708-08-90 Fax: 34-91-708-08-91 UK - Wokingham Tel: 44-118-921-5869 Fax: 44-118-921-5820 China - Xiamen Tel: 86-592-2388138 Fax: 86-592-2388130 China - Zhuhai Tel: 86-756-3210040 Fax: 86-756-3210049 08/04/10 DS41452A-page 344 Preliminary 2010 Microchip Technology Inc.